Henri Bergson - Time and Free Will: An Essay on the Immediate Data of Consciousness.txt 409 KB

123456789101112131415161718192021222324252627282930313233343536373839404142434445464748495051525354555657585960616263646566676869707172737475767778798081828384858687888990919293949596979899100101102103104105106107108109110111112113114115116117118119120121122123124125126127128129130131132133134135136137138139140141142143144145146147148149150151152153154155156157158159160161162163164165166167168169170171172173174175176177178179180181182183184185186187188189190191192193194195196197198199200201202203204205206207208209210211212213214215216217218219220221222223224225226227228229230231232233234235236237238239240241242243244245246247248249250251252253254255256257258259260261262263264265266267268269270271272273274275276277278279280281282283284285286287288289290291292293294295296297298299300301302303304305306307308309310311312313314315316317318319320321322323324325326327328329330331332333334335336337338339340341342343344345346347348349350351352353354355356357358359360361362363364365366367368369370371372373374375376377378379380381382383384385386387388389390391392393394395396397398399400401402403404405406407408409410411412413414415416417418419420421422423424425426427428429430431432433434435436437438439440441442443444445446447448449450451452453454455456457458459460461462463464465466467468469470471472473474475476477478479480481482483484485486487488489490491492493494495496497498499500501502503504505506507508509510511512513514515516517518519520521522523524525526527528529530531532533534535536537538539540541542543544545546547548549550551552553554555556557558559560561562563564565566567568569570571572573574575576577578579580581582583584585586587588589590591592593594595596597598599600601602603604605606607608609610611612613614615616617618619620621622623624625626627628629630631632633634635636637638639640641642643644645646647648649650651652653654655656657658659660661662663664665666667668669670671672673674675676677678679680681682683684685686687688689690691692693694695696697698699700701702703704705706707708709710711712713714715716717718719720721722723724725726727728729730731732733734735736737738739740741742743744745746747748749750751752753754755756757758759760761762763764765766767768769770771772773774775776777778779780781782783784785786787788789790791792793794795796797798799800801802803804805806807808809810811812813814815816817818819820821822823824825826827828829830831832833834835836837838839840841842843844845846847848849850851852853854855856857858859860861862863864865866867868869870871872873874875876877878879880881882883884885886887888889890891892893894895896897898899900901902903904905906907908909910911912913914915916917918919920921922923924925926927928929930931932933934935936937938939940941942943944945946947948949950951952953954955956957958959960961962963964965966967968969970971972973974975976977978979980981982983984985986987988989990991992993994995996997998999100010011002100310041005100610071008100910101011101210131014101510161017101810191020102110221023102410251026102710281029103010311032103310341035103610371038103910401041104210431044104510461047104810491050105110521053105410551056105710581059106010611062106310641065106610671068106910701071107210731074107510761077107810791080108110821083108410851086108710881089109010911092109310941095109610971098109911001101110211031104110511061107110811091110111111121113111411151116111711181119112011211122112311241125112611271128112911301131113211331134113511361137113811391140114111421143114411451146114711481149115011511152115311541155115611571158115911601161116211631164116511661167116811691170117111721173117411751176117711781179118011811182118311841185118611871188118911901191119211931194119511961197119811991200120112021203120412051206120712081209121012111212121312141215121612171218121912201221122212231224122512261227122812291230123112321233123412351236123712381239124012411242124312441245124612471248124912501251125212531254125512561257125812591260126112621263126412651266126712681269127012711272127312741275127612771278127912801281128212831284128512861287128812891290129112921293129412951296129712981299130013011302130313041305130613071308130913101311131213131314131513161317131813191320132113221323132413251326132713281329133013311332133313341335133613371338133913401341134213431344134513461347134813491350135113521353135413551356135713581359136013611362136313641365136613671368136913701371137213731374137513761377137813791380138113821383138413851386138713881389139013911392139313941395139613971398139914001401140214031404140514061407140814091410141114121413141414151416141714181419142014211422142314241425142614271428142914301431143214331434143514361437143814391440144114421443144414451446144714481449145014511452145314541455145614571458145914601461146214631464146514661467146814691470147114721473147414751476147714781479148014811482148314841485148614871488148914901491149214931494149514961497149814991500150115021503150415051506150715081509151015111512151315141515151615171518151915201521152215231524152515261527152815291530153115321533153415351536153715381539154015411542154315441545154615471548154915501551155215531554155515561557155815591560156115621563156415651566156715681569157015711572157315741575157615771578157915801581158215831584158515861587158815891590159115921593159415951596159715981599160016011602160316041605160616071608160916101611161216131614161516161617161816191620162116221623162416251626162716281629163016311632163316341635163616371638163916401641164216431644164516461647164816491650165116521653165416551656165716581659166016611662166316641665166616671668166916701671167216731674167516761677167816791680168116821683168416851686168716881689169016911692169316941695169616971698169917001701170217031704170517061707170817091710171117121713171417151716171717181719172017211722172317241725172617271728172917301731173217331734173517361737173817391740174117421743174417451746174717481749175017511752175317541755175617571758175917601761176217631764176517661767176817691770177117721773177417751776177717781779178017811782178317841785178617871788178917901791179217931794179517961797179817991800180118021803180418051806180718081809181018111812181318141815181618171818181918201821182218231824182518261827182818291830183118321833183418351836183718381839184018411842184318441845184618471848184918501851185218531854185518561857185818591860186118621863186418651866186718681869187018711872187318741875187618771878187918801881188218831884188518861887188818891890189118921893189418951896189718981899190019011902190319041905190619071908190919101911191219131914191519161917191819191920192119221923192419251926192719281929193019311932193319341935193619371938193919401941194219431944194519461947194819491950195119521953195419551956195719581959196019611962196319641965196619671968196919701971197219731974197519761977197819791980198119821983198419851986198719881989199019911992199319941995199619971998199920002001200220032004200520062007200820092010201120122013201420152016201720182019202020212022202320242025202620272028202920302031203220332034203520362037203820392040204120422043204420452046204720482049205020512052205320542055205620572058205920602061206220632064206520662067206820692070207120722073207420752076207720782079208020812082208320842085208620872088208920902091209220932094209520962097209820992100210121022103210421052106210721082109211021112112211321142115211621172118211921202121212221232124212521262127212821292130213121322133213421352136213721382139214021412142214321442145214621472148214921502151215221532154215521562157215821592160216121622163216421652166216721682169217021712172217321742175217621772178217921802181218221832184218521862187218821892190219121922193219421952196219721982199220022012202220322042205220622072208220922102211221222132214221522162217221822192220222122222223222422252226222722282229223022312232223322342235223622372238223922402241224222432244224522462247224822492250225122522253225422552256225722582259226022612262226322642265226622672268226922702271227222732274227522762277227822792280228122822283228422852286228722882289229022912292229322942295229622972298229923002301230223032304230523062307230823092310231123122313231423152316231723182319232023212322232323242325232623272328232923302331233223332334233523362337233823392340234123422343234423452346234723482349235023512352235323542355235623572358235923602361236223632364236523662367236823692370237123722373237423752376237723782379238023812382238323842385238623872388238923902391239223932394239523962397239823992400240124022403240424052406240724082409241024112412241324142415241624172418241924202421242224232424242524262427242824292430243124322433243424352436243724382439244024412442244324442445244624472448244924502451245224532454245524562457245824592460246124622463246424652466246724682469247024712472247324742475247624772478247924802481248224832484248524862487248824892490249124922493249424952496249724982499250025012502250325042505250625072508250925102511251225132514251525162517251825192520252125222523252425252526252725282529253025312532253325342535253625372538253925402541254225432544254525462547254825492550255125522553255425552556255725582559256025612562256325642565256625672568256925702571257225732574257525762577257825792580258125822583258425852586258725882589259025912592259325942595259625972598259926002601260226032604260526062607260826092610261126122613261426152616261726182619262026212622262326242625262626272628262926302631263226332634263526362637263826392640264126422643264426452646264726482649265026512652265326542655265626572658265926602661266226632664266526662667266826692670267126722673267426752676267726782679268026812682268326842685268626872688268926902691269226932694269526962697269826992700270127022703270427052706270727082709271027112712271327142715271627172718271927202721272227232724272527262727272827292730273127322733273427352736273727382739274027412742274327442745274627472748274927502751275227532754275527562757275827592760276127622763276427652766276727682769277027712772277327742775277627772778277927802781278227832784278527862787278827892790279127922793279427952796279727982799280028012802280328042805280628072808280928102811281228132814281528162817281828192820282128222823282428252826282728282829283028312832283328342835283628372838283928402841284228432844284528462847284828492850285128522853285428552856285728582859286028612862286328642865286628672868286928702871287228732874287528762877287828792880288128822883288428852886288728882889289028912892289328942895289628972898289929002901290229032904290529062907290829092910291129122913291429152916291729182919292029212922292329242925292629272928292929302931293229332934293529362937293829392940294129422943294429452946294729482949295029512952295329542955295629572958295929602961296229632964296529662967296829692970297129722973297429752976297729782979298029812982298329842985298629872988298929902991299229932994299529962997299829993000300130023003300430053006300730083009301030113012301330143015301630173018301930203021302230233024302530263027302830293030303130323033303430353036303730383039304030413042304330443045304630473048304930503051305230533054305530563057305830593060306130623063306430653066306730683069307030713072307330743075307630773078307930803081308230833084308530863087308830893090309130923093309430953096309730983099310031013102310331043105310631073108310931103111311231133114311531163117311831193120312131223123312431253126312731283129313031313132313331343135313631373138313931403141314231433144314531463147314831493150315131523153315431553156315731583159316031613162316331643165316631673168316931703171317231733174317531763177317831793180318131823183318431853186318731883189319031913192319331943195319631973198319932003201320232033204320532063207320832093210321132123213321432153216321732183219322032213222322332243225322632273228322932303231323232333234323532363237323832393240324132423243324432453246324732483249325032513252325332543255325632573258325932603261326232633264326532663267326832693270327132723273327432753276327732783279328032813282328332843285328632873288328932903291329232933294329532963297329832993300330133023303330433053306330733083309331033113312331333143315331633173318331933203321332233233324332533263327332833293330333133323333333433353336333733383339334033413342334333443345334633473348334933503351335233533354335533563357335833593360336133623363336433653366336733683369337033713372337333743375337633773378337933803381338233833384338533863387338833893390339133923393339433953396339733983399340034013402340334043405340634073408340934103411341234133414341534163417341834193420342134223423342434253426342734283429343034313432343334343435343634373438343934403441344234433444344534463447344834493450345134523453345434553456345734583459346034613462346334643465346634673468346934703471347234733474347534763477347834793480348134823483348434853486348734883489349034913492349334943495349634973498349935003501350235033504350535063507350835093510351135123513351435153516351735183519352035213522352335243525352635273528352935303531353235333534353535363537353835393540354135423543354435453546354735483549355035513552355335543555355635573558355935603561356235633564356535663567356835693570357135723573357435753576357735783579358035813582358335843585358635873588358935903591359235933594359535963597359835993600360136023603360436053606360736083609361036113612361336143615361636173618361936203621362236233624362536263627362836293630363136323633363436353636363736383639364036413642364336443645364636473648364936503651365236533654365536563657365836593660366136623663366436653666366736683669367036713672367336743675367636773678367936803681368236833684368536863687368836893690369136923693369436953696369736983699370037013702370337043705370637073708370937103711371237133714371537163717371837193720372137223723372437253726372737283729373037313732373337343735373637373738373937403741374237433744374537463747374837493750375137523753375437553756375737583759376037613762376337643765376637673768376937703771377237733774377537763777377837793780378137823783378437853786378737883789379037913792379337943795379637973798379938003801380238033804380538063807380838093810381138123813381438153816381738183819382038213822382338243825382638273828382938303831383238333834383538363837383838393840384138423843384438453846384738483849385038513852385338543855385638573858385938603861386238633864386538663867386838693870387138723873387438753876387738783879388038813882388338843885388638873888388938903891389238933894389538963897389838993900390139023903390439053906390739083909391039113912391339143915391639173918391939203921392239233924392539263927392839293930393139323933393439353936393739383939394039413942394339443945394639473948394939503951395239533954395539563957395839593960396139623963396439653966396739683969397039713972397339743975397639773978397939803981398239833984398539863987398839893990399139923993399439953996399739983999400040014002400340044005400640074008400940104011401240134014401540164017401840194020402140224023402440254026402740284029403040314032403340344035403640374038403940404041404240434044404540464047404840494050405140524053405440554056405740584059406040614062406340644065406640674068406940704071407240734074407540764077407840794080408140824083408440854086408740884089409040914092409340944095409640974098409941004101410241034104410541064107410841094110411141124113411441154116411741184119412041214122412341244125412641274128412941304131413241334134413541364137413841394140414141424143414441454146414741484149415041514152415341544155415641574158415941604161416241634164416541664167416841694170417141724173417441754176417741784179418041814182418341844185418641874188418941904191419241934194419541964197419841994200420142024203420442054206420742084209421042114212421342144215421642174218421942204221422242234224422542264227422842294230423142324233423442354236423742384239424042414242424342444245424642474248424942504251425242534254425542564257425842594260426142624263426442654266426742684269427042714272427342744275427642774278427942804281428242834284428542864287428842894290429142924293429442954296429742984299430043014302430343044305430643074308430943104311431243134314431543164317431843194320432143224323432443254326432743284329433043314332433343344335433643374338433943404341434243434344434543464347434843494350435143524353435443554356435743584359436043614362436343644365436643674368436943704371437243734374437543764377437843794380438143824383438443854386438743884389439043914392439343944395439643974398439944004401440244034404440544064407440844094410441144124413441444154416441744184419442044214422442344244425442644274428442944304431443244334434443544364437443844394440444144424443444444454446444744484449445044514452445344544455445644574458445944604461446244634464446544664467446844694470447144724473447444754476447744784479448044814482448344844485448644874488448944904491449244934494449544964497449844994500450145024503450445054506450745084509451045114512451345144515451645174518451945204521452245234524452545264527452845294530453145324533453445354536453745384539454045414542454345444545454645474548454945504551455245534554455545564557455845594560456145624563456445654566456745684569457045714572457345744575457645774578457945804581458245834584458545864587458845894590459145924593459445954596459745984599460046014602460346044605460646074608460946104611461246134614461546164617461846194620462146224623462446254626462746284629463046314632463346344635463646374638463946404641464246434644464546464647464846494650465146524653465446554656465746584659466046614662466346644665466646674668466946704671467246734674467546764677467846794680468146824683468446854686468746884689469046914692469346944695469646974698469947004701470247034704470547064707470847094710471147124713471447154716471747184719472047214722472347244725472647274728472947304731473247334734473547364737473847394740474147424743474447454746474747484749475047514752475347544755475647574758475947604761476247634764476547664767476847694770477147724773477447754776477747784779478047814782478347844785478647874788478947904791479247934794479547964797479847994800480148024803480448054806480748084809481048114812481348144815481648174818481948204821482248234824482548264827482848294830483148324833483448354836483748384839484048414842484348444845484648474848484948504851485248534854485548564857485848594860486148624863486448654866486748684869487048714872487348744875487648774878487948804881488248834884488548864887488848894890489148924893489448954896489748984899490049014902490349044905490649074908490949104911491249134914491549164917491849194920492149224923492449254926492749284929493049314932493349344935493649374938493949404941494249434944494549464947494849494950495149524953495449554956495749584959496049614962496349644965496649674968496949704971497249734974497549764977497849794980498149824983498449854986498749884989499049914992499349944995499649974998499950005001500250035004500550065007500850095010501150125013501450155016501750185019502050215022502350245025502650275028502950305031503250335034503550365037503850395040504150425043504450455046504750485049505050515052505350545055505650575058505950605061506250635064506550665067506850695070507150725073507450755076507750785079508050815082508350845085508650875088508950905091509250935094509550965097509850995100510151025103510451055106510751085109511051115112511351145115511651175118511951205121512251235124512551265127512851295130513151325133513451355136513751385139514051415142514351445145514651475148514951505151515251535154515551565157515851595160516151625163516451655166516751685169517051715172517351745175517651775178517951805181518251835184518551865187518851895190519151925193519451955196519751985199520052015202520352045205520652075208520952105211521252135214521552165217521852195220522152225223522452255226522752285229523052315232523352345235523652375238523952405241524252435244524552465247524852495250525152525253525452555256525752585259526052615262526352645265526652675268526952705271527252735274527552765277527852795280528152825283528452855286528752885289529052915292529352945295529652975298529953005301530253035304530553065307530853095310531153125313531453155316531753185319532053215322532353245325532653275328532953305331533253335334533553365337533853395340534153425343534453455346534753485349535053515352535353545355535653575358535953605361536253635364536553665367536853695370537153725373537453755376537753785379538053815382538353845385538653875388538953905391539253935394539553965397539853995400540154025403540454055406540754085409541054115412541354145415541654175418541954205421542254235424542554265427542854295430543154325433543454355436543754385439544054415442544354445445544654475448544954505451545254535454545554565457545854595460546154625463546454655466546754685469547054715472547354745475547654775478547954805481548254835484548554865487548854895490549154925493549454955496549754985499550055015502550355045505550655075508550955105511551255135514551555165517551855195520552155225523552455255526552755285529553055315532553355345535553655375538553955405541554255435544554555465547554855495550555155525553555455555556555755585559556055615562556355645565556655675568556955705571557255735574557555765577557855795580558155825583558455855586558755885589559055915592559355945595559655975598559956005601560256035604560556065607560856095610561156125613561456155616561756185619562056215622562356245625562656275628562956305631563256335634563556365637563856395640564156425643564456455646564756485649565056515652565356545655565656575658565956605661566256635664566556665667566856695670567156725673567456755676567756785679568056815682568356845685568656875688568956905691569256935694569556965697569856995700570157025703570457055706570757085709571057115712571357145715571657175718571957205721572257235724572557265727572857295730573157325733573457355736573757385739574057415742574357445745574657475748574957505751575257535754575557565757575857595760576157625763576457655766576757685769577057715772577357745775577657775778577957805781578257835784578557865787578857895790579157925793579457955796579757985799580058015802580358045805580658075808580958105811581258135814581558165817581858195820582158225823582458255826582758285829583058315832583358345835583658375838583958405841584258435844584558465847584858495850585158525853585458555856585758585859586058615862586358645865586658675868586958705871587258735874587558765877587858795880588158825883588458855886588758885889589058915892589358945895589658975898589959005901590259035904590559065907590859095910591159125913591459155916591759185919592059215922592359245925592659275928592959305931593259335934593559365937593859395940594159425943594459455946594759485949595059515952595359545955595659575958595959605961596259635964596559665967596859695970597159725973597459755976597759785979598059815982598359845985598659875988598959905991599259935994599559965997599859996000600160026003600460056006600760086009601060116012601360146015601660176018601960206021602260236024602560266027602860296030603160326033603460356036603760386039604060416042604360446045604660476048604960506051605260536054605560566057605860596060606160626063606460656066606760686069607060716072607360746075607660776078607960806081608260836084608560866087608860896090609160926093609460956096609760986099610061016102610361046105610661076108610961106111611261136114611561166117611861196120612161226123612461256126612761286129613061316132613361346135613661376138613961406141614261436144614561466147614861496150615161526153615461556156615761586159616061616162616361646165616661676168616961706171617261736174617561766177617861796180618161826183618461856186618761886189619061916192619361946195619661976198619962006201620262036204620562066207620862096210621162126213621462156216621762186219622062216222622362246225622662276228622962306231623262336234623562366237623862396240624162426243624462456246624762486249625062516252625362546255625662576258625962606261626262636264626562666267626862696270627162726273627462756276627762786279628062816282628362846285628662876288628962906291629262936294629562966297629862996300630163026303630463056306630763086309631063116312631363146315631663176318631963206321632263236324632563266327632863296330633163326333633463356336633763386339634063416342634363446345634663476348634963506351635263536354635563566357635863596360636163626363636463656366636763686369637063716372637363746375637663776378637963806381638263836384638563866387638863896390639163926393639463956396639763986399640064016402640364046405640664076408640964106411641264136414641564166417641864196420642164226423642464256426642764286429643064316432643364346435643664376438643964406441644264436444644564466447644864496450645164526453645464556456645764586459646064616462646364646465646664676468646964706471647264736474647564766477647864796480648164826483648464856486648764886489649064916492649364946495649664976498649965006501650265036504650565066507650865096510651165126513651465156516651765186519652065216522652365246525652665276528652965306531653265336534653565366537653865396540654165426543654465456546654765486549655065516552655365546555655665576558655965606561656265636564656565666567656865696570657165726573657465756576657765786579658065816582658365846585658665876588658965906591659265936594659565966597659865996600660166026603660466056606660766086609661066116612661366146615661666176618661966206621662266236624662566266627662866296630663166326633663466356636663766386639664066416642664366446645664666476648664966506651665266536654665566566657665866596660666166626663666466656666666766686669667066716672667366746675667666776678667966806681668266836684668566866687668866896690669166926693669466956696669766986699670067016702670367046705670667076708670967106711671267136714671567166717671867196720672167226723672467256726672767286729673067316732673367346735673667376738673967406741674267436744674567466747674867496750675167526753675467556756675767586759676067616762676367646765676667676768676967706771677267736774677567766777677867796780678167826783678467856786678767886789679067916792679367946795679667976798679968006801680268036804680568066807680868096810681168126813681468156816681768186819682068216822682368246825682668276828682968306831683268336834683568366837683868396840684168426843684468456846684768486849685068516852685368546855685668576858685968606861686268636864686568666867686868696870687168726873687468756876687768786879688068816882688368846885688668876888688968906891689268936894689568966897689868996900690169026903690469056906690769086909691069116912691369146915691669176918691969206921692269236924692569266927692869296930693169326933693469356936693769386939694069416942694369446945694669476948694969506951695269536954695569566957695869596960696169626963696469656966696769686969697069716972697369746975697669776978697969806981698269836984698569866987698869896990699169926993699469956996699769986999700070017002700370047005700670077008700970107011701270137014
  1. The Project Gutenberg EBook of Time and Free Will, by Henri Bergson
  2. This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most
  3. other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
  4. whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms of
  5. the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at
  6. www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you'll have
  7. to check the laws of the country where you are located before using this ebook.
  8. Title: Time and Free Will
  9. An Essay on the Immediate Data of Consciousness
  10. Author: Henri Bergson
  11. Translator: F. L. Pogson
  12. Release Date: March 27, 2018 [EBook #56852]
  13. Language: English
  14. Character set encoding: UTF-8
  15. *** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK TIME AND FREE WILL ***
  16. Produced by Clare Graham & Marc D'Hooghe at Free Literature
  17. (Images generously made available by the Internet Archive)
  18. TIME
  19. AND FREE WILL
  20. An Essay on the Immediate Data
  21. of Consciousness
  22. BY
  23. HENRI BERGSON
  24. MEMBER OF THE INSTITUTE
  25. PROFESSOR AT THE COLLÈGE DE FRANCE
  26. Authorized Translation _by_
  27. F. L. POGSON, M.A.
  28. LONDON
  29. GEORGE ALLEN & COMPANY, LTD.
  30. RUSKIN HOUSE, 44 AND 45 RATHBONE PLACE
  31. NEW YORK: THE MACMILLAN COMPANY
  32. 1913
  33. Καὶ εἴ τις δὲ τὴν φύσίν ἔροιτο τίνος ἔνεκα ποίεῐ
  34. εἰ τοῡ ἐρωτῶντος ἐθέλοι ἐπαΐειν καὶ λέγειν, εἴποι
  35. ἄν "ἐχρῆν μὲν μὴ ἐρωτἂν, ἀλλὰ συνιέναι καὶ αὐτὸν
  36. σιωπῇ, ὤσπερ ἐγὼ σιωπώ καὶ οὐκ εἴθισμαι λέγειν."
  37. PLOTINUS.
  38. TRANSLATOR'S PREFACE
  39. Henri Louis Bergson was born in Paris, October 18, 1859. He entered the
  40. École normale in 1878, and was admitted agrégé de philosophie in 1881
  41. and docteur ès lettres in 1889. After holding professorships in various
  42. provincial and Parisian lycées, he became maître de conférences at the
  43. École normale supérieure in 1897, and since 1900 has been professor at
  44. the Collège de France. In 1901 he became a member of the Institute on
  45. his election to the Académie des Sciences morales et politiques.
  46. A full list of Professor Bergson's works is given in the appended
  47. bibliography. In making the following translation of his _Essai sur les
  48. données immédiates de la conscience_ I have had the great advantage of
  49. his co-operation at every stage, and the aid which he has given has
  50. been most generous and untiring. The book itself was worked out and
  51. written during the years 1883 to 1887 and was originally published in
  52. 1889. The foot-notes in the French edition contain a certain number
  53. of references to French translations of English works. In the present
  54. translation I am responsible for citing these references from the
  55. original English. This will account for the fact that editions are
  56. sometimes referred to which have appeared subsequently to 1889. I have
  57. also added fairly extensive marginal summaries and a full index.
  58. In France the _Essai_ is already in its seventh edition. Indeed,
  59. one of the most striking facts about Professor Bergson's works is
  60. the extent to which they have appealed not only to the professional
  61. philosophers, but also to the ordinary cultivated public. The method
  62. which he pursues is not the conceptual and abstract method which has
  63. been the dominant tradition in philosophy. For him reality is not to
  64. be reached by any elaborate construction of thought: it is given in
  65. immediate experience as a flux, a continuous process of becoming, to
  66. be grasped by intuition, by sympathetic insight. Concepts break up
  67. the continuous flow of reality into parts external to one another,
  68. they further the interests of language and social life and are useful
  69. primarily for practical purposes. But they give us nothing of the life
  70. and movement of reality; rather, by substituting for this an artificial
  71. reconstruction, a patchwork of dead fragments, they lead to the
  72. difficulties which have always beset the intellectualist philosophy,
  73. and which on its premises are insoluble. Instead of attempting a
  74. solution in the intellectualist sense, Professor Bergson calls upon
  75. his readers to put these broken fragments of reality behind them, to
  76. immerse themselves in the living stream of things and to find their
  77. difficulties swept away in its resistless flow.
  78. In the present volume Professor Bergson first deals with the intensity
  79. of conscious states. He shows that quantitative differences are
  80. applicable only to magnitudes, that is, in the last resort, to space,
  81. and that intensity in itself is purely qualitative. Passing then from
  82. the consideration of separate conscious states to their multiplicity,
  83. he finds that there are two forms of multiplicity: quantitative
  84. or discrete multiplicity involves the intuition of space, but the
  85. multiplicity of conscious states is wholly qualitative. This unfolding
  86. multiplicity constitutes duration, which is a succession without
  87. distinction, an interpenetration of elements so heterogeneous that
  88. former states can never recur. The idea of a homogeneous and measurable
  89. time is shown to be an artificial concept, formed by the intrusion of
  90. the idea of space into the realm of pure duration. Indeed, the whole of
  91. Professor Bergson's philosophy centres round his conception of _real
  92. concrete duration_ and the specific _feeling_ of duration which our
  93. consciousness has when it does away with convention and habit and gets
  94. back to its natural attitude. At the root of most errors in philosophy
  95. he finds a confusion between this _concrete duration_ and the _abstract
  96. time_ which mathematics, physics, and even language and common sense,
  97. substitute for it. Applying these results to the problem of free
  98. will, he shows that the difficulties arise from taking up one's
  99. stand _after_ the act has been performed, and applying the conceptual
  100. method to it. From the point of view of the living, developing self
  101. these difficulties are shown to be illusory, and freedom, though not
  102. definable in abstract or conceptual terms, is declared to be one of the
  103. clearest facts established by observation.
  104. It is no doubt misleading to attempt to sum up a system of philosophy
  105. in a sentence, but perhaps some part of the spirit of Professor
  106. Bergson's philosophy may be gathered from the motto which, with his
  107. permission, I have prefixed to this translation:--"If a man were to
  108. inquire of Nature the reason of her creative activity, and if she
  109. were willing to give ear and answer, she would say--'Ask me not, but
  110. understand in silence, even as I am silent and am not wont to speak.'"
  111. F. L. POGSON.
  112. OXFORD,
  113. _June,_ 1910.
  114. BIBLIOGRAPHY
  115. I. WORKS BY BERGSON.
  116. (a) _Books._
  117. Quid Aristoteles de loco senserit, (Thesis), Paris, 1889. Essai sur les
  118. données immédiates de la conscience, Paris, 1889, 1910⁷.
  119. Matière et Mémoire, Essai sur la relation du corps avec l'esprit,
  120. Paris, 1896, 1910⁶.
  121. Le Rire, Essai sur la signification du comique, Paris, 1900,
  122. 1910⁶. (First published in the _Revue de Paris,_ 1900, Vol.
  123. I., pp. 512-545 and 759-791.)
  124. L'Évolution créatrice, Paris, 1907, 1910⁶.
  125. (b) _Articles._
  126. La Spécialité. (Address at the distribution of prizes at the lycée of
  127. Angers, Aug. 1882.)
  128. De la simulation inconsciente dans l'état d'hypnotisme. _Revue
  129. philosophique,_ Vol. 22, 1886, pp. 525-531. Le bon sens et les études
  130. classiques. (Address at the distribution of prizes at the "Concours
  131. général des lycées et collèges," 1895.)
  132. Mémoire et reconnaissance. (_Revue philos._ Mar., Apr. 1896, pp.
  133. 225-248 and 380-399. Republished in _Matière et Mémoire._)
  134. Perception et matière. (_Rev. de Mét. et de Mor._ May 1896, pp.
  135. 257-277. Republished in _Matière et Mémoire._)
  136. Note sur les origines psychologiques de notre croyance à la loi
  137. de causalité. (Lecture at the Philosophical Congress in Paris,
  138. 1900, published in the _Bibliothèque du Congrès International de
  139. Philosophie;_ cf. _Revue de Métaphysique et de Morale,_ Sept. 1900, pp.
  140. 655 ff.)
  141. Le Rêve. (Lecture at the _Institut psychologique international_:
  142. published in the _Bulletin de l'Institut psych. intern._ May 1901; cf.
  143. _Revue scientifique,_ 4e S., Vol. 15, June 8, 1901, pp. 705-713, and
  144. _Revue de Philosophie,_ June 1901, pp. 486-488.)
  145. Le Parallélisme psycho-physique et la métaphysique positive. _Bulletin
  146. de la Société française de Philosophie,_ June 1901.
  147. L'Effort intellectuel. _Revue philosophique,_ Jan. 1902. Introduction à
  148. la métaphysique. _Revue de Mét. et de Mor._ Jan. 1903.
  149. Le Paralogisme psycho-physiologique. (Lecture at the Philosophical
  150. Congress in Geneva, 1904, published in the _Revue de Mét. et de Mor._
  151. Nov. 1904, pp. 895-908; see also pp. 1027-1036.)
  152. L'Idée de néant, _Rev. philos._ Nov. 1906, pp. 449-466. (Part of Chap.
  153. 4 of _L'Évolution créatrice._)
  154. Notice sur la vie et les œuvres de M. Félix Ravaisson-Mollien. (Lecture
  155. before the Académie des Sciences morales et politiques: published in
  156. the _Proceedings_ of the Academy, Vol. 25, pp. 1 ff. Paris, 1907.)
  157. Le Souvenir du présent et la fausse reconnaissance. _Rev. philos._ Dec.
  158. 1908, pp. 561-593.
  159. (c) _Miscellaneous._
  160. _Lucrèce:_ Extraits ... avec une étude sur la poésie, la philosophie,
  161. la physique, le texte et la langue de Lucrèce. Paris, 1884.
  162. Principes de métaphysique et de psychologie d'après M. Paul Janet.
  163. _Revue philos.,_ Vol. 44, Nov. 1897, pp. 525-551.
  164. Collaboration au _Vocabulaire philosophique, Bulletin de la Soc. fr. de
  165. Phil._ July 1902, Aug. 1907, Aug. 1908, Aug. 1909.
  166. Remarques sur la place et le caractère de la Philosophie dans
  167. l'Enseignement secondaire, _Bulletin de la Soc. fr. de Phil._ Feb.
  168. 1903, pp. 44 ff.
  169. Remarques sur la notion de la liberté morale, _Bulletin de la Soc. fr.
  170. de Phil._ Apr. 1903, pp. 101-103.
  171. Remarques à propos de la philosophie sociale de Cournot, _Bulletin de
  172. la Soc. fr. de Phil._ Aug. 1903, p. 229.
  173. Préface de la _Psychologie rationnelle_ de M. Lubac, Paris, Alcan, 1904.
  174. Sur sa relation à W. James, _Revue philosophique,_ Vol. 60, 1905, p.
  175. 229 f.
  176. Sur sa théorie de la perception, _Bulletin de la Soc. fr. de Philos._
  177. Mar. 1905, pp. 94 ff.
  178. Rapport sur le concours pour le prix Bordin, 1905, ayant pour sujet
  179. Maine de Biran. (_Mémoires de l'Académie des Sciences morales et
  180. politiques,_ Vol. 25, pp. 809 ff., Paris, 1907.)
  181. Rapport sur le concours pour le prix Le Dissez de Penanrun, 1907.
  182. (_Mémoires de l'Académie des Sciences morales et politiques,_ Vol. 26,
  183. pp. 771 ff. Paris, 1909.)
  184. Sur _l'Êvolution créatrice, Revue du Mois,_ Sept. 1907, p. 351.
  185. A propos de l'évolution de l'intelligence géométrique, _Revue de Mét.
  186. et de Mor._ Jan. 1908, pp. 28-33.
  187. Sur l'influence de sa philosophie sur les élèves des lycées,
  188. _Bulletin de la Soc. fr. de Philos.,_ Jan. 1908, p. 21; cf. _L'Année
  189. psychologique,_ 1908, pp. 229-231.
  190. Réponse à une enquête sur la question religieuse (_La Question
  191. religieuse_ par Frédéric Charpin, Paris, 1908).
  192. Remarques sur l'organisation des Congrès de Philosophie. _Bulletin de
  193. la Soc. fr. de Phil._ Jan. 1909, p. 11 f.
  194. Préface à un volume de la collection _Les grands philosophes,_ (_G.
  195. Tarde,_ par ses fils). Paris. Michaud, 1909.
  196. Remarques à propos d'une thèse soutenue par M. Dwelshauvers
  197. "L'inconscient dans la vie mentale." _Bulletin de la Soc. fr. de
  198. Phil.,_ Feb. 1910.
  199. A propos d'un article de Mr. W. B. Pitkin intitule "James and Bergson."
  200. _Journal of Philosophy, Psychology and Scientific Methods,_ Vol. VII,
  201. No. 14, July 7, 1910, pp. 385-388.
  202. II. SELECT LIST OF BOOKS AND ARTICLES DEALING IN WHOLE OR IN PART WITH
  203. BERGSON AND HIS PHILOSOPHY.
  204. (Arranged alphabetically under each language.)
  205. _S. Alexander, Matière et Mémoire,_ (_Mind,_ Oct. 1897, pp. 572-3).
  206. _B. H. Bode, L'Évolution créatrice_, (_Philosophical Review_, 1908, pp.
  207. 84-89).
  208. _W. Boyd, L'Évolution créatrice_, (_Review of Theology and Philosophy,_
  209. Oct. 1907, pp. 249-251).
  210. _H. Wildon Carr,_ Bergson's Theory of Knowledge, (_Proceedings of the
  211. Aristotelian Society,_ London, 1909. New Series, Vol. IX, pp. 41-60).
  212. _H. Wildon Carr,_ Bergson's Theory of Instinct, (_Proceedings of the
  213. Aristotelian Society,_ London, 1910, N.S., Vol. X).
  214. _H. Wildon Carr,_ The Philosophy of Bergson, (_Hibbert Journal,_ July
  215. 1910, pp. 873-883).
  216. _W. J. Ferrar, L'Évolution créatrice,_ (_Commonwealth,_ Dec. 1909, pp.
  217. 364-367).
  218. _H. N. Gardiner, Mémoire et reconnaissance,_ (_Psychological Review,_
  219. 1896, pp. 578-580).
  220. _T. E. Hulme,_ The New Philosophy, (_New Age,_ July 1, 29, 1909).
  221. _William James,_ A Pluralistic Universe, London, 1909, pp. 225-273.
  222. _William James,_ The Philosophy of Bergson, (_Hibbert Journal,_ April
  223. 1909, pp. 562-577. Reprinted in _A Pluralistic Universe;_ see above).
  224. _William James,_ Bradley or Bergson? (_Journal of Philosophy,
  225. Psychology and Scientific Methods,_ Vol. VII, No. 2, Jan. 20, 1910, pp.
  226. 29-33).
  227. _H. M. Kallen,_ James, Bergson and Mr. Pitkin, (_Journal of Philosophy,
  228. Psychology and Scientific Methods,_ June 23, 1910, pp. 353-357).
  229. _A. Lalande,_ Philosophy in France, 1907, (_Philosophical Review,_ May,
  230. 1908).
  231. _J. A. Leighton,_ On Continuity and Discreteness, (_Journal of
  232. Philosophy, Psychology and Scientific Methods,_ Apr. 28, 1910, pp.
  233. 231-238).
  234. _T. Loveday, L'Évolution créatrice,_ (_Mind,_ July 1908, pp. 402-8).
  235. _A. O. Lovejoy,_ The Metaphysician of the Life-Force, (_Nation,_ New
  236. York, Sept. 30, 1909).
  237. _A. Mitchell, L'Évolution créatrice,_ (_Journal of Philosophy,
  238. Psychology and Scientific Methods,_ Vol. V, No. 22, Oct. 22, 1908, pp.
  239. 603-612).
  240. _W. Scott Palmer,_ Presence and Omnipresence, (_Contemporary Review,_
  241. June 1908, pp. 734-742).
  242. _W. Scott Palmer,_ Thought and Instinct, (_Nation,_ June 5, 1909).
  243. _W. Scott Palmer,_ Life and the Brain, (_Contemporary Review,_ Oct.,
  244. 1909, pp. 474-484).
  245. _W. B. Pitkin,_ James and Bergson; or, Who is against Intellect?
  246. (_Journal of Philosophy, Psychology and Scientific Methods,_ Apr. 28,
  247. 1910, pp. 225-231).
  248. _G. R. T. Ross,_ A New Theory of Laughter, (_Nation,_ Nov. 28, 1908).
  249. _G. R. T. Ross,_ The Philosophy of Vitalism, (_Nation,_ Mar. 13, 1909)
  250. _J. Royce,_ The Reality of the Temporal, (_Int. Journal of Ethics,_ Apr.
  251. 1910, pp. 257-271).
  252. _G. M. Sauvage,_ The New Philosophy in France, (_Catholic University
  253. Bulletin,_ Washington, Apr. 1906, Mar. 1908).
  254. _Norman Smith,_ Subjectivism and Realism in Modern Philosophy,
  255. (_Philosophical Review,_ Apr. 1908, pp. 138-148).
  256. _G. F. Stout,_ Free Will and Determinism, (_Speaker,_ London, May 10,
  257. 1890).
  258. _J. H. Tufts,_ Humor, (_Psychological Review,_ 1901, pp. 98-99).
  259. _G. Tyrrell,_ Creative Evolution, (_Hibbert Journal,_ Jan. 1908, pp.
  260. 435-442).
  261. _T. Whittaker, Essai sur les données immédiates de la conscience,_
  262. (_Mind,_ Apr. 1890, pp. 292-3).
  263. _G. Aimel,_ Individualisme et philosophie bergsonienne, (_Revue de
  264. Philos.,_ June 1908).
  265. _Balthasar,_ Le problème de Dieu d'après la philosophie nouvelle,
  266. (_Revue néo-scolastique,_ Nov. 1907).
  267. _G. Batault,_ La philosophie de M. Bergson, (_Mercure de France,_ Mar.
  268. 16, 1908, pp. 193-211).
  269. _G. Belot,_ Une théorie nouvelle de la liberté, (_Revue philosophique,_
  270. Vol. XXX, 1890, pp. 360-392).
  271. _G. Belot,_ Un nouveau spiritualisme, _Matière et Mémoire,_ (_Rev.
  272. philos._ Vol. XLIV, 1897, pp. 183-199).
  273. _Jean Blum,_ La philosophie de M. Bergson et la poésie symboliste,
  274. (_Mercure de France,_ Sept. 15, 1906).
  275. _C. Bougie,_ Syndicalistes et Bergsoniens, (_Revue du Mois,_ Apr. 1909,
  276. pp. 403-416).
  277. _G. Cantecor,_ La philosophie nouvelle et la vie de l'esprit, (_Rev.
  278. philos._ Mar. 1903, pp. 252-277).
  279. _P. Cérésole,_ Le parallélisme psycho-physiologique et l'argument de M.
  280. Bergson, (_Archives de Psychologie,_ Vol. V, Oct. 1905, pp. 112-120).
  281. _A. Chaumeix,_ La philosophie de M. Bergson, (_Journal des Débats,_
  282. May 24, 1908. Reprinted in _Pragmatisme et Modernisme,_ Paris, Alcan,
  283. 1909).
  284. _A. Chaumeix,_ Les critiques du rationalisme, (_Revue Hebdomadaire,_
  285. Paris, Jan. 1, 1910, pp. 1-33).
  286. _A. Chide,_ Le mobilisme moderne, Paris, Alcan, 1908. (See also _Revue
  287. philos.,_ Apr. 1908, Dec. 1909).
  288. _C. Coignet,_ Kant et Bergson, (_Revue Chrétienne,_ July 1904).
  289. _C. Coignet,_ La vie d'après M. Bergson, (_Bericht über den III
  290. Kongress für Philosophie,_ Heidelberg, 1909, pp. 358-364).
  291. _L. Constant,_ Cours de M. Bergson sur l'histoire de l'idée de temps,
  292. (_Revue de Philos._ Jan. 1904, pp. 105-111. Summary of lectures).
  293. _P. L. Couchoud,_ La métaphysique nouvelle, à propos de _Matière et
  294. Mémoire_ de M. Bergson, (_Revue de Métaphysique et de Morale,_ Mar.
  295. 1902, pp. 225-243).
  296. _L. Couturat,_ La théorie du temps de Bergson, (_Rev. de Mét. et de
  297. Mor._ 1896, pp. 646-669).
  298. _Léon Cristiani,_ Le problème de Dieu et le pragmatisme, Paris, Bloud
  299. et Cie., 1908.
  300. _F. Le Dantec, L'Évolution créatrice,_ (_Revue du Mois,_ Aug. 1907.
  301. Reprinted in _Science et Conscience,_ Paris, Flammarion, 1908).
  302. _L. Dauriac, Le Rire,_ (_Revue philos._ Dec. 1900, pp. 665-670).
  303. _V. Delbos, Matière et Mémoire,_ (_Rev. de Mét. et de Mor._ May 1897,
  304. pp. 353-389).
  305. _G. L. Duprat,_ La spatialité des faits psychiques, (_Rev. philos.,_
  306. May 1907, pp. 492-501).
  307. _G. Dwelshauvers,_ Raison et Intuition, Étude sur la philosophie de M.
  308. Bergson, (_La Belgique artistique et littéraire,_ Nov. Dec. 1905, Apr.
  309. 1906).
  310. _G. Dwelshauvers,_ M. Bergson et la méthode intuitive, (_Revue du
  311. Mois,_ Sept. 1907, pp. 336-350).
  312. _G. Dwelshauvers,_ De l'intuition dans l'acte de l'esprit, (_Rev. de
  313. Mét. et de Mor._ Jan. 1908, pp. 55-65).
  314. _A. Farges,_ Le problème de la contingence d'après M. Bergson, (_Revue
  315. pratique d'apologétique,_ Apr. 15, 1909).
  316. _A. Farges,_ L'erreur fondamentale de la philosophie nouvelle, (_Revue
  317. thomiste,_ May-June, 1909).
  318. _A. Farges,_ Théorie fondamentale de l'acte, avec la critique de la
  319. philosophie nouvelle de M. Bergson, Paris, Berche et Tralin, 1909.
  320. _Alfred Fouillée,_ Le mouvement idéaliste et la réaction contre la
  321. science positive, Paris, Alcan, 1896, pp. 198-206.
  322. _Fr. Garrigou-Lagrange,_ Le sens commun, la philosophie de l'être et
  323. les formules dogmatiques, Paris, Beauchesne, 1909.
  324. _Jules de Gaultier,_ Le réalisme du continu, (_Revue philos.,_ Jan.
  325. 1910, pp. 39-64).
  326. _René Gillouin,_ Henri Bergson, Paris, 1910. (A volume in the series
  327. _Les grands philosophes_).
  328. _A. Hollard, L'Évolution créatrice,_ (_Foi et Vie,_ Sept. 16, 1907, pp.
  329. 545-550).
  330. _B. Jacob,_ La philosophie d'hier et celle d'aujourd'hui, (_Rev. de
  331. Mét. et de Mor._ Mar. 1898, pp. 170-201).
  332. _G. Lechalas,_ Le nombre et le temps dans leurs rapports avec l'espace,
  333. (_Ann. de Phil, chrét._ N.S. Vol. 22, 1890, pp. 516-540).
  334. _G. Lechalas, Matière et Mémoire,_ (_Ann. de Phil, chrét._ N.S. Vol.
  335. 36, 1897, pp. 149-164 and 314-334)
  336. _A. Joussain,_ Romantisme et Religion, Paris, Alcan, 1910.
  337. _Legendre,_ M. Bergson et son _Évolution créatrice_, (_Bulletin de la
  338. Semaine,_ May 6, 1908).
  339. _Lenoble, L'Évolution créatrice,_ (_Revue du Clergé français,_ Jan.,
  340. 1908).
  341. _E. Le Roy,_ Science et Philosophie, (A Series of articles in the _Rev.
  342. de Mét. et de Mor._ 1899 and 1900).
  343. _L. Lévy-Bruhl, L'Essai sur les données immédiates de la conscience,_
  344. (_Rev. philos.,_ Vol. 29, 1890, pp. 519-538).
  345. _G. H. Luquet,_ Idées générales de psychologie, Paris, 1906.
  346. _J. Lux,_ Nos philosophes, M. Henri Bergson, (_Revue Bleue,_ Dec. 1,
  347. 1906).
  348. _X. Moisant,_ La notion de multiplicité dans la philosophie de M.
  349. Bergson, (_Revue de Philos.,_ June, 1902).
  350. _X. Moisant,_ Dieu dans la philosophie de M. Bergson, (_Revue de
  351. Philos.,_ May, 1905).
  352. _G. Mondain,_ Remarques sur la théorie matérialiste, (_Foi et Vie,_
  353. June 15, 1908, pp. 369-373).
  354. _D. Parodi, Le Rire,_ par H. Bergson, (_Rev. de Mét. et de Mor._ Mar.
  355. 1901, pp. 224-236).
  356. _T. M. Pègues L'Évolution créatrice_ (_Revue thomiste,_ May-June 1908,
  357. pp. 137-163).
  358. _C. Piat,_ De l'insuffisance des philosophies de l'intuition, Paris,
  359. 1908.
  360. _Maurice Pradines,_ Principes de toute philosophie de l'action, Paris,
  361. 1910.
  362. _G. Rageot, L'Évolution créatrice,_ (_Rev. philos.,_ July 1907).
  363. Reprinted and enlarged in _Les savants et la philosophie,_ Paris,
  364. Alcan, 1907.
  365. _F. Rauh,_ La conscience du devenir, (_Rev. de Mét. et de Mor._ Nov.
  366. 1897, pp. 659-681, and Jan. 1898, pp. 38-60).
  367. _F. Rauh,_ Sur la position du problème du libre arbitre, (_Rev. de Mét.
  368. et de Mor._ Nov. 1904, pp. 977-1006).
  369. _P. P. Raymond,_ La philosophie de l'intuition et la philosophie du
  370. concept, (_Études franciscaines,_ June 1909).
  371. _E. Seillière,_ L'Allemagne et la philosophie bergsonienne,
  372. (_L'Opinion,_ July 3, 1909).
  373. _G. Sorel, L'Évolution créatrice,_ (_Le Mouvement socialiste,_ Oct.
  374. Dec. 1907, Jan. Mar. Apr. 1908).
  375. _T. Steeg,_ Henri Bergson: Notice biographique avec portrait, (_Revue
  376. universelle,_ Jan. 1902, pp. 15-16).
  377. _J. de Tonquébec,_ La notion de la vérité dans la philosophie nouvelle,
  378. Paris, 1908.
  379. _J. de Tonquébec,_ Comment interpréter l'ordre du monde à propos du
  380. dernier ouvrage de M. Bergson, Paris, Beauchesne, 1908.
  381. _H. Trouche, L'Évolution créatrice,_ (_Revue de Philos._ Nov. 1908).
  382. _H. Villassère, L'Évolution créatrice,_ (_Bulletin critique,_ Sept.
  383. 1908, pp. 392-411.)
  384. _Tancrède de Visan,_ La philosophie de M. Bergson et le lyrisme
  385. contemporain, (_Vers et Prose,_ Vol. XXI, 1910, pp. 125-140).
  386. _L. Weber, L'Évolution créatrice,_ (_Rev. de Mét. et de Mor._ Sept.
  387. 1907, pp. 620-670).
  388. _V. Wilbois,_ L'esprit positif, (A series of articles in the _Rev. de
  389. Mét. et de Mor._1900 and 1901).
  390. _I. Benrubi,_ Henri Bergson, (_Die Zukunft,_ June 4, 1910).
  391. _K. Bornhausen,_ Die Philosophie Henri Bergsons und ihre Bedeutung
  392. für den Religionsbegriff, (_Zeitschrift für Theologie und Kirche,_
  393. Tübingen, Jahrg. XX, Heft I 1910, pp. 39-77.)
  394. _O. Braun, Materie und Gedächtnis,_ (_Archiv für die gesamte
  395. Psychologie,_ Vol. 15, 1909, Heft 4, pp. 13-15).
  396. _Hans Driesch,_ H. Bergson, der biologische Philosoph., (_Zeitschrift
  397. für den Ausbau der Entwickelungslehre,_ Jahrg. II, Heft 1/2, Stuttgart,
  398. 1908).
  399. _V. Eschbach,_ Henri Bergson, (_Kölnische Volkszeitung,_ Jan. 20, 1910).
  400. _Giessler, Le Rêve,_ (_Zeitschrift für Psychologie und Physiologie der
  401. Sinnesorgane,_ Vol. 29, 1902, p. 231).
  402. _J. Goldstein,_ Henri Bergson und der Zeitlosigkeitsidealismus,
  403. (_Frankfurter Zeitung,_ May 2, 1909).
  404. _J. Goldstein,_ Henri Bergson und die Sozialwissenschaft, (_Archiv für
  405. Sozialwissenschaft und Sozialpolitik,_ Bd. XXXI, Heft 1, July 1910, pp.
  406. 1-22).
  407. _A. Gurewitsch,_ Die französische Metaphysik der Gegenwart (_Archiv für
  408. system. Philos._ Bd. IX, Heft 4, Nov. 1903, pp. 462-490).
  409. _Heymans, Le Rire,_ (_Zeitsch. f. Psychol, u. Physiol. d.
  410. Sinnesorgane,_ Vol. 25, 1901, pp. 155-6).
  411. _K. Joël,_ Neues Denken, (_Neue Rundschau,_ Apr. 1910, pp. 549-558).
  412. _H. von Keyserling,_ Bergson, (_Allgemeine Zeitung,_ München, Nov. 28,
  413. 1908).
  414. _R. Kroner,_ Henri Bergson, (_Logos,_ Bd. I, Heft 1, Tübingen, 1910).
  415. _A. Lasson,_ H. Bergson, (_Deutsche Literaturzeitung_, May 28, 1910).
  416. _R. Müller-Freienfels, Materie und Gedächtnis,_ (_Zeitsch. f. Psychol.
  417. u. Physiol, d. Sinnesorgane,_ May 1910, Vol. 56, Heft 1/2, pp. 126-129).
  418. _Α. Pilzecker, Mémoire et reconnaissance,_ (_Zeitsch. f. Psychol., u.
  419. Physiol, d. Sinnesorgane,_ Vol. 13, 1897, pp. 229-232).
  420. _Hans Prager,_ Henri Bergsons metaphysische Grundanschauung, (_Archiv
  421. für system. Philos._ 1910, Bd. XVI, Heft 3, pp. 310-320).
  422. _G. Seliber,_ Der Pragmatismus und seine Gegner, (_Archiv für system.
  423. Philos._ 1909, pp. 287-298).
  424. _A. Steenbergen,_ Henri Bergsons Intuitive Philosophie, Jena, 1909.
  425. _W. Windelband,_ Preface to _Materie und Gedächtnis,_ Jena, 1908, pp.
  426. I-XV.
  427. _Th. Ziehen, Matière et Mémoire,_ (_Zeitschrift für Philosophie und
  428. philos. Kritik, Dec._ 1898, pp. 295-299).
  429. _Roberto Ardigò,_ Una pretesa pregiudiziale contro il positivismo,
  430. (_Rivista di Filosofia e Scienze affini,_ Jan.-Feb., Mar.-Apr. 1908.
  431. Reprinted in Collected Works, Vol. 10).
  432. _A. Crespi,_ La metafisica di H. Bergson, (_Coenobium,_ July-Aug. 1908).
  433. _L. Ferri, Essai sur les données immédiates de la conscience,_
  434. (_Rivista Italiana di Filosofia,_ Mar.-Apr. 1890, pp. 248-9).
  435. _A. Levi,_ Sulle ultime forme dell' indeterminismo francese, Firenze,
  436. Civelli, 1903.
  437. _A. Levi,_ L'Indeterminismo nella filosofia francese contemporanea,
  438. Firenze, Seeber, 1905.
  439. _F. Masci,_ L'idealismo indeterminista, Napoli, 1899.
  440. _E. Morselli,_ Un nuovo idealismo, (H. Bergson), Udine, Tosolini, 1900.
  441. _I. Petrone,_ Sui limiti del determinismo scientifico, Modena, 1900;
  442. Roma, 1903.
  443. _G. Prezzolini,_ Del linguaggio come causa di errore, (H. Bergson),
  444. Firenze, Spinelli, 1904.
  445. _G. Prezzolini,_ La filosofia di H. Bergson, (in _La Teoria
  446. Sindacalista,_ Napoli, Perrella, 1909, pp. 283-335).
  447. _F. de Sarlo,_ Le correnti filosofiche del secolo XIX, (_Flegrea,_ III
  448. 6; Sept. 20, 1901, pp. 531-554)·
  449. _G. Tarozzi,_ Della necessità nel fatto naturale ed umano, Torino,
  450. Loescher, 1896-97.
  451. _B. Varisco,_ La filosofia della contingenza, (_Rivista filosofica,_
  452. Vol. VIII, 1905, pp. 1-37).
  453. _B. Varisco,_ La Creazione, (_Rivista filosofica,_ Mar.-Apr. 1908, pp.
  454. 149-180).
  455. _C. Antoniade,_ Filosofia lui Henri Bergson, (_Studii filosofice,_
  456. Bucarest, 1908, Vol. II, pp. 161-192 and 259-278).
  457. _F. Garcia Calderôn,_ Dos filosofos franceses, Bergson y Boutroux, (_El
  458. Comercio,_ Lima, May 5, 1907).
  459. _E. Duprat,_ Estudios de Filosofia contemporanea: la Filosofia de H.
  460. Bergson, (_Cultura Espanola,_ Madrid, 1908, pp. 185-202 and 567-584).
  461. _Silberstein, L'Évolution créatrice,_ (_Przeglad Filozoficzny,_ 1908).
  462. _Michal Sobeski,_ H. Bergson, (_Kurier Warszawski,_ 20, stycznia,
  463. 1910).
  464. AUTHOR'S PREFACE
  465. We necessarily express ourselves by means of words and we usually
  466. think in terms of space. That is to say, language requires us to
  467. establish between our ideas the same sharp and precise distinctions,
  468. the same discontinuity, as between material objects. This assimilation
  469. of thought to things is useful in practical life and necessary in
  470. most of the sciences. But it may be asked whether the insurmountable
  471. difficulties presented by certain philosophical problems do not arise
  472. from our placing side by side in space phenomena which do not occupy
  473. space, and whether, by merely getting rid of the clumsy symbols round
  474. which we are fighting, we might not bring the fight to an end. When
  475. an illegitimate translation of the unextended into the extended, of
  476. quality into quantity, has introduced contradiction into the very heart
  477. of the question, contradiction must, of course, recur in the answer.
  478. The problem which I have chosen is one which is common to metaphysics
  479. and psychology, the problem of free will. What I attempt to prove
  480. is that all discussion between the determinists and their opponents
  481. implies a previous confusion of duration with extensity, of succession
  482. with simultaneity, of quality with quantity: this confusion once
  483. dispelled, we may perhaps witness the disappearance of the objections
  484. raised against free will, of the definitions given of it, and, in a
  485. certain sense, of the problem of free will itself. To prove this is the
  486. object of the third part of the present volume: the first two chapters,
  487. which treat of the conceptions of intensity and duration, have been
  488. written as an introduction to the third.
  489. H. BERGSON.
  490. _February,_ 1888.
  491. CONTENTS
  492. CHAPTER I
  493. THE INTENSITY OF PSYCHIC STATES
  494. Quantitative differences applicable to magnitudes but not to
  495. intensities, 1-4; Attempt to estimate intensities by objective
  496. causes or atomic movements, 4-7; Different kinds of intensities, 7;
  497. Deep-seated psychic states: desire, 8, hope, 9, joy and sorrow, 10;
  498. Aesthetic feelings, 11-18: grace, 12, beauty, 14-18, music, poetry,
  499. art, 15-18; Moral feelings, pity, 19; Conscious states involving
  500. physical symptoms, 20: muscular effort, 21-26, attention and muscular
  501. tension, 27-28; Violent emotions, 29-31: rage, 29, fear, 30;
  502. Affective sensations, 32-39: pleasure and pain, 33-39, disgust, 36;
  503. Representative sensations, 39-60: and external causes, 42, sensation
  504. of sound, 43, intensity, pitch and muscular effort, 45-6, sensations
  505. of heat and cold, 46-7, sensations of pressure and weight, 47-50,
  506. sensation of light, 50-60, photometric experiments, 52-60, Delbœuf's
  507. experiments, 56-60; Psychophysics, 60-72: Weber and Fechner, 61-65,
  508. Delbœuf, 67-70, the mistake of regarding sensations as magnitudes,
  509. 70-72; Intensity in (1) representative, (2) affective states, intensity
  510. and multiplicity, 72-74.
  511. _pp._1-74
  512. CHAPTER II
  513. THE MULTIPLICITY OF CONSCIOUS STATES
  514. THE IDEA OF DURATION
  515. Number and its units, 75-77, number and accompanying intuition of
  516. space, 78-85; Two kinds of multiplicity, of material objects and
  517. conscious states, 85-87, impenetrability of matter, 88-89, homogeneous
  518. time and pure duration, 90-91; Space and its contents, 92, empirical
  519. theories of space, 93-94, intuition of empty homogeneous medium
  520. peculiar to man, 95-97, time as homogeneous medium reducible to
  521. space, 98-99; Duration, succession and space, 100-104, pure duration,
  522. 105-106; Is duration measurable? 107-110; Is motion measurable?
  523. 111-112; Paradox of the Eleatics, 113-115; Duration and simultaneity,
  524. 115-116; Velocity and simultaneity, 117-119; Space alone homogeneous,
  525. duration and succession belong to conscious mind, 120-121; Two kinds
  526. of multiplicity, qualitative and quantitative, 121-123, superficial
  527. psychic states invested with discontinuity of their external causes,
  528. 124-126, these eliminated, real duration is felt as a quality, 127-128;
  529. The two aspects of the self, on the surface well-defined conscious
  530. states, deeper down states which interpenetrate and form organic whole,
  531. 129-139, solidifying influence of language on sensation, 129-132,
  532. analysis distorts the feelings, 132-134, deeper conscious states
  533. forming a part of ourselves, 134-136; Problems soluble only by recourse
  534. to the concrete and living self, 137-139.
  535. _pp._ 75-139
  536. CHAPTER III
  537. THE ORGANIZATION OF CONSCIOUS STATES
  538. FREE WILL
  539. Dynamism and mechanism, 140-142; Two kinds of determinism, 142;
  540. Physical determinism, 143-155: and molecular theory of matter, 143, and
  541. conservation of energy, 144, if conservation universal, physiological
  542. and nervous phenomena necessitated, but perhaps not conscious states,
  543. 145-148, but is principle of conversation universal? 149, it may
  544. not apply to living beings and conscious states, 150-154, idea of
  545. its universality depends on confusion between concrete duration and
  546. abstract time, 154-155; Psychological determinism, 155-163: implies
  547. associationist conception of mind, 155-158, this involves defective
  548. conception of self, 159-163; The free act: freedom as expressing the
  549. fundamental self, 165-170; Real duration and contingency, 172-182:
  550. could our act have been different? 172-175, geometrical representation
  551. of process of coming to a decision, 175-178, the fallacies to which
  552. it leads determinists and libertarians, 179-183; Real duration and
  553. prediction, 183-198: conditions of Paul's prediction of Peter's action
  554. (1) being Peter (2) knowing already his final act, 184-189, the
  555. three fallacies involved, 190-192, astronomical prediction depends
  556. on hypothetical acceleration of movements, 193-195, duration cannot
  557. be thus accelerated, 196-198; Real duration and causality, 199-221:
  558. the law "same antecedents, same consequents," 199-201, causality as
  559. regular succession, 202-203, causality as prefiguring: two kinds (1)
  560. prefiguring as mathematical pre-existence; implies non-duration, but
  561. we _endure_ and therefore may be free, 204-210, (2) prefiguring as
  562. having idea of future act to be realized by effort; does not involve
  563. determinism, 211-214, determinism results from confusing these two
  564. senses, 215-218; Freedom real but indefinable, 219-221.
  565. _pp._140-221
  566. CONCLUSION
  567. States of self perceived through forms borrowed from external world,
  568. 223; Intensity as quality, 225; Duration as qualitative multiplicity,
  569. 226; No duration in the external world, 227; Extensity and duration
  570. must be separated, 229; Only the fundamental self free, 231; Kant's
  571. mistaken idea of time as homogeneous, 232, hence he put the self which
  572. is free outside both space and time, 233; Duration is heterogeneous,
  573. relation of psychic state to act is unique, and act is free, 235-240.
  574. _pp._ 222-240
  575. INDEX
  576. CHAPTER I
  577. THE INTENSITY OF PSYCHIC STATES
  578. [Sidenote: Can there be quantitative differences in conscious states?]
  579. It is usually admitted that states of consciousness, sensations,
  580. feelings, passions, efforts, are capable of growth and diminution; we
  581. are even told that a sensation can be said to be twice, thrice, four
  582. times as intense as another sensation of the same kind. This latter
  583. thesis, which is maintained by psychophysicists, we shall examine
  584. later; but even the opponents of psychophysics do not see any harm
  585. in speaking of one sensation as being more intense than another, of
  586. one effort as being greater than another, and in thus setting up
  587. differences of quantity between purely internal states. Common sense,
  588. moreover, has not the slightest hesitation in giving its verdict on
  589. this point; people say they are more or less warm, or more or less sad,
  590. and this distinction of more and less, even when it is carried over
  591. to the region of subjective facts and unextended objects, surprises
  592. nobody. But this involves a very obscure point and a much more
  593. important problem than is usually supposed.
  594. When we assert that one number is greater than another number or one
  595. body greater than another body, we know very well what we mean.
  596. [Sidenote: Such differences applicable to magnitudes but not to
  597. intensities.]
  598. For in both cases we allude to unequal spaces, as shall be shown in
  599. detail a little further on, and we call that space the greater which
  600. contains the other. But how can a more intense sensation contain one of
  601. less intensity? Shall we say that the first implies the second, that
  602. we reach the sensation of higher intensity only on condition of having
  603. first passed through the less intense stages of the same sensation, and
  604. that in a certain sense we are concerned, here also, with the relation
  605. of container to contained? This conception of intensive magnitude
  606. seems, indeed, to be that of common sense, but we cannot advance it
  607. as a philosophical explanation without becoming involved in a vicious
  608. circle. For it is beyond doubt that, in the natural series of numbers,
  609. the later number exceeds the earlier, but the very possibility of
  610. arranging the numbers in ascending order arises from their having
  611. to each other relations of container and contained, so that we feel
  612. ourselves able to explain precisely in what sense one is greater than
  613. the other. The question, then, is how we succeed in forming a series of
  614. this kind with intensities, which cannot be superposed on each other,
  615. and by what sign we recognize that the members of this series increase,
  616. for example, instead of diminishing: but this always comes back to the
  617. inquiry, why an intensity can be assimilated to a magnitude.
  618. [Sidenote: Alleged distinction between two kinds of quantity: extensive
  619. and intensive magnitude.]
  620. It is only to evade the difficulty to distinguish, as is usually done,
  621. between two species of quantity, the first extensive and measurable,
  622. the second intensive and not admitting of measure, but of which it can
  623. nevertheless be said that it is greater or less than another intensity.
  624. For it is recognized thereby that there is something common to these
  625. two forms of magnitude, since they are both termed magnitudes and
  626. declared to be equally capable of increase and diminution. But, from
  627. the point of view of magnitude, what can there be in common between
  628. the extensive and the intensive, the extended and the unextended? If,
  629. in the first case, we call that which contains the other the greater
  630. quantity, why go on speaking of quantity and magnitude when there
  631. is no longer a container or a contained? If a quantity can increase
  632. and diminish, if we perceive in it, so to speak, the _less_ inside
  633. the _more,_ is not such a quantity on this very account divisible,
  634. and thereby extended? Is it not then a contradiction to speak of an
  635. inextensive quantity? But yet common sense agrees with the philosophers
  636. in setting up a pure intensity as a magnitude, just as if it were
  637. something extended. And not only do we use the same word, but whether
  638. we think of a greater intensity or a greater extensity, we experience
  639. in both cases an analogous impression; the terms "greater" and "less"
  640. call up in both cases the same idea. If we now ask ourselves in what
  641. does this idea consist, our consciousness still offers us the image
  642. of a container and a contained. We picture to ourselves, for example,
  643. a greater intensity of effort as a greater length of thread rolled
  644. up, or as a spring which, in unwinding, will occupy a greater space.
  645. In the idea of intensity, and even in the word which expresses it,
  646. we shall find the image of a present contraction and consequently a
  647. future expansion, the image of something virtually extended, and, if
  648. we may say so, of a compressed space. We are thus led to believe that
  649. we translate the intensive into the extensive, and that we compare
  650. two intensities, or at least express the comparison, by the confused
  651. intuition of a relation between two extensities. But it is just the
  652. nature of this operation which it is difficult to determine.
  653. [Sidenote: Attempt to distinguish intensities by objective causes. But
  654. we judge of intensity without knowing magnitude or nature of the cause.]
  655. The solution which occurs immediately to the mind, once it has entered
  656. upon this path, consists in defining the intensity of a sensation,
  657. or of any state whatever of the ego, by the number and magnitude of
  658. the objective, and therefore measurable, causes which have given rise
  659. to it. Doubtless, a more intense sensation of light is the one which
  660. has been obtained, or is obtainable, by means of a larger number of
  661. luminous sources, provided they be at the same distance and identical
  662. with one another. But, in the immense majority of cases, we decide
  663. about the intensity of the effect without even knowing the nature of
  664. the cause, much less its magnitude: indeed, it is the very intensity
  665. of the effect which often leads us to venture an hypothesis as to the
  666. number and nature of the causes, and thus to revise the judgment of
  667. our senses, which at first represented them as insignificant. And it
  668. is no use arguing that we are then comparing the actual state of the
  669. ego with some previous state in which the cause was perceived in its
  670. entirety at the same time as its effect was experienced. No doubt this
  671. is our procedure in a fairly large number of cases; but we cannot
  672. then explain the differences of intensity which we recognize between
  673. deep-seated psychic phenomena, the cause of which is within us and
  674. not outside. On the other hand, we are never so bold in judging the
  675. intensity of a psychic state as when the subjective aspect of the
  676. phenomenon is the only one to strike us, or when the external cause to
  677. which we refer it does not easily admit of measurement. Thus it seems
  678. evident that we experience a more intense pain at the pulling out of a
  679. tooth than of a hair; the artist knows without the possibility of doubt
  680. that the picture of a master affords him more intense pleasure than
  681. the signboard of a shop; and there is not the slightest need ever to
  682. have heard of forces of cohesion to assert that we expend less effort
  683. in bending a steel blade than a bar of iron. Thus the comparison of
  684. two intensities is usually made without the least appreciation of the
  685. number of causes, their mode of action or their extent.
  686. [Sidenote: Attempt to distinguish intensities by atomic movements.
  687. But it is the sensation which is given in consciousness, and not the
  688. movement.]
  689. There is still room, it is true, for an hypothesis of the same nature,
  690. but more subtle. We know that mechanical, and especially kinetic,
  691. theories aim at explaining the visible and sensible properties of
  692. bodies by _well_ defined movements of their ultimate parts, and many of
  693. us foresee the time when the intensive differences of qualities, that
  694. is to say, of our sensations, will be reduced to extensive differences
  695. between the changes taking place behind them. May it not be maintained
  696. that, without knowing these theories, we have a vague surmise of them,
  697. that behind the more intense sound we guess the presence of ampler
  698. vibrations which are propagated in the disturbed medium, and that it
  699. is with a reference to this mathematical relation, precise in itself
  700. though confusedly perceived, that we assert the higher intensity of a
  701. particular sound? Without even going so far, could it not be laid down
  702. that every state of consciousness corresponds to a certain disturbance
  703. of the molecules and atoms of the cerebral substance, and that the
  704. intensity of a sensation measures the amplitude, the complication or
  705. the extent of these molecular movements? This last hypothesis is at
  706. least as probable as the other, but it no more solves the problem.
  707. For, quite possibly, the intensity of a sensation bears witness to a
  708. more or less considerable work accomplished in our organism; but it
  709. is the sensation which is given to us in consciousness, and not this
  710. mechanical work. Indeed, it is by the intensity of the sensation that
  711. we judge of the greater or less amount of work accomplished: intensity
  712. then remains, at least apparently, a property of sensation. And still
  713. the same question recurs: why do we say of a higher intensity that it
  714. is greater? Why do we think of a greater quantity or a greater space?
  715. [Sidenote: Different kinds of intensities. (1) deep-seated psychic
  716. statese (2)muscular effort. Intensity is more easily definable in the
  717. former case.]
  718. Perhaps the difficulty of the problem lies chiefly in the fact that
  719. we call by the same name, and picture to ourselves in the same way,
  720. intensities which are very different in nature, e.g. the intensity of a
  721. feeling and that of a sensation or an effort.
  722. The effort is accompanied by a muscular sensation, and the sensations
  723. themselves are connected with certain physical conditions which
  724. probably count for something in the estimate of their intensity: we
  725. have here to do with phenomena which take place on the surface of
  726. consciousness, and which are always connected, as we shall see further
  727. on, with the perception of a movement or of an external object. But
  728. certain states of the soul seem to us, rightly or wrongly, to be
  729. self-sufficient, such as deep joy or sorrow, a reflective passion or an
  730. aesthetic emotion. Pure intensity ought to be more easily definable in
  731. these simple cases, where no extensive element seems to be involved. We
  732. shall see, in fact, that it is reducible here to a certain quality or
  733. shade which spreads over a more or less considerable mass of psychic
  734. states, or, if the expression be preferred, to the larger or smaller
  735. number of simple states which make up the fundamental emotion.
  736. [Sidenote: Take, for example, the progress of a desire.]
  737. For example, an obscure desire gradually becomes a deep passion. Now,
  738. you will see that thee feeble intensity of this desire consisted at
  739. first in its appearing to be isolated and, as it were, foreign to the
  740. remainder of your inner life. But little by little it permeates a
  741. larger number of psychic elements, tingeing them, so to speak, with
  742. its own colour: and lo! your outlook on the whole of your surroundings
  743. seems now to have changed radically. How do you become aware of a deep
  744. passion, once it has taken hold of you, if not by perceiving that
  745. the same objects no longer impress you in the same manner? All your
  746. sensations and all your ideas seem to brighten up: it is like childhood
  747. back again. We experience something of the kind in certain dreams, in
  748. which we do not imagine anything out of the ordinary, and yet through
  749. which there resounds an indescribable note of originality. The fact is
  750. that, the further we penetrate into the depths of consciousness, the
  751. less right we have to treat psychic phenomena as things which are set
  752. side by side. When it is said that an object occupies a large space
  753. in the soul or even that it fills it entirely, we ought to understand
  754. by this simply that its image has altered the shade of a thousand
  755. perceptions or memories, and that in this sense it pervades them,
  756. although it does not itself come into view. But this wholly dynamic
  757. way of looking at things is repugnant to the reflective consciousness,
  758. because the latter delights in clean cut distinctions, which are
  759. easily expressed in words, and in things with well-defined outlines,
  760. like those which are perceived in space. It will assume then that,
  761. everything else remaining identical, such and such a desire has gone up
  762. a scale of magnitudes, as though it were permissible still to speak of
  763. magnitude where there is neither multiplicity nor space! But just as
  764. consciousness (as will be shown later on) concentrates on a given point
  765. of the organism the increasing number of muscular contractions which
  766. take place on the surface of the body, thus converting them into one
  767. single feeling of effort, of growing intensity, so it will hypostatize
  768. under the form of a growing desire the gradual alterations which take
  769. place in the confused heap of co-existing psychic states. But that is a
  770. change of quality rather than of magnitude.
  771. What makes hope such an intense pleasure is the fact that the future,
  772. which we dispose of to our liking, appears to us at the same time under
  773. a multitude of forms, equally attractive and equally possible. Even
  774. if the most coveted of these becomes realized, it will be necessary to
  775. give up the others, and we shall have lost a great deal. The idea of
  776. the future, pregnant with an infinity of possibilities, is thus more
  777. fruitful than the future itself, and this is why we find more charm in
  778. hope than in possession, in dreams than in reality.
  779. [Sidenote: The emotions of joy and sorrow. Their successive stages
  780. correspond to qualitative changes in the whole of our psychic states.]
  781. Let us try to discover the nature of an increasing intensity of joy or
  782. sorrow in the exceptional cases where no physical symptom intervenes.
  783. Neither inner joy nor passion is an isolated inner state which at
  784. first occupies a corner of the soul and gradually spreads. At its
  785. lowest level it is very like a turning of our states of consciousness
  786. towards the future. Then, as if their weight were diminished by this
  787. attraction, our ideas and sensations succeed one another with greater
  788. rapidity; our movements no longer cost us the same effort. Finally,
  789. in cases of extreme joy, our perceptions and memories become tinged
  790. with an indefinable quality, as with a kind of heat or light, so
  791. novel that now and then, as we stare at our own self, we wonder how
  792. it can really exist. Thus there are several characteristic forms of
  793. purely inward joy, all of which are successive stages corresponding to
  794. qualitative alterations in the whole of our psychic states. But the
  795. number of states which are concerned with each of these alterations
  796. is more or less considerable, and, without explicitly counting them,
  797. we know very well whether, for example, our joy pervades all the
  798. impressions which we receive in the course of the day or whether any
  799. escape from its influence. We thus set up points of division in the
  800. interval which separates two successive forms of joy, and this gradual
  801. transition from one to the other makes them appear in their turn as
  802. different intensities of one and the same feeling, which is thus
  803. supposed to change in magnitude. It could be easily shown that the
  804. different degrees of sorrow also correspond to qualitative changes.
  805. Sorrow begins by being nothing more than a facing towards the past, an
  806. impoverishment of our sensations and ideas, as if each of them were now
  807. contained entirely in the little which it gives out, as if the future
  808. were in some way stopped up. And it ends with an impression of crushing
  809. failure, the effect of which is that we aspire to nothingness, while
  810. every new misfortune, by making us understand better the uselessness of
  811. the struggle, causes us a bitter pleasure.
  812. [Sidenote: The aesthetic feelings. Their increasing intensities are
  813. really different feelings.]
  814. The aesthetic feelings offer us a still more striking example of this
  815. progressive stepping in of new elements, which can be detected in the
  816. fundamental emotion and which seem to increase its magnitude, although
  817. in reality they do nothing more than alter its nature. Let us consider
  818. the simplest of them, the feeling of grace. At first it is only the
  819. perception of a certain ease, a certain facility in the outward
  820. movements. And as those movements are easy which prepare the way for
  821. others, we are led to find a superior ease in the movements which can
  822. be foreseen, in the present attitudes in which future attitudes are
  823. pointed out and, as it were, prefigured. If jerky movements are wanting
  824. in grace, the reason is that each of them is self-sufficient and does
  825. not announce those which are to follow. If curves are more graceful
  826. than broken lines, the reason is that, while a curved line changes its
  827. direction at every moment, every new direction is indicated in the
  828. preceding one. Thus the perception of ease in motion passes over into
  829. the pleasure of mastering the flow of time and of holding the future
  830. in the present. A third element comes in when the graceful movements
  831. submit to a rhythm and are accompanied by music. For the rhythm and
  832. measure, by allowing us to foresee to a still greater extent the
  833. movements of the dancer, make us believe that we now control them. As
  834. we guess almost the exact attitude which the dancer is going to take,
  835. he seems to obey us when he really takes it: the regularity of the
  836. rhythm establishes a kind of communication between him and us, and the
  837. periodic returns of the measure are like so many invisible threads by
  838. means of which we set in motion this imaginary puppet. Indeed, if it
  839. stops for an instant, our hand in its impatience cannot refrain from
  840. making a movement, as though to push it, as though to replace it in
  841. the midst of this movement, the rhythm of which has taken complete
  842. possession of our thought and will. Thus a kind of physical sympathy
  843. enters into the feeling of grace. Now, in analysing the charm of this
  844. sympathy, you will find that it pleases you through its affinity
  845. with moral sympathy, the idea of which it subtly suggests. This last
  846. element, in which the others are merged after having in a measure
  847. ushered it in, explains the irresistible attractiveness of grace.
  848. We could hardly make out why it affords us such pleasure if it were
  849. nothing but a saving of effort, as Spencer maintains.[1] But the truth
  850. is that in anything which we call very graceful we imagine ourselves
  851. able to detect, besides the lightness which is a sign of mobility,
  852. some suggestion of a possible movement towards ourselves, of a virtual
  853. and even nascent sympathy. It is this mobile sympathy, always ready
  854. to offer itself, which is just the essence of higher grace. Thus the
  855. increasing intensities of aesthetic feeling are here resolved into as
  856. many different feelings, each one of which, already heralded by its
  857. predecessor, becomes perceptible in it and then completely eclipses
  858. it. It is this qualitative progress which we interpret as a change of
  859. magnitude, because we like simple thoughts and because our language is
  860. ill-suited to render the subtleties of psychological analysis.
  861. [Sidenote: The feeling of beauty: art puts to sleep our active and
  862. resistant powers and makes us responsive to suggestion.]
  863. To understand how the feeling of the beautiful itself admits of
  864. degrees, we should have to submit it to a minute analysis. Perhaps
  865. the difficulty which we experience in defining: it is largely owing to
  866. the fact that we look upon the beauties of nature as anterior to those
  867. of art: the processes of art are thus supposed to be nothing more than
  868. means by which the artist expresses the beautiful, and the essence of
  869. the beautiful remains unexplained. But we might ask ourselves whether
  870. nature is beautiful otherwise than through meeting by chance certain
  871. processes of our art, and whether, in a certain sense, art is not prior
  872. to nature. Without even going so far, it seems more in conformity
  873. with the rules of a sound method to study the beautiful first in the
  874. works in which it has been produced by a conscious effort, and then
  875. to pass on by imperceptible steps from art to nature, which may be
  876. looked upon as an artist in its own way. By placing ourselves at this
  877. point of view, we shall perceive that the object of art is to put to
  878. sleep the active or rather resistant powers of our personality, and
  879. thus to bring us into a state of perfect responsiveness, in which
  880. we realize the idea that is suggested to us and sympathize with the
  881. feeling that is expressed. In the processes of art we shall find, in a
  882. weakened form, a refined and in some measure spiritualized version of
  883. the processes commonly used to induce the state of hypnosis. Thus, in
  884. music, the rhythm and measure suspend the normal flow of our sensations
  885. and ideas by causing our attention to swing to and fro between fixed
  886. points, and they take hold of us with such force that even the faintest
  887. imitation of a groan will suffice to fill us with the utmost sadness.
  888. If musical sounds affect us more powerfully than the sounds of nature,
  889. the reason is that nature confines itself to _expressing_ feelings,
  890. whereas music _suggests_ them to us. Whence indeed comes the charm of
  891. poetry? The poet is he with whom feelings develop into images, and the
  892. images themselves into words which translate them while obeying the
  893. laws of rhythm. In seeing these images pass before our eyes we in our
  894. turn experience the feeling which was, so to speak, their emotional
  895. equivalent: but we should never realize these images so strongly
  896. without the regular movements of the rhythm by which our soul is lulled
  897. into self-forgetfulness, and, as in a dream, thinks and sees with the
  898. poet. The plastic arts obtain an effect of the same kind by the fixity
  899. which they suddenly impose upon life, and which a physical contagion
  900. carries over to the attention of the spectator. While the works of
  901. ancient sculpture express faint emotions which play upon them like a
  902. passing breath, the pale immobility of the stone causes the feeling
  903. expressed or the movement just begun to appear as if they were fixed
  904. for ever, absorbing our thought and our will in their own eternity. We
  905. find in architecture, in the very midst of this startling immobility,
  906. certain effects analogous to those of rhythm. The symmetry of form,
  907. the indefinite repetition of the same architectural motive, causes
  908. our faculty of perception to oscillate between the same and the same
  909. again, and gets rid of those customary incessant changes which in
  910. ordinary life bring us back without ceasing to the consciousness of
  911. our personality: even the faint suggestion of an idea will then be
  912. enough to make the idea fill the whole of our mind. Thus art aims at
  913. impressing feelings on us rather than expressing them; it suggests
  914. them to us, and willingly dispenses with the imitation of nature when
  915. it finds some more efficacious means. Nature, like art, proceeds by
  916. suggestion, but does not command the resources of rhythm. It supplies
  917. the deficiency by the long comradeship, based on influences received
  918. in common by nature and by ourselves, of which the effect is that the
  919. slightest indication by nature of a feeling arouses sympathy in our
  920. minds, just as a mere gesture on the part of the hypnotist is enough to
  921. force the intended suggestion upon a subject accustomed to his control.
  922. And this sympathy is shown in particular when nature displays to us
  923. beings of _normal_ proportions, so that our attention is distributed
  924. equally over all the parts of the figure without being fixed on any one
  925. of them: our perceptive faculty then finds itself lulled and soothed by
  926. this harmony, and nothing hinders any longer the free play of sympathy,
  927. which is ever ready to come forward as soon as the obstacle in its path
  928. is removed.
  929. [Sidenote: Stages in the aesthetic emotion.]
  930. It follows from this analysis that the feeling of the beautiful is
  931. no specific feeling, but that every feeling experienced by us will
  932. assume an aesthetic character, provided that it has been _suggested,_
  933. and not _caused._ It will now be understood why the aesthetic emotion
  934. seems to us to admit of degrees of intensity, and also of degrees of
  935. elevation. Sometimes the feeling which is suggested scarcely makes a
  936. break in the compact texture of psychic phenomena of which our history
  937. consists; sometimes it draws our attention from them, but not so that
  938. they become lost to sight; sometimes, finally, it puts itself in their
  939. place, engrosses us and completely monopolizes our soul. There are
  940. thus distinct phases in the progress of an aesthetic feeling, as in
  941. the state of hypnosis; and these phases correspond less to variations
  942. of degree than to differences of state or of nature. But the merit
  943. of a work of art is not measured so much by the power with which the
  944. suggested feeling takes hold of us as by the richness of this feeling
  945. itself: in other words, besides degrees of intensity we instinctively
  946. distinguish degrees of depth or elevation. If this last concept be
  947. analysed, it will be seen that the feelings and thoughts which the
  948. artist suggests to us express and sum up a more or less considerable
  949. part of his history. If the art which gives only sensations is an
  950. inferior art, the reason is that analysis often fails to discover in
  951. a sensation anything beyond the sensation itself. But the greater
  952. number of emotions are instinct with a thousand sensations, feelings
  953. or ideas which pervade them: each one is then a state unique of its
  954. kind and indefinable, and it seems that we should have to re-live the
  955. life of the subject who experiences it if we wished to grasp it in
  956. its original complexity. Yet the artist aims at giving us a share in
  957. this emotion, so rich, so personal, so novel, and at enabling us to
  958. experience what he cannot make us understand. This he will bring about
  959. by choosing, among the outward signs of his emotions, those which our
  960. body is likely to imitate mechanically, though slightly, as soon as it
  961. perceives them, so as to transport us all at once into the indefinable
  962. psychological state which called them forth. Thus will be broken down
  963. the barrier interposed by time and space between his consciousness and
  964. ours: and the richer in ideas and the more pregnant with sensations
  965. and emotions is the feeling within whose limits the artist has brought
  966. us, the deeper and the higher shall we find the beauty thus expressed.
  967. The successive intensities of the aesthetic feeling thus correspond
  968. to changes of state occurring in us, and the degrees of depth to the
  969. larger or smaller number of elementary psychic phenomena which we dimly
  970. discern in the fundamental emotion.
  971. [Sidenote: The moral feelings. Pity. Its increasing intensity is a
  972. qualitative progress.]
  973. The moral feelings might be studied in the same way. Let us take pity
  974. as an example. It consists in the first place in putting oneself
  975. mentally in the place of others, in suffering their pain. But if it
  976. were nothing more, as some have maintained, it would inspire us with
  977. the idea of avoiding the wretched rather than helping them, for pain
  978. is naturally abhorrent to us. This feeling of horror may indeed be at
  979. the root of pity; but a new element soon comes in, the need of helping
  980. our fellow-men and of alleviating their suffering. Shall we say with La
  981. Rochefoucauld that this so-called sympathy is a calculation, "a shrewd
  982. insurance against evils to come"? Perhaps a dread of some future evil
  983. to ourselves does hold a place in our compassion for other people's
  984. evil. These however are but lower forms of pity. True pity consists not
  985. so much in fearing suffering as in desiring it. The desire is a faint
  986. one and we should hardly wish to see it realized; yet we form it in
  987. spite of ourselves, as if Nature were committing some great injustice
  988. and it were necessary to get rid of all suspicion of complicity
  989. with her. The essence of pity is thus a need for self-abasement, an
  990. aspiration downwards. This painful aspiration nevertheless has a
  991. charm about it, because it raises us in our own estimation and makes
  992. us feel superior to those sensuous goods from which our thought is
  993. temporarily detached. The increasing intensity of pity thus consists in
  994. a qualitative progress, in a transition from repugnance to fear, from
  995. fear to sympathy, and from sympathy itself to humility.
  996. [Sidenote: Conscious states connected with external causes or involving
  997. psychical symptoms.]
  998. We do not propose to carry this analysis any further. The psychic
  999. states whose intensity we have just defined are deep-seated states
  1000. which do not seem to have any close relation to their external cause
  1001. or to involve the perception of muscular contraction. But such states
  1002. are rare. There is hardly any passion or desire, any joy or sorrow,
  1003. which is not accompanied by physical symptoms; and, where these
  1004. symptoms occur, they probably count for something in the estimate
  1005. of intensities. As for the sensations properly so called, they are
  1006. manifestly connected with their external cause, and though the
  1007. intensity of the sensation cannot be defined by the magnitude of its
  1008. cause, there undoubtedly exists some relation between these two terms.
  1009. In some of its manifestations consciousness even appears to spread
  1010. outwards, as if intensity were being developed into extensity, e.g. in
  1011. the case of muscular effort. Let us face this last phenomenon at once:
  1012. we shall thus be transported at a bound to the opposite extremity of
  1013. the series of psychic phenomena.
  1014. [Sidenote: Muscular effort seems at first sight to be quantitative.]
  1015. If there is a phenomenon which seems to be presented immediately to
  1016. consciousness under the form of quantity or at least of magnitude, it
  1017. is undoubtedly muscular effort. We picture to our minds a psychic force
  1018. imprisoned in the soul like the winds in the cave of Aeolus, and only
  1019. waiting for an opportunity to burst forth: our will is supposed to
  1020. watch over this force and from time to time to open a passage for it,
  1021. regulating the outflow by the effect which it is desired to produce. If
  1022. we consider the matter carefully, we shall see that this somewhat crude
  1023. conception of effort plays a large part in our belief in intensive
  1024. magnitudes. Muscular force, whose sphere of action is space and which
  1025. manifests itself in phenomena admitting of measure, seems to us to
  1026. have existed previous to its manifestations, but in smaller volume,
  1027. and, so to speak, in a compressed state: hence we do not hesitate to
  1028. reduce this volume more and more, and finally we believe that we can
  1029. understand how a purely psychic state, which does not occupy space,
  1030. can nevertheless possess magnitude. Science, too, tends to strengthen
  1031. the illusion of common sense with regard to this point. Bain, for
  1032. example, declares that "the sensibility accompanying muscular movement
  1033. coincides with the _outgoing_ stream of nervous energy:"[2] it is thus
  1034. just the emission of nervous force which consciousness perceives.
  1035. Wundt also speaks of a sensation, central in its origin, accompanying
  1036. the voluntary innervation of the muscles, and quotes the example
  1037. of the paralytic "who has a very distinct sensation of the force
  1038. which he employs in the effort to raise his leg, although it remains
  1039. motionless."[3] Most of the authorities adhere to this opinion,
  1040. which would be the unanimous view of positive science were it not
  1041. that several years ago Professor William James drew the attention of
  1042. physiologists to certain phenomena which had been but little remarked,
  1043. although they were very remarkable.
  1044. [Sidenote: The feeling of effort. We are conscious not of an
  1045. expenditure of force but of the resulting muscular movement.]
  1046. When a paralytic strives to raise his useless limb, he certainly does
  1047. not execute this movement, but, with or without his will, he executes
  1048. another. Some movement is carried out somewhere: otherwise there is
  1049. no sensation of effort.[4] Vulpian had already called attention to
  1050. the fact that if a man affected with hemiplegia is told to clench his
  1051. paralysed fist, he unconsciously carries out this action with the
  1052. fist which is not affected. Ferrier described a still more curious
  1053. phenomenon.[5] Stretch out your arm while slightly bending your
  1054. forefinger, as if you were going to press the trigger of a pistol;
  1055. without moving the finger, without contracting any muscle of the hand,
  1056. without producing any apparent movement, you will yet be able to feel
  1057. that you are expending energy. On a closer examination, however,
  1058. you will perceive that this sensation of effort coincides with the
  1059. fixation of the muscles of your chest, that you keep your glottis
  1060. closed and actively contract your respiratory muscles. As soon as
  1061. respiration resumes its normal course the consciousness of effort
  1062. vanishes, unless you really move your finger. These facts already
  1063. seemed to show that we are conscious, not of an expenditure of force,
  1064. but of the movement of the muscles which results from it. The new
  1065. feature in Professor James's investigation is that he has verified
  1066. the hypothesis in the case of examples which seemed to contradict it
  1067. absolutely. Thus when the external rectus muscle of the right eye is
  1068. paralysed, the patient tries in vain to turn his eye towards the right;
  1069. yet objects seem to him to recede towards the right, and since the act
  1070. of volition has produced no effect, it follows, said Helmholtz,[6]
  1071. that he is conscious of the effort of volition. But, replies Professor
  1072. James, no account has been taken of what goes on in the other eye. This
  1073. remains covered during the experiments; nevertheless it moves and there
  1074. is not much trouble in proving that it does. It is the movement of the
  1075. left eye, perceived by consciousness, which produces the sensation of
  1076. effort together with the impression that the objects perceived by the
  1077. right eye are moving. These and similar observations lead Professor
  1078. James to assert that the feeling of effort is centripetal and not
  1079. centrifugal. We are not conscious of a force which we are supposed to
  1080. launch upon our organism: our feeling of muscular energy at work "is
  1081. a complex afferent sensation, which comes from contracted muscles,
  1082. stretched ligaments, compressed joints, an immobilized chest, a closed
  1083. glottis, a knit brow, clenched jaws," in a word, from all the points of
  1084. the periphery where the effort causes an alteration.
  1085. [Sidenote: Intensity of feeling of effort proportional to extent of our
  1086. body affected.]
  1087. It is not for us to take a side in the dispute. After all, the question
  1088. with which we have to deal is not whether the feeling of effort comes
  1089. from the centre or the periphery, but in what does our perception of
  1090. its intensity exactly consist? Now, it is sufficient to observe oneself
  1091. attentively to reach a conclusion on this point which Professor James
  1092. has not formulated, but which seems to us quite in accord with the
  1093. spirit of his teaching. We maintain that the more a given effort seems
  1094. to us to increase, the greater is the number of muscles which contract
  1095. in sympathy with it, and that the apparent consciousness of a greater
  1096. intensity of effort at a given point of the organism is reducible,
  1097. in reality, to the perception of a larger surface of the body being
  1098. affected.
  1099. [Sidenote: Our consciousness of an increase of muscular effort consists
  1100. in the perception of (1) a greater number of peripheral sensations (2)
  1101. a qualitative change in some of them.]
  1102. Try, for example, to clench the fist with increasing force. You will
  1103. have the impression of a sensation of effort entirely localized in
  1104. your hand and running up a scale of magnitudes. In reality, what you
  1105. experience in your hand remains the same, but the sensation which was
  1106. at first localized there has affected your arm and ascended to the
  1107. shoulder; finally, the other arm stiffens, both legs do the same, the
  1108. respiration is checked; it is the whole body which is at work. But
  1109. you fail to notice distinctly all these concomitant movements unless
  1110. you are warned of them: till then you thought you were dealing with
  1111. a single state of consciousness which changed in magnitude. When you
  1112. press your lips more and more tightly against one another, you believe
  1113. that you are experiencing in your lips one and the same sensation which
  1114. is continually increasing in strength: here again further reflection
  1115. will show you that this sensation remains identical, but that certain
  1116. muscles of the face and the head and then of all the rest of the body
  1117. have taken part in the operation. You felt this gradual encroachment,
  1118. this increase of the surface affected, which is in truth a change of
  1119. quantity; but, as your attention was concentrated on your closed lips,
  1120. you localized the increase there and you made the psychic force there
  1121. expended into a magnitude, although it possessed no extensity. Examine
  1122. carefully somebody who is lifting heavier and heavier weights: the
  1123. muscular contraction gradually spreads over his whole body. As for the
  1124. special sensation which he experiences in the arm which is at work,
  1125. it remains constant for a very long time and hardly changes except
  1126. in quality, the weight becoming at a certain moment fatigue, and the
  1127. fatigue pain. Yet the subject will imagine that he is conscious of a
  1128. continual increase in the psychic force flowing into his arm. He will
  1129. not recognize his mistake unless he is warned of it, so inclined is
  1130. he to measure a given psychic state by the conscious movements which
  1131. accompany it! From these facts and from many others of the same kind we
  1132. believe we can deduce the following conclusion: our consciousness of an
  1133. increase of muscular effort is reducible to the twofold perception of
  1134. a greater number of peripheral sensations, and of a qualitative change
  1135. occurring in some of them.
  1136. [Sidenote: The same definition of intensity applies to superficial
  1137. efforts, deep-seated feelings and states intermediate between the two.]
  1138. We are thus led to define the intensity of a superficial effort in
  1139. the same way as that of a cases there is a qualitative progress and
  1140. an increasing complexity, indistinctly perceived. But consciousness,
  1141. accustomed to think in terms of space and to translate its thoughts
  1142. into words, will denote the feeling by a single word and will localize
  1143. the effort at the exact point where it yields a useful result: it will
  1144. then become aware of an effort which is always of the same nature and
  1145. increases at the spot assigned to it, and a feeling which, retaining
  1146. the same name, grows without changing its nature. Now, the same
  1147. illusion of consciousness is likely to be met with again in the case
  1148. of the states which are intermediate between superficial efforts and
  1149. deep-seated feelings. A large number of psychic states are accompanied,
  1150. in fact, by muscular contractions and peripheral sensations. Sometimes
  1151. these superficial elements are co-ordinated by a purely speculative
  1152. idea, sometimes by an idea of a practical order. In the first case
  1153. there is intellectual effort or attention; in the second we have
  1154. the emotions which may be called violent or acute: anger, terror,
  1155. and certain varieties of joy, sorrow, passion and desire. Let us
  1156. show briefly that the same definition of intensity applies to these
  1157. intermediate states.
  1158. [Sidenote: The intermediate states. Attention and its relation to
  1159. muscular contraction.]
  1160. Attention is not a purely physiological phenomenon, but we cannot
  1161. deny that it is accompanied by movements. These movements are neither
  1162. the cause nor the result of the phenomenon; they are part of it, they
  1163. express it in terms of space, as Ribot has so remarkably proved.[7]
  1164. Fechner had already reduced the effort of attention in a sense-organ
  1165. to the muscular feeling "produced by putting in motion, by a sort of
  1166. reflex action, the muscles which are correlated with the different
  1167. sense organs." He had noticed the very distinct sensation of tension
  1168. and contraction of the scalp, the pressure from without inwards over
  1169. the whole skull, which we experience when we make a great effort to
  1170. recall something. Ribot has studied more closely the movements which
  1171. are characteristic of voluntary attention. "Attention contracts the
  1172. frontal muscle: this muscle ... draws the eyebrow towards itself,
  1173. raises it and causes transverse wrinkles on the forehead.... In
  1174. extreme cases the mouth is opened wide. With children and with many
  1175. adults eager attention gives rise to a protrusion of the lips, a kind
  1176. of pout." Certainly, a purely psychic factor will always enter into
  1177. voluntary attention, even if it be nothing more than the exclusion by
  1178. the will of all ideas foreign to the one with which the subject wishes
  1179. to occupy himself. But, once this exclusion is made, we believe that
  1180. we are still conscious of a growing tension of soul, of an immaterial
  1181. effort which increases. Analyse this impression and you will find
  1182. nothing but the feeling of a muscular contraction which spreads over
  1183. a wider surface or changes its nature, so that the tension becomes
  1184. pressure, fatigue and pain.
  1185. [Sidenote: The intensity of violent emotions as muscular tension.]
  1186. Now, we do not see any essential difference between the effort of
  1187. attention and what may be The intensity called the effort of psychic
  1188. tension: acute desire, uncontrolled anger, passionate love, violent
  1189. hatred. Each of these states may be reduced, we believe, to a system
  1190. of muscular contractions co-ordinated by an idea; but in the case
  1191. of attention, it is the more or less reflective idea of knowing; in
  1192. the case of emotion, the unreflective idea of acting. The intensity
  1193. of these violent emotions is thus likely to be nothing but the
  1194. muscular tension which accompanies them. Darwin has given a remarkable
  1195. description of the physiological symptoms of rage. "The action of the
  1196. heart is much accelerated.... The face reddens or may turn deadly
  1197. pale. The respiration is laboured, the chest heaves, and the dilated
  1198. nostrils quiver. The whole body often trembles. The voice is affected.
  1199. The teeth are clenched or ground together and the muscular system is
  1200. commonly stimulated to violent, almost frantic action. The gestures ...
  1201. represent more or less plainly the act of striking or fighting with
  1202. an enemy."[8] We shall not go so far as to maintain, with Professor
  1203. James,[9] that the emotion of rage is reducible to the sum of these
  1204. organic sensations: there will always be an irreducible psychic element
  1205. in anger, if this be only the idea of striking or fighting, of which
  1206. Darwin speaks, and which gives a common direction to so many diverse
  1207. movements. But, though this idea determines the direction of the
  1208. emotional state and the accompanying movements, the growing intensity
  1209. of the state itself is, we believe, nothing but the deeper and deeper
  1210. disturbance of the organism, a disturbance which consciousness has no
  1211. difficulty in measuring by the number and extent of the bodily surfaces
  1212. concerned. It will be useless to assert that there is a restrained
  1213. rage which is all the more intense. The reason is that, where emotion
  1214. has free play, consciousness does not dwell on the details of the
  1215. accompanying movements, but it does dwell upon them and is concentrated
  1216. upon them when its object is to conceal them. Eliminate, in short,
  1217. all trace of organic disturbance, all tendency towards muscular
  1218. contraction, and all that will be left of anger will be the idea, or,
  1219. if you still insist on making it an emotion, you will be unable to
  1220. assign it any intensity.
  1221. [Sidenote: Intensity and reflex movements. No essential difference
  1222. between intensity of deep-seated feelings and that of violent emotions.]
  1223. "Fear, when strong," says Herbert Spencer, "expresses itself in cries,
  1224. in efforts to escape, in palpitations, in tremblings."[10] We go
  1225. further, and maintain that these movements form part of the terror
  1226. itself: by their means the terror becomes an emotion capable of passing
  1227. through different degrees of intensity. Suppress them entirely, and
  1228. the more or less intense state of terror will be succeeded by an idea
  1229. of terror, the wholly intellectual representation of a danger which it
  1230. concerns us to avoid. There are also high degrees of joy and sorrow,
  1231. of desire, aversion and even shame, the height of which will be found
  1232. to be nothing but the reflex movements begun by the organism and
  1233. perceived by consciousness. "When lovers meet," says Darwin, "we know
  1234. that their hearts beat quickly, their breathing is hurried and their
  1235. faces flushed."[11] Aversion is marked by movements of repugnance
  1236. which we repeat without noticing when we think of the object of our
  1237. dislike. We blush and involuntarily clench the fingers when we feel
  1238. shame, even if it be retrospective. The acuteness of these emotions is
  1239. estimated by the number and nature of the peripheral sensations which
  1240. accompany them. Little by little, and in proportion as the emotional
  1241. state loses its violence and gains in depth, the peripheral sensations
  1242. will give place to inner states; it will be no longer our outward
  1243. movements but our ideas, our memories, our states of consciousness of
  1244. every description, which will turn in larger or smaller numbers in a
  1245. definite direction. There is, then, no essential difference from the
  1246. point of view of intensity between the deep-seated feelings, of which
  1247. we spoke at the beginning, and the acute or violent emotions which we
  1248. have just passed in review. To say that love, hatred, desire, increase
  1249. in violence is to assert that they are projected outwards, that they
  1250. radiate to the surface, that peripheral sensations are substituted for
  1251. inner states: but superficial or deep-seated, violent or reflective,
  1252. the intensity of these feelings always consists in the multiplicity of
  1253. simple states which consciousness dimly discerns in them.
  1254. [Sidenote: Magnitude of sensations. Affective and representative
  1255. sensations.]
  1256. We have hitherto confined ourselves to feelings and efforts, complex
  1257. states the intensity of which does not absolutely depend on an external
  1258. cause. But sensations seem to us simple states: in what will their
  1259. magnitude consist? The intensity of sensations varies with the
  1260. external cause of which they are said to be the conscious equivalent:
  1261. how shall we explain the presence of quantity in an effect which is
  1262. inextensive, and in this case indivisible? To answer this question,
  1263. we must first distinguish between the so-called affective and the
  1264. representative sensations. There is no doubt that we pass gradually
  1265. from the one to the other and that some affective element enters into
  1266. the majority of our simple representations. But nothing prevents us
  1267. from isolating this element and inquiring separately, in what does the
  1268. intensity of an affective sensation, a pleasure or a pain, consist?
  1269. [Sidenote: Affective sensations and organic disturbance.]
  1270. Perhaps the difficulty of the latter problem is principally due to the
  1271. fact that we are unwilling to see in the affective state anything but
  1272. the conscious expression of an organic disturbance, the inward echo of
  1273. an outward cause. We notice that a more intense sensation generally
  1274. corresponds to a greater nervous disturbance; but inasmuch as these
  1275. disturbances are unconscious as movements, since they come before
  1276. consciousness in the guise of a sensation which has no resemblance at
  1277. all to motion, we do not see how they could transmit to the sensation
  1278. anything of their own magnitude. For there is nothing in common,
  1279. we repeat, between superposable magnitudes such as, for example,
  1280. vibration-amplitudes, and sensations which do not occupy space. If
  1281. the more intense sensation seems to us to contain the less intense,
  1282. if it assumes for us, like the physical impression itself, the form
  1283. of a magnitude, the reason probably is that it retains something of
  1284. the physical impression to which it corresponds. And it will retain
  1285. nothing of it if it is merely the conscious translation of a movement
  1286. of molecules; for, just because this movement is translated into the
  1287. sensation of pleasure or pain, it remains unconscious as molecular
  1288. movement.
  1289. [Sidenote: Pleasure and pain as signs of the future reaction rather
  1290. than psychic translations of the past stimulus.]
  1291. But it might be asked whether pleasure and pain, instead of expressing
  1292. only what has just occurred, or what is actually occurring, in the
  1293. organism, as is usually believed, could not also point out what is
  1294. going to, or what is tending to take place. It seems indeed somewhat
  1295. improbable that nature, so profoundly utilitarian, should have here
  1296. assigned to consciousness the merely scientific task of informing
  1297. us about the past or the present, which no longer depend upon us.
  1298. It must be noticed in addition that we rise by imperceptible stages
  1299. from automatic to free movements, and that the latter differ from the
  1300. former principally in introducing an affective sensation between the
  1301. external action which occasions them and the volitional reaction which
  1302. ensues. Indeed, all our actions might have been automatic, and we can
  1303. surmise that there are many organized beings in whose case an external
  1304. stimulus causes a definite reaction without calling up consciousness as
  1305. an intermediate agent. If pleasure and pain make their appearance in
  1306. certain privileged beings, it is probably to call forth a resistance to
  1307. the automatic reaction which would have taken place: either sensation
  1308. has nothing to do, or it is nascent freedom. But how would it enable us
  1309. to resist the reaction which is in preparation if it did not acquaint
  1310. us with the nature of the latter by some definite sign? And what can
  1311. this sign be except the sketching, and, as it were, the prefiguring
  1312. of the future automatic movements in the very midst of the sensation
  1313. which is being experienced? The affective state must then correspond
  1314. not merely to the physical disturbances, movements or phenomena which
  1315. have taken place, but also, and especially, to those which are in
  1316. preparation, those which are getting ready to be.
  1317. [Sidenote: Intensity of affective sensations would then be our
  1318. consciousness of the involuntary movements tending to follow the
  1319. stimulus.]
  1320. It is certainly not obvious at first sight how this hypothesis
  1321. simplifies the problem. For we are trying to find what there can be
  1322. in common, from the point of view of magnitude, between a physical
  1323. phenomenon and a state of consciousness, and we seem to have
  1324. merely turned the difficulty round by making the present state of
  1325. consciousness a sign of the future reaction, rather than a psychic
  1326. translation of the past stimulus. But the difference between the two
  1327. hypotheses is considerable. For the molecular disturbances which were
  1328. mentioned just now are necessarily unconscious, since no trace of the
  1329. movements themselves can be actually perceived in the sensation which
  1330. translates them. But the automatic movements which tend to follow
  1331. the stimulus as its natural outcome are likely to be conscious as
  1332. movements: or else the sensation itself, whose function is to invite us
  1333. to choose between this automatic reaction and other possible movements,
  1334. would be of no avail. The intensity of affective sensations might thus
  1335. be nothing more than our consciousness of the involuntary movements
  1336. which are being begun and outlined, so to speak, within these states,
  1337. and which would have gone on in their own way if nature had made us
  1338. automata instead of conscious beings.
  1339. [Sidenote: Intensity of a pain estimated by extent of organism
  1340. affected.]
  1341. If such be the case, we shall not compare a pain of increasing
  1342. intensity to a note which grows louder and louder, but rather to a
  1343. symphony, in which an increasing number of instruments make themselves
  1344. heard. Within the characteristic sensation, which gives the tone
  1345. to all the others, consciousness distinguishes a larger or smaller
  1346. number of sensations arising at different points of the periphery,
  1347. muscular contractions, organic movements of every kind: the choir
  1348. of these elementary psychic states voices the new demands of the
  1349. organism, when confronted by a new situation. In other words, we
  1350. estimate the intensity of a pain by the larger or smaller part of the
  1351. organism which takes interest in it. Richet[12] has observed that the
  1352. slighter the pain, the more precisely is it referred to a particular
  1353. spot; if it becomes more intense, it is referred to the whole of the
  1354. member affected. And he concludes by saying that "the pain spreads in
  1355. proportion as it is more intense."[13] We should rather reverse the
  1356. sentence, and define the intensity of the pain by the very number and
  1357. extent of the parts of the body which sympathize with it and react, and
  1358. whose reactions are perceived by consciousness. To convince ourselves
  1359. of this, it will be enough to read the remarkable description of
  1360. disgust given by the same author: "If the stimulus is slight there
  1361. may be neither nausea nor vomiting.... If the stimulus is stronger,
  1362. instead of being confined to the pneumo-gastric nerve, it spreads and
  1363. affects almost the whole organic system. The face turns pale, the
  1364. smooth muscles of the skin contract, the skin is covered with a cold
  1365. perspiration, the heart stops beating: in a word there is a general
  1366. organic disturbance following the stimulation of the medulla oblongata,
  1367. and this disturbance is the supreme expression of disgust."[14] But is
  1368. it nothing more than its expression? In what will the general sensation
  1369. of disgust consist, if not in the sum of these elementary sensations?
  1370. And what can we understand here by increasing intensity, if it is
  1371. not the constantly increasing number of sensations which join in
  1372. with the sensations already experienced? Darwin has drawn a striking
  1373. picture of the reactions following a pain which becomes more and more
  1374. acute. "Great pain urges all animals ... to make the most violent and
  1375. diversified efforts to escape from the cause of suffering.... With men
  1376. the mouth may be closely compressed, or more commonly the lips are
  1377. retracted with the teeth clenched or ground together.... The eyes stare
  1378. wildly ... or the brows are heavily contracted. Perspiration bathes
  1379. the body.... The circulation and respiration are much affected."[15]
  1380. Now, is it not by this very contraction of the muscles affected that
  1381. we measure the intensity of a pain? Analyse your idea of any suffering
  1382. which you call extreme: do you not mean that it is unbearable, that is
  1383. to say, that it urges the organism to a thousand different actions in
  1384. order to escape from it? I can picture to myself a nerve transmitting a
  1385. pain which is independent of all automatic reaction; and I can equally
  1386. understand that stronger or weaker stimulations influence this nerve
  1387. differently. But I do not see how these differences of sensation would
  1388. be interpreted by our consciousness as differences of quantity unless
  1389. we connected them with the reactions which usually accompany them, and
  1390. which are more or less extended and more or less important. Without
  1391. these subsequent reactions, the intensity of the pain would be a
  1392. quality, and not a magnitude.
  1393. [Sidenote: Pleasures compared by bodily inclination.]
  1394. We have hardly any other means of comparing several pleasures with
  1395. one another. What do we mean by a greater pleasure except a pleasure
  1396. that is preferred? And what can our preference be, except a certain
  1397. disposition of our organs, the effect of which is that, when two
  1398. pleasures are offered simultaneously to our mind, our body inclines
  1399. towards one of them? Analyse this inclination itself and you will find
  1400. a great many little movements which begin and become perceptible in the
  1401. organs concerned, and even in the rest of the body, as if the organism
  1402. were coming forth to meet the pleasure as soon as it is pictured. When
  1403. we define inclination as a movement, we are not using a metaphor.
  1404. When confronted by several pleasures pictured by our mind, our body
  1405. turns towards one of them spontaneously, as though by a reflex action.
  1406. It rests with us to check it, but the attraction of the pleasure is
  1407. nothing but this movement that is begun, and the very keenness of the
  1408. pleasure, while we enjoy it, is merely the inertia of the organism,
  1409. which is immersed in it and rejects every other sensation. Without this
  1410. _vis inertiae_ of which we become conscious by the very resistance
  1411. which we offer to anything that might distract us, pleasure would be
  1412. a state, but no longer a magnitude. In the moral as in the physical
  1413. world, attraction serves to define movement rather than to produce it.
  1414. [Sidenote: The intensity of representative sensations. Many also
  1415. affective and intensity is measured by reaction called forth. In others
  1416. a new element enters.]
  1417. We have studied the affective sensations separately, but we must
  1418. now notice that many representative sensations possess an affective
  1419. character, and thus call forth a reaction on our part which we take
  1420. into account in estimating their intensity. A considerable increase
  1421. of light is represented for us by a characteristic sensation which
  1422. is not yet pain, but which is analogous to dazzling. In proportion
  1423. as the amplitude of sound-vibrations increases, our head and then
  1424. our body seem to us to vibrate or to receive a shock. Certain
  1425. representative sensations, those of taste, smell and temperature, have
  1426. a fixed character of pleasantness or unpleasantness. Between flavours
  1427. which are more or less bitter you will hardly distinguish anything
  1428. but differences of quality; they are like different shades of one
  1429. and the same colour. But these differences of quality are at once
  1430. interpreted as differences of quantity, because of their affective
  1431. character and the more or less pronounced movements of reaction,
  1432. pleasure or repugnance, which they suggest to us. Besides, even when
  1433. the sensation remains purely representative, its external cause cannot
  1434. exceed a certain degree of strength or weakness without inciting us
  1435. to movements which enable us to measure it. Sometimes indeed we have
  1436. to make an effort to perceive this sensation, as if it were trying
  1437. to escape notice; sometimes on the other hand it obsesses us, forces
  1438. itself upon us and engrosses us to such an extent that we make every
  1439. effort to escape from it and to remain ourselves. In the former case
  1440. the sensation is said to be of slight intensity, and in the latter
  1441. case very intense. Thus, in order to perceive a distant sound, to
  1442. distinguish what we call a faint smell or a dim light, we strain all
  1443. our faculties, we "pay attention." And it is just because the smell
  1444. and the light thus require to be reinforced by our efforts that they
  1445. seem to us feeble. And, inversely, we recognize a sensation of extreme
  1446. intensity by the irresistible reflex movements to which it incites
  1447. us, or by the powerlessness with which it affects us. When a cannon
  1448. is fired off close to our ears or a dazzling light suddenly flares
  1449. up, we lose for an instant the consciousness of our personality; this
  1450. state may even last some time in the case of a very nervous subject.
  1451. It must be added that, even within the range of the so-called medium
  1452. intensities, when we are dealing on even terms with a representative
  1453. sensation, we often estimate its importance by comparing it with
  1454. another which it drives away, or by taking account of the persistence
  1455. with which it returns. Thus the ticking of a watch seems louder at
  1456. night because it easily monopolizes a consciousness almost empty of
  1457. sensations and ideas. Foreigners talking to one another in a language
  1458. which we do not understand seem to us to speak very loudly, because
  1459. their words no longer call up any ideas in our mind, and thus break
  1460. in upon a kind of intellectual silence and monopolize our attention
  1461. like the ticking of a watch at night. With these so-called medium
  1462. sensations, however, we approach a series of psychic states, the
  1463. intensity of which is likely to possess a new meaning. For, in most
  1464. cases, the organism hardly reacts at all, at least in a way that can
  1465. be perceived; and yet we still make a magnitude out of the pitch of a
  1466. sound, the intensity of a light, the saturation of a colour. Doubtless,
  1467. a closer observation of what takes place in the whole of the organism
  1468. when we hear such and such a note or perceive such and such a colour
  1469. has more than one surprise in store for us. Has not C. Féré shown that
  1470. every sensation is accompanied by an increase in muscular force which
  1471. can be measured by the dynamometer?[16] But of an increase of this
  1472. kind there is hardly any consciousness at all, and if we reflect on
  1473. the precision with which we distinguish sounds and colours, nay, even
  1474. weights and temperatures, we shall easily guess that some new element
  1475. must come into play in our estimate of them.
  1476. [Sidenote: The purely representative sensations are measured by
  1477. external causes.]
  1478. Now, the nature of this element is easy to determine. For, in
  1479. proportion as a sensation loses its affective character and becomes
  1480. representative, the reactions which it called forth on our part
  1481. tend to disappear, but at the same time we perceive the external
  1482. object which is its cause, or if we do not now perceive it, we have
  1483. perceived it, and we think of it. Now, this cause is extensive and
  1484. therefore measurable: a constant experience, which began with the first
  1485. glimmerings of consciousness and which continues throughout the whole
  1486. of our life, shows us a definite shade of sensation corresponding to a
  1487. definite amount of stimulation. We thus associate the idea of a certain
  1488. quantity of cause with a certain quality of effect; and finally, as
  1489. happens in the case of every acquired perception, we transfer the idea
  1490. into the sensation, the quantity of the cause into the quality of the
  1491. effect. At this very moment the intensity, which was nothing but a
  1492. certain shade or quality of the sensation, becomes a magnitude. We
  1493. shall easily understand this process if, for example, we hold a pin in
  1494. our right hand and prick our left hand more and more deeply. At first
  1495. we shall feel as it were a tickling, then a touch which is succeeded by
  1496. a prick, then a pain localized at a point, and finally the spreading
  1497. of this pain over the surrounding zone. And the more we reflect on
  1498. it, the more clearly shall we see that we are here dealing with so
  1499. many qualitatively distinct sensations, so many varieties of a single
  1500. species. But yet we spoke at first of one and the same sensation which
  1501. spread further and further, of one prick which increased in intensity.
  1502. The reason is that, without noticing it, we localized in the sensation
  1503. of the left hand, which is pricked, the progressive effort of the right
  1504. hand, which pricks. We thus introduced the cause into the effect, and
  1505. unconsciously interpreted quality as quantity, intensity as magnitude.
  1506. Now, it is easy to see that the intensity of every representative
  1507. sensation ought to be understood in the same way.
  1508. [Sidenote: The sensations of sound. Intensity measured by effort
  1509. necessary to produce a similar sound.]
  1510. The sensations of sound display well marked degrees of intensity.
  1511. We have already spoken of the necessity of taking into account the
  1512. affective character of these sensations, the shock received by the
  1513. whole of the organism. We have shown that a very intense sound is one
  1514. which engrosses our attention, which supplants all the others. But
  1515. take away the shock, the well-marked vibration, which you sometimes
  1516. feel in your head or even throughout your body: take away the clash
  1517. which takes place between sounds heard simultaneously: what will be
  1518. left except an indefinable quality of the sound which is heard? But
  1519. this quality is immediately interpreted as quantity because you have
  1520. obtained it yourself a thousand times, e.g. by striking some object
  1521. and thus expending a definite quantity of effort. You know, too, how
  1522. far you would have to raise your voice to produce a similar sound,
  1523. and the idea of this effort immediately comes into your mind when you
  1524. transform the intensity of the sound into a magnitude. Wundt[17] has
  1525. drawn attention to the quite special connexions of vocal and auditory
  1526. nervous filaments which are met with in the human brain. And has it not
  1527. been said that to hear is to speak to oneself? Some neuropaths cannot
  1528. be present at a conversation without moving their lips; this is only an
  1529. exaggeration of what takes place in the case of every one of us. How
  1530. will the expressive or rather suggestive power of music be explained,
  1531. if not by admitting that we repeat to ourselves the sounds heard, so
  1532. as to carry ourselves back into the psychic state out of which they
  1533. emerged, an original state, which nothing will express, but which
  1534. something may suggest, viz., the very motion and attitude which the
  1535. sound imparts to our body?
  1536. [Sidenote: Intensity and pitch. The part played by muscular effort.]
  1537. Thus, when we speak of the intensity of a sound of medium force as a
  1538. magnitude, we allude principally to the greater or less effort which we
  1539. should have ourselves to expend in order to summon, by our own effort,
  1540. the same auditory sensation.
  1541. Now, besides the intensity, we distinguish another characteristic
  1542. property of the sound, its pitch. Are the differences in pitch, such
  1543. as our ear perceives, quantitative differences? I grant that a sharper
  1544. sound calls up the picture of a higher position in space. But does it
  1545. follow from this that the notes of the scale, as auditory sensations,
  1546. differ otherwise than in quality? Forget what you have learnt from
  1547. physics, examine carefully your idea of a higher or lower note, and see
  1548. whether you do not think simply of the greater or less effort which
  1549. the tensor muscle of your vocal chords has to make in order to produce
  1550. the note? As the effort by which your voice passes from one note to
  1551. another is discontinuous, you picture to yourself these successive
  1552. notes as points in space, to be reached by a series of sudden jumps,
  1553. in each of which you cross an empty separating interval: this is why
  1554. you establish intervals between the notes of the scale. Now, why is
  1555. the line along which we dispose them vertical rather than horizontal,
  1556. and why do we say that the sound ascends in some cases and descends in
  1557. others? It must be remembered that the high notes seem to us to produce
  1558. some sort of resonance in the head and the deep notes in the thorax:
  1559. this perception, whether real or illusory, has undoubtedly had some
  1560. effect in making us reckon the intervals vertically. But we must also
  1561. notice that the greater the tension of the vocal chords in the chest
  1562. voice, the greater is the surface of the body affected, if the singer
  1563. is inexperienced; this is just the reason why the effort is felt by
  1564. him as more intense. And as he breathes out the air upwards, he will
  1565. attribute the same direction to the sound produced by the current of
  1566. air; hence the sympathy of a larger part of the body with the vocal
  1567. muscles will be represented by a movement upwards. We shall thus say
  1568. that the note is higher because the body makes an effort as though to
  1569. reach an object which is more elevated in space. In this way it became
  1570. customary to assign a certain height to each note of the scale, and as
  1571. soon as the physicist was able to define it by the number of vibrations
  1572. in a given time to which it corresponds, we no longer hesitated to
  1573. declare that our ear perceived differences of quantity directly. But
  1574. the sound would remain a pure quality if we did not bring in the
  1575. muscular effort which produces it or the vibrations which explain it.
  1576. [Sidenote: The sensations of heat and cold. These soon become affective
  1577. and are measured by reactions called forth.]
  1578. The experiments of Blix, Goldscheider and Donaldson[18] have shown
  1579. that the points on the surface of the body which feel cold are not the
  1580. same as those which feel heat. Physiology is thus disposed to set up a
  1581. distinction of nature, and not merely of degree, between the sensations
  1582. of heat and cold. But psychological observation goes further, for
  1583. close attention can easily discover specific differences between the
  1584. different sensations of heat, as also between the sensations of
  1585. cold. A more intense heat is really another kind of heat. We call it
  1586. more intense because we have experienced this same change a thousand
  1587. times when we approached nearer and nearer a source of heat, or when a
  1588. growing surface of our body was affected by it. Besides, the sensations
  1589. of heat and cold very quickly become affective and incite us to more or
  1590. less marked reactions by which we measure their external cause: hence,
  1591. we are inclined to set up similar quantitative differences among the
  1592. sensations which correspond to lower intensities of the cause. But I
  1593. shall not insist any further; every one must question himself carefully
  1594. on this point, after making a clean sweep of everything which his
  1595. past experience has taught him about the cause of his sensations and
  1596. coming face to face with the sensations themselves. The result of this
  1597. examination is likely to be as follows: it will be perceived that the
  1598. magnitude of a representative sensation depends on the cause having
  1599. been put into the effect, while the intensity of the affective element
  1600. depends on the more or less important reactions which prolong the
  1601. external stimulations and find their way into the sensation itself.
  1602. [Sidenote: The sensation of pressure and weight measured by extent of
  1603. organism affected.]
  1604. The same thing will be experienced in the case of pressure and even
  1605. weight. When you say that a pressure on your hand becomes stronger,
  1606. see whether you do not mean that there first was a contact, then a
  1607. pressure, afterwards a pain, and that this pain itself, after having
  1608. gone through a series of qualitative changes, has spread further and
  1609. further over the surrounding region. Look again and see whether you do
  1610. not bring in the more and more intense, i.e. more and more extended,
  1611. effort of resistance which you oppose to the external pressure. When
  1612. the psychophysicist lifts a heavier weight, he experiences, he says,
  1613. an increase of sensation. Examine whether this increase of sensation
  1614. ought not rather to be called a sensation of increase. The whole
  1615. question is centred in this, for in the first case the sensation would
  1616. be a quantity like its external cause, whilst in the second it would
  1617. be a quality which had become representative of the magnitude of
  1618. its cause. The distinction between the heavy and the light may seem
  1619. to be as old-fashioned and as childish as that between the hot and
  1620. the cold. But the very childishness of this distinction makes it a
  1621. psychological reality. And not only do the heavy and the light impress
  1622. our consciousness as generically different, but the various degrees
  1623. of lightness and heaviness are so many species of these two genera.
  1624. It must be added that the difference of quality is here translated
  1625. spontaneously into a difference of quantity, because of the more or
  1626. less extended effort which our body makes in order to lift a given
  1627. weight. Of this you will soon become aware if you are asked to lift a
  1628. basket which, you are told, is full of scrap-iron, whilst in fact there
  1629. is nothing in it. You will think you are losing your balance when you
  1630. catch hold of it, as though distant muscles had interested themselves
  1631. beforehand in the operation and experienced a sudden disappointment.
  1632. It is chiefly by the number and nature of these sympathetic efforts,
  1633. which take place at different points of the organism, that you measure
  1634. the sensation of weight at a given point; and this sensation would
  1635. be nothing more than a quality if you did not thus introduce into
  1636. it the idea of a magnitude. What strengthens the illusion on this
  1637. point is that we have become accustomed to believe in the immediate
  1638. perception of a homogeneous movement in a homogeneous space. When I
  1639. lift a light weight with my arm, all the rest of my body remaining
  1640. motionless, I experience a series of muscular sensations each of which
  1641. has its "local sign," its peculiar shade: it is this series which
  1642. my consciousness interprets as a continuous movement in space. If I
  1643. afterwards lift a heavier weight to the same height with the same
  1644. speed, I pass through a new series of muscular sensations, each of
  1645. which differs from the corresponding term of the preceding series. Of
  1646. this I could easily convince myself by examining them closely. But
  1647. as I interpret this new series also as a continuous movement, and as
  1648. this movement has the same direction, the same duration and the same
  1649. velocity as the preceding, my consciousness feels itself bound to
  1650. localize the difference between the second series of sensations and
  1651. the first elsewhere than in the movement itself. It thus materializes
  1652. this difference at the extremity of the arm which moves; it persuades
  1653. itself that the sensation of movement has been identical in both cases,
  1654. while the sensation of weight differed in magnitude. But movement and
  1655. weight are but distinctions of the reflective consciousness: what is
  1656. present to consciousness immediately is the sensation of, so to speak,
  1657. a heavy movement, and this sensation itself can be resolved by analysis
  1658. into a series of muscular sensations, each of which represents by its
  1659. shade its place of origin and by its colour the magnitude of the weight
  1660. lifted.
  1661. [Sidenote: The sensation of light. Qualitative changes of colour
  1662. interpreted as quantitative changes in intensity of luminous source.]
  1663. Shall we call the intensity of light a quantity, or shall we treat
  1664. it as a quality? It has not perhaps been sufficiently noticed what a
  1665. large number of different factors co-operate in daily life in giving
  1666. us information about the nature of the luminous source. We know from
  1667. long experience that, when we have a difficulty in distinguishing the
  1668. outlines and details of objects, the light is at a distance or on
  1669. the point of going out. Experience has taught us that the affective
  1670. sensation or nascent dazzling that we experience in certain cases must
  1671. be attributed to a higher intensity of the cause. Any increase or
  1672. diminution in the number of luminous sources alters the way in which
  1673. the sharp lines of bodies stand out and also the shadows which they
  1674. project. Still more important are the changes of hue which coloured
  1675. surfaces, and even the pure colours of the spectrum, undergo under
  1676. the influence of a brighter or dimmer light. As the luminous source
  1677. is brought nearer, violet takes a bluish tinge, green tends to become
  1678. a whitish yellow, and red a brilliant yellow. Inversely, when the
  1679. light is moved away, ultramarine passes into violet and yellow into
  1680. green; finally, red, green and violet tend to become a whitish yellow.
  1681. Physicists have remarked these changes of hue for some time;[19] but
  1682. what is still more remarkable is that the majority of men do not
  1683. perceive them, unless they pay attention to them or are warned of
  1684. them. Having made up our mind, once for all, to interpret changes
  1685. of quality as changes of quantity, we begin by asserting that every
  1686. object has its own peculiar colour, definite and invariable. And when
  1687. the hue of objects tends to become yellow or blue, instead of saying
  1688. that we see their colour change under the influence of an increase or
  1689. diminution of light, we assert that the colour remains the same but
  1690. that our sensation of luminous intensity increases or diminishes. We
  1691. thus substitute once more, for the qualitative impression received
  1692. by our consciousness, the quantitative interpretation given by our
  1693. understanding. Helmholtz has described a case of interpretation of
  1694. the same kind, but still more complicated: "If we form white with
  1695. two colours of the spectrum, and if we increase or diminish the
  1696. intensities of the two coloured lights in the same ratio, so that the
  1697. proportions of the combination remain the same, the resultant colour
  1698. remains the same although the relative intensity of the sensations
  1699. undergoes a marked change.... This depends on the fact that the light
  1700. of the sun, which we consider as the normal white light during the
  1701. day, itself undergoes similar modifications of shade when the luminous
  1702. intensity varies."[20]
  1703. [Sidenote: Does experiment prove that we can measure directly our
  1704. sensations of light?]
  1705. But yet, if we often judge of variations in the luminous source by
  1706. the relative changes of hue of the objects which surround us, this is
  1707. no longer the case in simple instances where a single object, e.g.
  1708. a white surface, passes successively through different degrees of
  1709. luminosity. We are bound to insist particularly on this last point.
  1710. For the physicist speaks of degrees of luminous intensity as of real
  1711. quantities: and, in fact, he measures them by the photometer. The
  1712. psychophysicist goes still further: he maintains that our eye itself
  1713. estimates the intensities of light. Experiments have been attempted,
  1714. at first by Delbœuf,[21] and afterwards by Lehmann and Neiglick,[22]
  1715. with the view of constructing a psychophysical formula from the direct
  1716. measurement of our luminous sensations. Of these experiments we shall
  1717. not dispute the result, nor shall we deny the value of photometric
  1718. processes; but we must see how we have to interpret them.
  1719. [Sidenote: Photometric experiments. We perceive different shades and
  1720. afterwards interpret them as decreasing intensities of white light.]
  1721. Look closely at a sheet of paper lighted e.g. by four candles, and put
  1722. out in succession one, two, Photometric three of them. You say that
  1723. the surface remains white and that its brightness diminishes. But you
  1724. are aware that one candle has just been put out; or, if you do not
  1725. know it, you have often observed a similar change in the appearance of
  1726. a white surface when the illumination was diminished. Put aside what
  1727. you remember of your past experiences and what you are accustomed to
  1728. say of the present ones; you will find that what you really perceive
  1729. is not a diminished illumination of the white surface, it is a _layer
  1730. of shadow_ passing over this surface at the moment the candle is
  1731. extinguished. This shadow is a reality to your consciousness, like
  1732. the light itself. If you call the first surface in all its brilliancy
  1733. white, you will have to give another name to what you now see, for it
  1734. is a different thing: it is, if we may say so, a new shade of white.
  1735. We have grown accustomed, through the combined influence of our past
  1736. experience and of physical theories, to regard black as the absence,
  1737. or at least as the minimum, of luminous sensation, and the successive
  1738. shades of grey as decreasing intensities of white light. But, in
  1739. point of fact, black has just as much reality for our consciousness
  1740. as white, and the decreasing intensities of white light illuminating
  1741. a given surface would appear to an unprejudiced consciousness as so
  1742. many different shades, not unlike the various colours of the spectrum.
  1743. This is the reason why the change in the sensation is not continuous,
  1744. as it is in the external cause, and why the light can increase or
  1745. decrease for a certain period without producing any apparent change
  1746. in the illumination of our white surface: the illumination will not
  1747. appear to change until the increase or decrease of the external light
  1748. is sufficient to produce a new quality. The variations in brightness
  1749. of a given colour--the affective sensations of which we have spoken
  1750. above being left aside--would thus be nothing but qualitative changes,
  1751. were it not our custom to transfer the cause to the effect and to
  1752. replace our immediate impressions by what we learn from experience
  1753. and science. The same thing might be said of degrees of saturation.
  1754. Indeed, if the different intensities of a colour correspond to so many
  1755. different shades existing between this colour and black, the degrees
  1756. of saturation are like shades intermediate between this same colour
  1757. and pure white. Every colour, we might say, can be regarded under two
  1758. aspects, from the point of view of black and from the point of view of
  1759. white. And black is then to intensity what white is to saturation.
  1760. [Sidenote: In photometric experiments the physicist compares, not
  1761. sensations, but physical effects.]
  1762. The meaning of the photometric experiments will now be understood. A
  1763. candle placed at a certain distance from a sheet of paper illuminates
  1764. it in a certain way: you double the distance and find that four candles
  1765. are required to produce the same effects, sensation. From this you
  1766. conclude that if you had doubled the distance without increasing the
  1767. intensity of the luminous source, the resultant illumination would
  1768. have been only one-fourth as bright. But it is quite obvious that you
  1769. are here dealing with the physical and not the psychological effect.
  1770. For it cannot be said that you have compared two sensations with one
  1771. another: you have made use of a single sensation in order to compare
  1772. two different luminous sources with each other, the second four
  1773. times as strong as the first but twice as far off. In a word, the
  1774. physicist never brings in sensations which are twice or three times
  1775. as great as others, but only identical sensations, destined to serve
  1776. as intermediaries between two physical quantities which can then be
  1777. equated with one another. The sensation of light here plays the part
  1778. of the auxiliary unknown quantity which the mathematician introduces
  1779. into his calculations, and which is not intended to appear in the final
  1780. result.
  1781. [Sidenote: The psychophysicist claims to compare and measure
  1782. sensations. Delbœuf's experiments.]
  1783. But the object of the psychophysicist is entirely different: it is the
  1784. sensation of light itself which he studies, and claims to measure.
  1785. Sometimes he will proceed to integrate infinitely small differences,
  1786. after the method of Fechner; sometimes he will compare one sensation
  1787. directly with another. The latter method, due to Plateau and Delbœuf,
  1788. differs far less than has hitherto been believed from Fechner's: but,
  1789. as it bears more especially on the luminous sensations, we shall deal
  1790. with it first. Delbœuf places an observer in front of three concentric
  1791. rings which vary in brightness. By an ingenious arrangement he can
  1792. cause each of these rings to pass through all the shades intermediate
  1793. between white and black. Let us suppose that two hues of grey are
  1794. simultaneously produced on two of the rings and kept unchanged; let
  1795. us call them A and B. Delbœuf alters the brightness, C, of the third
  1796. ring, and asks the observer to tell him whether, at a certain moment,
  1797. the grey, B, appears to him equally distant from the other two. A
  1798. moment comes, in fact, when the observer states that the contrast A B
  1799. is equal to the contrast B C, so that, according to Delbœuf, a scale of
  1800. luminous intensities could be constructed on which we might pass from
  1801. each sensation to the following one by equal sensible contrasts: our
  1802. sensations would thus be measured by one another. I shall not follow
  1803. Delbœuf into the conclusions which he has drawn from these remarkable
  1804. experiments: the essential question, the only question, as it seems
  1805. to me, is whether a contrast A B, formed of the elements A and B, is
  1806. really equal to a contrast B C, which is differently composed. As
  1807. soon as it is proved that two sensations can be equal without being
  1808. identical, psychophysics will be established. But it is this equality
  1809. which seems to me open to question: it is easy to explain, in fact,
  1810. how a sensation of luminous intensity can be said to be at an equal
  1811. distance from two others.
  1812. [Sidenote: In what cases differences of colour might be interpreted as
  1813. differences of magnitude.]
  1814. Let us assume for a moment that from our birth onwards the growing
  1815. intensity of a luminous source had always called up in our
  1816. consciousness, one after the other, the different colours of the
  1817. spectrum. There is no doubt that these colours would then appear to us
  1818. as so many notes of a gamut, as higher or lower degrees in a scale,
  1819. in a word, as magnitudes. Moreover it would be easy for us to assign
  1820. each of them its place in the series. For although the extensive
  1821. cause varies continuously, the changes in the sensation of colour
  1822. are discontinuous, passing from one shade to another shade. However
  1823. numerous, then, may be the shades intermediate between the two colours,
  1824. A and B, it will always be possible to count them in thought, at least
  1825. roughly, and ascertain whether this number is almost equal to that
  1826. of the shades which separate B from another colour C. In the latter
  1827. case it will be said that B is equally distant from A and C, that the
  1828. contrast is the same on one side as on the other. But this will always
  1829. be merely a convenient interpretation: for although the number of
  1830. intermediate shades may be equal on both sides, although we may pass
  1831. from one to the other by sudden leaps, we do not know whether these
  1832. leaps are magnitudes, still less whether they are _equal_ magnitudes:
  1833. above all it would be necessary to show that the intermediaries which
  1834. have helped us throughout our measurement could be found again inside
  1835. the object which we have measured. If not, it is only by a metaphor
  1836. that a sensation can be said to be an equal distance from two others.
  1837. [Sidenote: This is just the case with differences of intensity in
  1838. sensations of light. Delbœuf's underlying postulate.]
  1839. Now, if the views which we have before enumerated with regard to
  1840. luminous intensities are accepted, it will be recognized that the
  1841. different hues of grey which Delbœuf displays to us are strictly
  1842. analogous, for our consciousness, to colours, and that if we declare
  1843. that a grey tint is equidistant from two other grey tints, it is in
  1844. the same sense in which it might be said that orange, for example, is
  1845. at an equal distance from green and red. But there is this difference,
  1846. that in all our past experience the succession of grey tints has
  1847. been produced in connexion with a progressive increase or decrease
  1848. in illumination. Hence we do for the differences of brightness what
  1849. we do not think of doing for the differences of colour: we promote
  1850. the changes of quality into variations of magnitude. Indeed, there
  1851. is no difficulty here about the measuring, because the successive
  1852. shades of grey produced by a continuous decrease of illumination
  1853. are discontinuous, as being qualities, and because we can count
  1854. approximately the principal intermediate shades which separate any
  1855. two kinds of grey. The contrast A B will thus be declared equal to
  1856. the contrast B C when our imagination, aided by our memory, inserts
  1857. between A and B the same number of intermediate shades as between B
  1858. and C. It is needless to say that this will necessarily be a very
  1859. rough estimate. We may anticipate that it will vary considerably with
  1860. different persons. Above all it is to be expected that the person
  1861. will show more hesitation and that the estimates of different persons
  1862. will differ more widely in proportion as the difference in brightness
  1863. between the rings A and B is increased, for a more and more laborious
  1864. effort will be required to estimate the number of intermediate hues.
  1865. This is exactly what happens, as we shall easily perceive by glancing
  1866. at the two tables drawn up by Delbœuf.[23] In proportion as he
  1867. increases the difference in brightness between the exterior ring and
  1868. the middle ring, the difference between the numbers on which one and
  1869. the same observer or different observers successively fix increases
  1870. almost continuously from 3 degrees to 94, from 5 to 73, from 10 to 25,
  1871. from 7 to 40. But let us leave these divergences on one side: let us
  1872. assume that the observers are always consistent and always agree with
  1873. one another; will it then be established that the contrasts A B and B
  1874. C are equal? It would first be necessary to prove that two successive
  1875. elementary contrasts are equal quantities, whilst, in fact, we only
  1876. know that they are successive. It would then be necessary to prove that
  1877. inside a given tint of grey we perceive the less intense shades which
  1878. our imagination has run through in order to estimate the objective
  1879. intensity of the source of light. In a word, Delbœuf's psychophysics
  1880. assumes a theoretical postulate of the greatest importance, which
  1881. is disguised under the cloak of an experimental result, and which
  1882. we should formulate as follows: "When the objective quantity of
  1883. light is continuously increased, the differences between the hues of
  1884. grey successively obtained, each of which represents the smallest
  1885. perceptible increase of physical stimulation, are quantities equal to
  1886. one another. And besides, any one of the sensations obtained can be
  1887. equated with the sum of the differences which separate from one another
  1888. all previous sensations, going from zero upwards." Now, this is just
  1889. the postulate of Fechner's psychophysics, which we are going to examine.
  1890. [Sidenote: Fechner's psychophysics. Weber's Law.]
  1891. Fechner took as his starting-point a law discovered by Weber, according
  1892. to which, given a certain stimulus which calls forth a certain
  1893. sensation, the amount by which the stimulus must be increased for
  1894. consciousness to become aware of any change bears a fixed relation
  1895. to the original stimulus. Thus, if we denote by Ε the stimulus which
  1896. corresponds to the sensation S, and by ΔΕ the amount by which the
  1897. original stimulus must be increased in order that a sensation of
  1898. difference may be produced, we shall have ΔΕ/E = const. This formula
  1899. has been much modified by the disciples of Fechner, and we prefer to
  1900. take no part in the discussion; it is for experiment to decide between
  1901. the relation established by Weber and its substitutes. Nor shall we
  1902. raise any difficulty about granting the probable existence of a law of
  1903. this nature. It is here really a question not of measuring a sensation
  1904. but only of determining the exact moment at which an increase of
  1905. stimulus produces a change in it. Now, if a definite amount of stimulus
  1906. produces a definite shade of sensation, it is obvious that the minimum
  1907. amount of stimulus required to produce a change in this shade is also
  1908. definite; and since it is not constant, it must be a function of the
  1909. original stimulus. But how are we to pass from a relation between the
  1910. stimulus and its minimum increase to an equation which connects the
  1911. **"amount of sensation" with the corresponding stimulus? The whole of
  1912. psychophysics is involved in this transition, which is therefore worthy
  1913. of our closest consideration.
  1914. [Sidenote: The underlying assumptions and the process by which
  1915. Fechner's Law is reached.]
  1916. We shall distinguish several different artifices in the process of
  1917. transition from Weber's experiments, or from any other series of
  1918. similar observations, to a psychophysical law like Fechner's. It is
  1919. first of all agreed to consider our consciousness of an increase of
  1920. stimulus as an increase of the sensation S: this is therefore called
  1921. S. It is then asserted that all the sensations ΔS, which correspond
  1922. to the smallest perceptible increase of stimulus, are equal to one
  1923. another. They are therefore treated as quantities, and while, on the
  1924. one hand, these quantities are supposed to be always equal, and, on
  1925. the other, experiment has given a certain relation ΔΕ = ∫(E) between
  1926. the stimulus Ε and its minimum increase, the constancy of ΔS is
  1927. expressed by writing ΔS = C ΔE/∫(E), C being a constant quantity.
  1928. Finally it is agreed to replace the very small differences ΔS and ΔΕ
  1929. by the infinitely small differences _d_S and _d_E, whence an equation
  1930. which is, this time, a differential one: _d_S = C _d_E/∫(E). We shall
  1931. now simply have to integrate on both sides to obtain the desired
  1932. relation[24]: S=C ∬_d_E/∫(E). And the transition will thus be made from
  1933. a proved law, which only concerned the _occurrence_ of a sensation, to
  1934. an unprovable law which gives its _measure._
  1935. Without entering upon any thorough discussion of this ingenious
  1936. operation, let us show in a few words how Fechner has grasped the real
  1937. difficulty of the problem, how he has tried to overcome it, and where,
  1938. as it seems to us, the flaw in his reasoning lies.
  1939. [Sidenote: Can two sensations be equal without being identical?]
  1940. Fechner realized that measurement could not be introduced into
  1941. psychology without first defining what is meant by the equality and
  1942. addition of two simple states, e.g. two sensations. But, unless they
  1943. are identical, we do not at first see how two sensations can be equal.
  1944. Undoubtedly in the physical world equality is not synonymous with
  1945. identity. But the reason is that every phenomenon, every object, is
  1946. there presented under two aspects, the one qualitative and the other
  1947. extensive: nothing prevents us from putting the first one aside,
  1948. and then there remains nothing but terms which can be directly or
  1949. indirectly superposed on one another and consequently seen to be
  1950. identical. Now, this qualitative element, which we begin by eliminating
  1951. from external objects in order to measure them, is the very thing which
  1952. psychophysics retains and claims to measure. And it is no use trying to
  1953. measure this quality Q by some physical quantity Q' which lies beneath
  1954. it: for it would be necessary to have previously shown that Q is a
  1955. function of Q', and this would not be possible unless the quality Q had
  1956. first been measured with some fraction of itself. Thus nothing prevents
  1957. us from measuring the sensation of heat by the degree of temperature;
  1958. but this is only a convention, and the whole point of psychophysics
  1959. lies in rejecting this convention and seeking how the sensation of
  1960. heat varies when you change the temperature. In a word, it seems,
  1961. on the one hand, that two different sensations cannot be said to be
  1962. equal unless some identical residuum remains after the elimination of
  1963. their qualitative difference; but, on the other hand, this qualitative
  1964. difference being all that we perceive, it does not appear what could
  1965. remain once it was eliminated.
  1966. [Sidenote: Fechner's method of _minimum_ differences.]
  1967. The novel feature in Fechner's treatment is that he did not consider
  1968. this difficulty insurmountable. Taking advantage of the fact that
  1969. sensation varies by sudden jumps while the stimulus increases
  1970. continuously, he did not hesitate to call these differences of
  1971. sensation by the same name: they are all, he says, _minimum_
  1972. differences, since each corresponds to the smallest perceptible
  1973. increase in the external stimulus. Therefore you can set aside the
  1974. specific shade or quality of these successive differences; a common
  1975. residuum will remain in virtue of which they will be seen to be in a
  1976. manner identical: they all have the common character of being _minima._
  1977. Such will be the definition of equality which we were seeking. Now,
  1978. the definition of addition will follow naturally. For if we treat
  1979. as a quantity the difference perceived by consciousness between two
  1980. sensations which succeed one another in the course of a continuous
  1981. increase of stimulus, if we call the first sensation S, and the
  1982. second S + ΔS, we shall have to consider every sensation S as a sum,
  1983. obtained by the addition of the minimum differences through which
  1984. we pass before reaching it. The only remaining step will then be to
  1985. utilize this twofold definition in order to establish, first of all,
  1986. a relation between the differences ΔS and ΔΕ, and then, through the
  1987. substitution of the differentials, between the two variables. True, the
  1988. mathematicians may here lodge a protest against the substitution of
  1989. differential for difference; the psychologists may ask, too, whether
  1990. the quantity ΔS, instead of being constant, does not vary as the
  1991. sensation S itself;[25] finally, taking the psychophysical law for
  1992. granted, we may all debate about its real meaning. But, by the mere
  1993. fact that ΔS is regarded as a quantity and S as a sum, the fundamental
  1994. postulate of the whole process is accepted.
  1995. [Sidenote: Break-down of the assumption that the sensation is a sum,
  1996. and the minimum differences quantities.]
  1997. Now it is just this postulate which seems to us open to question, even
  1998. if it can be understood. Assume that I experience a sensation S, and
  1999. that, increasing the stimulus continuously, I perceive this increase
  2000. after a certain time. I am now notified of the increase of the cause:
  2001. but why should I call this notification an arithmetical difference? No
  2002. doubt the notification consists in the fact that the original state S
  2003. has changed: it has become S'; but the transition from S to S' could
  2004. only be called an arithmetical difference if I were conscious, so to
  2005. speak, of an interval between S and S', and if my sensation were felt
  2006. to rise from S to S' by the addition of something. By giving this
  2007. transition a name, by calling it ΔS,** you make it first a reality and
  2008. then a quantity. Now, not only are you unable to explain in what sense
  2009. this transition is a quantity, but reflection will show you that it is
  2010. not even a reality; the only realities are the states S and S' through
  2011. which I pass. No doubt, if S and S' were numbers, I could assert the
  2012. reality of the difference S'--S even though S and S' alone were given;
  2013. the reason is that the number S'--S, which is a certain sum of units,
  2014. will then represent just the successive moments of the addition by
  2015. which we pass from S to S'. But if S and S' are simple states, in what
  2016. will the _interval_ which separates them consist? And what, then, can
  2017. the transition from the first state to the second be, if not a mere act
  2018. of your thought, which, arbitrarily and for the sake of the argument,
  2019. assimilates a succession of two states to a differentiation of two
  2020. magnitudes?
  2021. [Sidenote: We can speak of "arithmetical difference" only in a
  2022. conventional sense.]
  2023. Either you keep to what consciousness presents to you or you have
  2024. recourse to a conventional mode of representation. In the first case
  2025. you will find a difference between S and S' like that between the
  2026. shades sense. Of rainbow, and not at all an interval of magnitude.
  2027. In the second case you may introduce the symbol ΔS if you like,
  2028. but it is only in a conventional sense that you will speak here of
  2029. an arithmetical difference, and in a conventional sense, also, that
  2030. you will assimilate a sensation to a sum. The most acute of Fechner's
  2031. critics, Jules Tannery, has made the latter point perfectly clear. "It
  2032. will be said, for example, that a sensation of 50 degrees is expressed
  2033. by the number of differential sensations which would succeed one
  2034. another from the point where sensation is absent up to the sensation
  2035. of 50 degrees.... I do not see that this is anything but a definition,
  2036. which is as legitimate as it is arbitrary."[26]
  2037. [Sidenote: Delbœuf's results seem more plausible but, in the end, all
  2038. psychophysics revolves in a vicious circle.]
  2039. We do not believe, in spite of all that has been said, that the method
  2040. of mean gradations has set psychophysics on a new path. The novel
  2041. feature in Delbœuf's investigation was that he chose a particular case,
  2042. in which consciousness seemed to decide in Fechner's favour, and in
  2043. which common sense itself played the part of the psychophysicist. He
  2044. inquired whether certain sensations did not appear to us immediately as
  2045. equal although different, and whether it would not be possible to draw
  2046. up, by their help, a table of sensations which were double, triple or
  2047. quadruple those which preceded them. The mistake which Fechner made,
  2048. as we have just seen, was that he believed in an interval between two
  2049. successive sensations S and S', when there is simply a _passing_ from
  2050. one to the other and not a _difference_ in the arithmetical sense of
  2051. the word. But if the two terms between which the passing takes place
  2052. could be given simultaneously, there would then be a contrast besides
  2053. the transition; and although the contrast is not yet an arithmetical
  2054. difference, it resembles it in a certain respect; for the two terms
  2055. which are compared stand here side by side as in a case of subtraction
  2056. of two numbers. Suppose now that these sensations belong to the same
  2057. _genus_ and that in our past experience we have constantly been present
  2058. at their march past, so to speak, while the physical stimulus increased
  2059. continuously: it is extremely probable that we shall thrust the cause
  2060. into the effect, and that the idea of contrast will thus melt into that
  2061. of arithmetical difference. As we shall have noticed, moreover, that
  2062. the sensation changed abruptly while the stimulus rose continuously,
  2063. we shall no doubt estimate the distance between two given sensations
  2064. by a rough guess at the number of these sudden jumps, or at least of
  2065. the intermediate sensations which usually serve us as landmarks. To
  2066. sum up, the contrast will appear to us as a difference, the stimulus
  2067. as a quantity, the sudden jump as an element of equality: combining
  2068. these three factors, we shall reach the idea of equal quantitative
  2069. differences. Now, these conditions are nowhere so well realized as
  2070. when surfaces of the same colour, more or less illuminated, are
  2071. simultaneously presented to us. Not only is there here a contrast
  2072. between similar sensations, but these sensations correspond to a cause
  2073. whose influence has always been felt by us to be closely connected with
  2074. its distance; and, as this distance can vary continuously, we cannot
  2075. have escaped noticing in our past experience a vast number of shades
  2076. of sensation which succeeded one another along with the continuous
  2077. increase in the cause. We are therefore able to say that the contrast
  2078. between one shade of grey and another, for example, seems to us almost
  2079. equal to the contrast between the latter and a third one; and if we
  2080. define two equal sensations by saying that they are sensations which
  2081. a more or less confused process of reasoning interprets as such, we
  2082. shall in fact reach a law like that proposed by Delbœuf. But it must
  2083. not be forgotten that consciousness has here passed through the same
  2084. intermediate steps as the psychophysicist, and that its judgment
  2085. is worth here just what psychophysics is worth; it is a symbolical
  2086. interpretation of quality as quantity, a more or less rough estimate
  2087. of the number of sensations which can come in between two given
  2088. sensations. The difference is thus not as great as is believed between
  2089. the method of least noticeable differences and that of mean gradations,
  2090. between the psychophysics of Fechner and that of Delbœuf. The first
  2091. led to a conventional measurement of sensation; the second appeals
  2092. to common sense in the particular cases where common sense adopts a
  2093. similar convention. In a word, all psychophysics is condemned by its
  2094. origin to revolve in a vicious circle, for the theoretical postulate on
  2095. which it rests condemns it to experimental verification, and it cannot
  2096. be experimentally verified unless its postulate is first granted. The
  2097. fact is that there is no point of contact between the unextended and
  2098. the extended, between quality and quantity. We can interpret the one by
  2099. the other, set up the one as the equivalent of the other; but sooner or
  2100. later, at the beginning or at the end, we shall have to recognize the
  2101. conventional character of this assimilation.
  2102. [Sidenote: Psychophysics merely pushes to its extreme consequences the
  2103. fundamental but natural mistake of regarding sensations as magnitudes.]
  2104. In truth, psychophysics merely formulates with precision and pushes
  2105. to its extreme consequences a conception familiar to common sense. As
  2106. speech dominates over thought, as external objects, which are common
  2107. to us all, are more important to us than the subjective states through
  2108. which each of us passes, we have everything to gain by objectifying
  2109. these states, by introducing into them, to the largest possible extent,
  2110. the representation of their external cause. And the more our knowledge
  2111. increases, the more we perceive the extensive behind the intensive,
  2112. quantity behind quality, the more also we tend to thrust the former
  2113. into the latter, and to treat our sensations as magnitudes. Physics,
  2114. whose particular function it is to calculate the external cause of our
  2115. internal states, takes the least possible interest in these states
  2116. themselves: constantly and deliberately it confuses them with their
  2117. cause. It thus encourages and even exaggerates the mistake which common
  2118. sense makes on the point. The moment was inevitably bound to come at
  2119. which science, familiarized with this confusion between quality and
  2120. quantity, between sensation and stimulus, should seek to measure the
  2121. one as it measures the other: such was the object of psychophysics. In
  2122. this bold attempt Fechner was encouraged by his adversaries themselves,
  2123. by the philosophers who speak of intensive magnitudes while declaring
  2124. that psychic states cannot be submitted to measurement. For if we
  2125. grant that one sensation can be stronger than another, and that this
  2126. inequality is inherent in the sensations themselves, independently
  2127. of all association of ideas, of all more or less conscious
  2128. consideration of number and space, it is natural to ask by how much
  2129. the first sensation exceeds the second, and to set up a quantitative
  2130. relation between their intensities. Nor is it any use to reply, as
  2131. the opponents of psychophysics sometimes do, that all measurement
  2132. implies superposition, and that there is no occasion to seek for a
  2133. numerical relation between intensities, which are not superposable
  2134. objects. For it will then be necessary to explain why one sensation
  2135. is said to be more intense than another, and how the conceptions
  2136. of greater and smaller can be applied to things which, it has just
  2137. been acknowledged, do not admit among themselves of the relations of
  2138. container to contained. If, in order to cut short any question of this
  2139. kind, we distinguish two kinds of quantity, the one intensive, which
  2140. admits only of a "more or less," the other extensive, which lends
  2141. itself to measurement, we are not far from siding with Fechner and
  2142. the psychophysicists. For, as soon as a thing is acknowledged to be
  2143. capable of increase and decrease, it seems natural to ask by how much
  2144. it decreases or by how much it increases. And, because a measurement
  2145. of this kind does not appear to be possible directly, it does not
  2146. follow that science cannot successfully accomplish it by some indirect
  2147. process, either by an integration of infinitely small elements, as
  2148. Fechner proposes, or by any other roundabout way. Either, then,
  2149. sensation is pure quality, or, if it is a magnitude, we ought to try to
  2150. measure it.
  2151. [Sidenote: Thus intensity judged (1) in representative states by an
  2152. estimate of the magnitude of the cause (2) in affective states by
  2153. multiplicity of psychic phenomena involved.]
  2154. To sum up what precedes, we have found the notion of intensity to
  2155. present itself under a double aspect, according as we study the states
  2156. of consciousness which represent an external cause, or those which
  2157. are self-sufficient. In the former case the perception of intensity
  2158. consists in a certain estimate of the magnitude of the cause means of
  2159. a certain quality in the effect: it is, as the Scottish philosophers
  2160. would have said, an acquired perception. In the second case, we give
  2161. the name of intensity to the larger or smaller number of simple psychic
  2162. phenomena which we conjecture to be involved in the fundamental state:
  2163. it is no longer an _acquired_ perception, but a _confused_ perception.
  2164. In fact, these two meanings of the word usually intermingle, because
  2165. the simpler phenomena involved in an emotion or an effort are generally
  2166. representative, and because the majority of representative states,
  2167. being at the same time affective, themselves include a multiplicity of
  2168. elementary psychic phenomena. The idea of intensity is thus situated
  2169. at the junction of two streams, one of which brings us the idea of
  2170. extensive magnitude from without, while the other brings us from
  2171. within, in fact from the very depths of consciousness, the image of an
  2172. inner multiplicity. Now, the point is to determine in what the latter
  2173. image consists, whether it is the same as that of number, or whether
  2174. it is quite different from it. In the following chapter we shall no
  2175. longer consider states of consciousness in isolation from one another,
  2176. but in their concrete multiplicity, in so far as they unfold themselves
  2177. in pure duration. And, in the same way as we have asked what would be
  2178. the intensity of a representative sensation if we did not introduce
  2179. into it the idea of its cause, we shall now have to inquire what the
  2180. multiplicity of our inner states becomes, what form duration assumes,
  2181. when the space in which it unfolds is eliminated. This second question
  2182. is even more important than the first. For, if the confusion of quality
  2183. with quantity were confined to each of the phenomena of consciousness
  2184. taken separately, it would give rise to obscurities, as we have just
  2185. seen, rather than to problems. But by invading the series of our
  2186. psychic states, by introducing space into our perception of duration,
  2187. it corrupts at its very source our feeling of outer and inner change,
  2188. of movement, and of freedom. Hence the paradoxes of the Eleatics, hence
  2189. the problem of free will. We shall insist rather on the second point;
  2190. but instead of seeking to solve the question, we shall show the mistake
  2191. of those who ask it.
  2192. [1] _Essays,_ (Library Edition, 1891), Vol. ii, p. 381.
  2193. [2] _The Senses and the Intellect,_4th ed., (1894), p. 79.
  2194. [3] _Grundzüge der Physiologischen Psychologie,_2nd ed. (1880), Vol. i,
  2195. p. 375.
  2196. [4] W. James, _Le sentiment de l'effort (Critique philosophique,_ 1880,
  2197. Vol. ii,) cf. _Principles of Psychology,_ (1891), Vol. ii, chap, xxvi.
  2198. [5] _Functions of the Brain,_ 2nd ed. (1886), p. 386.
  2199. [6] _Handbuch der Physiologischen Optik,_ 1st ed. (1867), pp. 600-601.
  2200. [7] _Le mécanisme de l'attention._ Alcan, 1888.
  2201. [8] _The Expression of the Emotions,_ 1st ed., (1872), p. 74.
  2202. [9] "What is an Emotion?_" Mind,_1884, p. 189.
  2203. [10] _Principles of Psychology,_ 3rd. ed., (1890), Vol. i, p. 482.
  2204. [11] _The Expression of the Emotions,_ 1st ed., p. 78.
  2205. [12] _L'homme et l'intelligence,_ p. 36.
  2206. [13] Ibid. p. 37.
  2207. [14] Ibid. p. 43.
  2208. [15] _The Expression of the Emotions,_ 1st ed., pp. 72, 69, 70.
  2209. [16] C. Féré, _Sensation et Mouvement,_ Paris, 1887.
  2210. [17] _Grundzüge der Physiologischen Psychologie,_ 2nd ed., (1880), Vol.
  2211. ii, p. 437.
  2212. [18] "On the Temperature Sense," _Mind,_ 1885.
  2213. [19] Rood, _Modern Chromatics,_(1879), pp. 181-187.
  2214. [20] _Handbuch der Physiologischen Optik,_ 1st ed. (1867), pp. 318-319.
  2215. [21] _Éléments de psychophysique._ Paris, 1883.
  2216. [22] See the account given of these experiments in the _Revue
  2217. philosophique,_ 1887, Vol. i, p. 71, and Vol. ii, p. 180.
  2218. [23] _Éléments de psychophysique,_ pp. 61, 69.
  2219. [24] In the particular case where we admit without restriction Weber's
  2220. Law ΔE/E=_const.,_ integration gives S=C log. E/Q. Q being a constant.
  2221. This is Fechner's "logarithmic law."
  2222. [25] Latterly it has been assumed that ΔS is proportional to S.
  2223. [26] _Revue scientifique,_ March 13 and April 24, 1875.
  2224. CHAPTER II
  2225. THE MULTIPLICITY OF CONSCIOUS STATES[1]
  2226. THE IDEA OF DURATION
  2227. [Sidenote: What is number?]
  2228. Number maybe defined in general as a collection of units, or, speaking
  2229. more exactly, as the synthesis of the one and the many. Every number
  2230. is one, since it is brought before the mind by a simple intuition and
  2231. is given a name; but the unity which attaches to it is that of a sum,
  2232. it covers a multiplicity of parts which can be considered separately.
  2233. Without attempting for the present any thorough examination of these
  2234. conceptions of unity and multiplicity, let us inquire whether the idea
  2235. of number does not imply the representation of something else as well.
  2236. [Sidenote: The units which make up a number must be identical.]
  2237. It is not enough to say that number is a collection of units; we must
  2238. add that these units are identical with one another, or at least that
  2239. they are assumed to be identical when they are counted. No doubt we
  2240. can count the sheep in a flock and say that there are fifty, although
  2241. they are all different from one another and are easily recognized by
  2242. the shepherd: but the reason is that we agree in that case to neglect
  2243. their individual differences and to take into account only what they
  2244. have in common. On the other hand, as soon as we fix our attention on
  2245. the particular features of objects or individuals, we can of course
  2246. make an enumeration of them, but not a total. We place ourselves at
  2247. these two very different points of view when we count the soldiers in
  2248. a battalion and when we call the roll. Hence we may conclude that the
  2249. idea of number implies the simple intuition of a multiplicity of parts
  2250. or units, which are absolutely alike.
  2251. [Sidenote: But they must also be distinct.]
  2252. And yet they must be somehow distinct from one another, since otherwise
  2253. they would merge into a single unit. Let us assume that all the sheep
  2254. in the flock are identical; they differ at least by the position which
  2255. they occupy in space, otherwise they would not form a flock. But now
  2256. let us even set aside the fifty sheep themselves and retain only the
  2257. idea of them. Either we include them all in the same image, and it
  2258. follows as a necessary consequence that we place them side by side in
  2259. an ideal space, or else we repeat fifty times in succession the image
  2260. of a single one, and in that case it does seem, indeed, that the series
  2261. lies in duration rather than in space. But we shall soon find out that
  2262. it cannot be so. For if we picture to ourselves each of the sheep in
  2263. the flock in succession and separately, we shall never have to do
  2264. with more than a single sheep. In order that the number should go on
  2265. increasing in proportion as we advance, we must retain the successive
  2266. images and set them alongside each of the new units which we picture to
  2267. ourselves: now, it is in space that such a juxtaposition takes place
  2268. and not in pure duration. In fact, it will be easily granted that
  2269. counting material objects means thinking all these objects together,
  2270. thereby leaving them in space. But does this intuition of space
  2271. accompany every idea of number, even of an abstract number?
  2272. [Sidenote: We can not form an image or idea of number without the
  2273. accompanying intuition of space.]
  2274. Any one can answer this question by reviewing the various forms which
  2275. the idea of number has assumed for him since his childhood. It will be
  2276. seen that we began by imagining e.g. a row of balls, that these balls
  2277. afterwards became points, and, finally, this image itself disappeared,
  2278. leaving behind it, as we say, nothing but _abstract_ number. But at
  2279. this very moment we ceased to have an image or even an idea of it; we
  2280. kept only the symbol which is necessary for reckoning and which is
  2281. the conventional way of _expressing_ number. For we can confidently
  2282. assert that 12 is half of 24 without thinking either the number 12 or
  2283. the number 24: indeed, as far as quick calculation is concerned, we
  2284. have everything to gain by not doing so. But as soon as we wish to
  2285. picture _number_ to ourselves, and not merely figures or words, we
  2286. are compelled to have recourse to an extended image. What leads to
  2287. misunderstanding on this point seems to be the habit we have fallen
  2288. into of counting in time rather than in space. In order to imagine the
  2289. number 50, for example, we repeat all the numbers starting from unity,
  2290. and when we have arrived at the fiftieth, we believe we have built up
  2291. the number in duration and in duration only. And there is no doubt that
  2292. in this way we have counted moments of duration rather than points in
  2293. space; but the question is whether we have not counted the moments
  2294. of duration by means of points in space. It is certainly possible to
  2295. perceive in time, and in time only, a succession which is nothing but
  2296. a succession, but not an addition, i.e. a succession which culminates
  2297. in a sum. For though we reach a sum by taking into account a succession
  2298. of different terms, yet it is necessary that each of these terms should
  2299. remain when we pass to the following, and should wait, so to speak, to
  2300. be added to the others: how could it wait, if it were nothing but an
  2301. instant of duration? And where could it wait if we did not localize it
  2302. in space? We involuntarily fix at a point in space each of the moments
  2303. which we count, and it is only on this condition that the abstract
  2304. units come to form a sum. No doubt it is possible, as we shall show
  2305. later, to conceive the successive moments of time independently of
  2306. space; but when we add to the present moment those which have preceded
  2307. it, as is the case when we are adding up units, we are not dealing
  2308. with these moments themselves, since they have vanished for ever, but
  2309. with the lasting traces which they seem to have left in space on their
  2310. passage through it. It is true that we generally dispense with this
  2311. mental image, and that, after having used it for the first two or three
  2312. numbers, it is enough to know that it would serve just as well for the
  2313. mental picturing of the others, if we needed it. But every clear idea
  2314. of number implies a visual image in space; and the direct study of the
  2315. units which go to form a discrete multiplicity will lead us to the same
  2316. conclusion on this point as the examination of number itself.
  2317. [Sidenote: All unity is the unity of a simple act of the mind. Unity
  2318. divisible only because regarded as extended in space.]
  2319. Every number is a collection of units, as we have said, and on the
  2320. other hand every number is itself a unit, in so far as it is a
  2321. synthesis of the units which compose it. But is the word unit taken in
  2322. the same sense in both cases? When we assert that number is a unit,
  2323. we understand by this that we master the whole of it by a simple
  2324. and indivisible intuition of the mind; this unity thus includes a
  2325. multiplicity, since it is the unity of a whole. But when we speak of
  2326. the units which go to form number, we no longer think of these units
  2327. as sums, but as pure, simple, irreducible units, intended to yield
  2328. the natural series of numbers by an indefinitely continued process of
  2329. accumulation. It seems, then, that there are two kinds of units, the
  2330. one ultimate, out of which a number is formed by a process of addition,
  2331. and the other provisional, the number so formed, which is multiple
  2332. in itself, and owes its unity to the simplicity of the act by which
  2333. the mind perceives it. And there is no doubt that, when we picture
  2334. the units which make up number, we believe that we are thinking of
  2335. indivisible components: this belief has a great deal to do with the
  2336. idea that it is possible to conceive number independently of space.
  2337. Nevertheless, by looking more closely into the matter, we shall see
  2338. that all unity is the unity of a simple act of the mind, and that, as
  2339. this is an act of unification, there must be some multiplicity for it
  2340. to unify. No doubt, at the moment at which I think each of these units
  2341. separately, I look upon it as indivisible, since I am determined to
  2342. think of its unity alone. But as soon as I put it aside in order to
  2343. pass to the next, I objectify it, and by that very deed I make it a
  2344. thing, that is to say, a multiplicity. To convince oneself of this, it
  2345. is enough to notice that the units by means of which arithmetic forms
  2346. numbers are _provisional_ units, which can be subdivided without limit,
  2347. and that each of them is the sum of fractional quantities as small and
  2348. as numerous as we like to imagine. How could we divide the unit, if
  2349. it were here that ultimate unity which characterizes a simple act of
  2350. the mind? How could we split it up into fractions whilst affirming its
  2351. unity, if we did not regard it implicitly as an extended object, one
  2352. in intuition but multiple in space? You will never get out of an idea
  2353. which you have formed anything which you have not put into it; and if
  2354. the unity by means of which you make up your number is the unity of
  2355. an act and not of an object, no effort of analysis will bring out of
  2356. it anything but unity pure and simple. No doubt, when you equate the
  2357. number 3 to the sum of 1 + 1 + 1, nothing prevents you from regarding
  2358. the units which compose it as indivisible: but the reason is that you
  2359. do not choose to make use of the multiplicity which is enclosed within
  2360. each of these units. Indeed, it is probable that the number 3 first
  2361. assumes to our mind this simpler shape, because we think rather of the
  2362. way in which we have obtained it than of the use which we might make
  2363. of it. But we soon perceive that, while all multiplication implies the
  2364. possibility of treating any number whatever as a provisional unit which
  2365. can be added to itself, inversely the units in their turn are true
  2366. numbers which are as big as we like, but are regarded as provisionally
  2367. indivisible for the purpose of compounding them with one another. Now,
  2368. the very admission that it is possible to divide the unit into as many
  2369. parts as we like, shows that we regard it as extended.
  2370. [Sidenote: Number in process of formation is discontinuous, but, when
  2371. formed, is invested with the continuity of space.]
  2372. For we must understand what is meant by the of number. It cannot
  2373. be denied that the formation or construction of a number implies
  2374. discontinuity. In other words, as we remarked above, each of the units
  2375. with which we form the number 3 seems to be indivisible _while_ we are
  2376. dealing with it, and we pass abruptly from one to the other. Again,
  2377. if we form the same number with halves, with quarters, with any units
  2378. whatever, these units, in so far as they serve to form the said number,
  2379. will still constitute elements which are provisionally indivisible, and
  2380. it is always by jerks, by sudden jumps, so to speak, that we advance
  2381. from one to the other. And the reason is that, in order to get a
  2382. number, we are compelled to fix our attention successively on each of
  2383. the units of which it is compounded. The indivisibility of the act by
  2384. which we conceive any one of them is then represented under the form
  2385. of a mathematical point which is separated from the following point
  2386. by an interval of space. But, while a series of mathematical points
  2387. arranged in empty space expresses fairly well the process by which we
  2388. form the idea of number, these mathematical points have a tendency to
  2389. develop into lines in proportion as our attention is diverted from
  2390. them, as if they were trying to reunite with one another. And when we
  2391. look at number in its finished state, this union is an accomplished
  2392. fact: the points have become lines, the divisions have been blotted
  2393. out, the whole displays all the characteristics of continuity. This is
  2394. why number, although we have formed it according to a definite law, can
  2395. be split up on any system we please. In a word, we must distinguish
  2396. between the unity which we think of and the unity which we set up as an
  2397. object after having thought of it, as also between number in process of
  2398. formation and number once formed. The unit is irreducible while we are
  2399. thinking it and number is discontinuous while we are building it up:
  2400. but, as soon as we consider number in its finished state, we objectify
  2401. it, and it then appears to be divisible to an unlimited extent. In
  2402. fact, we apply the term _subjective_ to what seems to be completely and
  2403. adequately known, and the term _objective_ to what is known in such a
  2404. way that a constantly increasing number of new impressions could be
  2405. substituted for the idea which we actually have of it. Thus, a complex
  2406. feeling will contain a fairly large number of simple elements; but,
  2407. as long as these elements do not stand out with perfect clearness,
  2408. we cannot say that they were completely realized, and, as soon as
  2409. consciousness has a distinct perception of them, the psychic state
  2410. which results from their synthesis will have changed for this very
  2411. reason. But there is no change in the general appearance of a body,
  2412. however it is analysed by thought, because these different analyses,
  2413. and an infinity of others, are already visible in the mental image
  2414. which we form of the body, though they are not realized: this actual
  2415. and not merely virtual perception of subdivisions in what is undivided
  2416. is just what we call objectivity. It then becomes easy to determine the
  2417. exact part played by the subjective and the objective in the idea of
  2418. number. What properly belongs to the mind is the indivisible process by
  2419. which it concentrates attention successively on the different parts of
  2420. a given space; but the parts which have thus been isolated remain in
  2421. order to join with the others, and, once the addition is made, they may
  2422. be broken up in any way whatever. They are therefore parts of space,
  2423. and space is, accordingly, the material with which the mind builds up
  2424. number, the medium in which the mind places it.
  2425. Properly speaking, it is arithmetic which teaches us to split up
  2426. without limit the units of which number consists. Common sense is very
  2427. much inclined to build up number with indivisibles.
  2428. [Sidenote: It follows that number is actually _thought of_ as a
  2429. juxtaposition in space.]
  2430. And this is easily understood, since the provisional simplicity of
  2431. the component units is just what they owe to the mind, and the latter
  2432. pays more attention to its own acts than to the material on which
  2433. it works. Science confines itself, here, to drawing our attention
  2434. to this material: if we did not already localize number in space,
  2435. science would certainly not succeed in making us transfer it thither.
  2436. From the beginning, therefore, we must have thought of number as of
  2437. a juxtaposition in space. This is the conclusion which we reached
  2438. at first, basing ourselves on the fact that all addition implies a
  2439. multiplicity of parts simultaneously perceived.
  2440. [Sidenote: Two kinds of multiplicity: (1) material objects, counted
  2441. in space; (2) conscious states, not countable unless symbolically
  2442. represented in space.]
  2443. Now, if this conception of number is granted, it will be seen that
  2444. everything is not counted in the same way, and that there are two very
  2445. different kinds of multiplicity. When we speak of material objects,
  2446. we refer to the possibility of seeing and touching them; we localize
  2447. them in space. In that case, no effort of the inventive faculty or
  2448. of symbolical representation is necessary in order to count them; we
  2449. have only to think them, at first separately, and then simultaneously,
  2450. within the very medium in which they come under our observation. The
  2451. case is no longer the same when we consider purely affective psychic
  2452. states, or even mental images other than those built up by means
  2453. of sight and touch. Here, the terms being no longer given in space,
  2454. it seems, _a priori,_ that we can hardly count them except by some
  2455. process of symbolical representation. In fact, we are well aware of a
  2456. representation of this kind when we are dealing with sensations the
  2457. cause of which is obviously situated in space. Thus, when we hear a
  2458. noise of steps in the street, we have a confused vision of somebody
  2459. walking along: each of the successive sounds is then localized at a
  2460. point in space where the passer-by might tread: we count our sensations
  2461. in the very space in which their tangible causes are ranged. Perhaps
  2462. some people count the successive strokes of a distant bell in a similar
  2463. way, their imagination pictures the bell coming and going; this spatial
  2464. sort of image is sufficient for the first two units, and the others
  2465. follow naturally. But most people's minds do not proceed in this way.
  2466. They range the successive sounds in an ideal space and then fancy
  2467. that they are counting them in pure duration. Yet we must be clear on
  2468. this point. The sounds of the bell certainly reach me one after the
  2469. other; but one of two alternatives must be true. Either I retain each
  2470. of these successive sensations in order to combine it with the others
  2471. and form a group which reminds me of an air or rhythm which I know: in
  2472. that case I do not _count_ the sounds, I limit myself to gathering,
  2473. so to speak, the qualitative impression produced by the whole series.
  2474. Or else I intend explicitly to count them, and then I shall have
  2475. to separate them, and this separation must take place within some
  2476. homogeneous medium in which the sounds, stripped of their qualities,
  2477. and in a manner emptied, leave traces of their presence which are
  2478. absolutely alike. The question now is, whether this medium is time or
  2479. space. But a moment of time, we repeat, cannot persist in order to be
  2480. added to others. If the sounds are separated, they must leave empty
  2481. intervals bet ween them. If we count them, the intervals must remain
  2482. though the sounds disappear: how could these intervals remain, if they
  2483. were pure duration and not space? It is in space, therefore, that the
  2484. operation takes place. It becomes, indeed, more and more difficult
  2485. as we penetrate further into the depths of consciousness. Here we
  2486. find ourselves confronted by a confused multiplicity of sensations
  2487. and feelings which analysis alone can distinguish. Their number is
  2488. identical with the number of the moments which we take up when we count
  2489. them; but these moments, as they can be added to one another, are
  2490. again points in space. Our final conclusion, therefore, is that there
  2491. are two kinds of multiplicity: that of material objects, to which the
  2492. conception of number is immediately applicable; and the multiplicity of
  2493. states of consciousness, which cannot be regarded as numerical without
  2494. the help of some symbolical representation, in which a necessary
  2495. element is _space._
  2496. [Sidenote: The impenetrability of matter is not a physical but a
  2497. logical necessity.]
  2498. As a matter of fact, each of us makes a distinction between these two
  2499. kinds of multiplicity whenever he speaks of the impenetrability of
  2500. matter. We sometimes set up impenetrability as a fundamental property
  2501. of bodies, known in the same way and put on the same level as e.g.
  2502. weight or resistance. But a purely negative property of this kind
  2503. cannot be revealed by our senses; indeed, certain experiments in
  2504. mixing and combining things might lead us to call it in question if
  2505. our minds were not already made up on the point. Try to picture one
  2506. body penetrating another: you will at once assume that there are empty
  2507. spaces in the one which will be occupied by the particles of the other;
  2508. these particles in their turn cannot penetrate one another unless one
  2509. of them divides in order to fill up the interstices of the other; and
  2510. our thought will prolong this operation indefinitely in preference to
  2511. picturing two bodies in the same place. Now, if impenetrability were
  2512. really a quality of matter which was known by the senses, it is not at
  2513. all clear why we should experience more difficulty in conceiving two
  2514. bodies merging into one another than a surface devoid of resistance
  2515. or a weightless fluid. In reality, it is not a physical but a logical
  2516. necessity which attaches to the proposition: "Two bodies cannot occupy
  2517. the same place at the same time" The contrary assertion involves an
  2518. absurdity which no conceivable experience could succeed in dispelling.
  2519. In a word, it implies a contradiction. But does not this amount to
  2520. recognizing that the very idea of the number 2, or, more generally,
  2521. of any number whatever, involves the idea of juxtaposition in space?
  2522. If impenetrability is generally regarded as a quality of matter, the
  2523. reason is that the idea of number is thought to be independent of the
  2524. idea of space. We thus believe that we are adding something to the
  2525. idea of two or more objects by saying that they cannot occupy the
  2526. same place: as if the idea of the number 2, even the abstract number,
  2527. were not already, as we have shown, that of two different positions
  2528. in space! Hence to assert the impenetrability of matter is simply to
  2529. recognize the interconnexion between the notions of number and space,
  2530. it is to state a property of number rather than of matter.--Yet, it
  2531. will be said, do we not count feelings, sensations, ideas, all of
  2532. which permeate one another, and each of which, for its part, takes
  2533. up the whole of the soul?--Yes, undoubtedly; but, just because they
  2534. permeate one another, we cannot count them unless we represent them
  2535. by homogeneous units which occupy separate positions in space and
  2536. consequently no longer permeate one another. Impenetrability thus makes
  2537. its appearance at the same time as number; and when we attribute this
  2538. quality to matter in order to distinguish it from everything which
  2539. is not matter, we simply state under another form the distinction
  2540. established above between extended objects, to which the conception of
  2541. number is immediately applicable, and states of consciousness, which
  2542. have first of all to be represented symbolically in space.
  2543. [Sidenote: Homogeneous time as the medium in which conscious states
  2544. form discrete series. This time is nothing but space, and pure duration
  2545. is something different.]
  2546. It is advisable to dwell on the last point. If, in order to count
  2547. states of consciousness, we have to represent them symbolically in
  2548. space, is it not likely that this symbolical representation will alter
  2549. the normal conditions of inner perception? Let us recall what we
  2550. said a short time ago about the intensity of certain psychic states.
  2551. Representative sensation, looked at in itself, is pure quality; but,
  2552. seen through the medium of extensity, this quality becomes in a
  2553. certain sense quantity, and is called intensity. In the same way, our
  2554. projection of our psychic states into space in order to form a discrete
  2555. multiplicity is likely to influence these states themselves and to
  2556. give them in reflective consciousness a new form, which immediate
  2557. perception did not attribute to them. Now, let us notice that when we
  2558. speak of _time,_ we generally think of a homogeneous medium in which
  2559. our conscious states are ranged alongside one another as in space, so
  2560. as to form a discrete multiplicity. Would not time, thus understood, be
  2561. to the multiplicity of our psychic states what intensity is to certain
  2562. of them,--a sign, a symbol, absolutely distinct from true duration?
  2563. Let us ask consciousness to isolate itself from the external world,
  2564. and, by a vigorous effort of abstraction, to become itself again.
  2565. We shall then put this question to it: does the multiplicity of our
  2566. conscious states bear the slightest resemblance to the multiplicity of
  2567. the units of a number? Has true duration anything to do with space?
  2568. Certainly, our analysis of the idea of number could not but make us
  2569. doubt this analogy, to say no more. For if time, as the reflective
  2570. consciousness represents it, is a medium in which our conscious states
  2571. form a discrete series so as to admit of being counted, and if on the
  2572. other hand our conception of number ends in spreading out in space
  2573. everything which can be directly counted, it is to be presumed that
  2574. time, understood in the sense of a medium in which we make distinctions
  2575. and count, is nothing but space. That which goes to confirm this
  2576. opinion is that we are compelled to borrow from space the images by
  2577. which we describe what the reflective consciousness feels about time
  2578. and even about succession; it follows that pure duration must be
  2579. something different. Such are the questions which we have been led to
  2580. ask by the very analysis of the notion of discrete multiplicity. But we
  2581. cannot throw any light upon them except by a direct study of the ideas
  2582. of space and time in their mutual relations.
  2583. [Sidenote: Does space exist independently of its contents, as Kant
  2584. held?]
  2585. We shall not lay too much stress on the question of the absolute
  2586. reality of space: perhaps we might as well ask whether space is or
  2587. is not in space. In short, our senses perceive the qualities of
  2588. bodies and space along with them: the great difficulty seems to have
  2589. been to discover whether extensity is an aspect of these physical
  2590. qualities--a quality of quality--or whether these qualities are
  2591. essentially unextended, space coming in as a later addition, but being
  2592. self-sufficient and existing without them. On the first hypothesis,
  2593. space would be reduced to an abstraction, or, speaking more correctly,
  2594. an extract; it would express the common element possessed by certain
  2595. sensations called representative. In the second case, space would be a
  2596. reality as solid as the sensations themselves, although of a different
  2597. order. We owe the exact formulation of this latter conception to Kant:
  2598. the theory which he works out in the Transcendental Aesthetic consists
  2599. in endowing space with an existence independent of its content, in
  2600. laying down as _de jure_ separable what each of us separates _de
  2601. facto,_ and in refusing to regard extensity as an abstraction like the
  2602. others. In this respect the Kantian conception of space differs less
  2603. than is usually imagined from the popular belief. Far from shaking our
  2604. faith in the reality of space, Kant has shown what it actually means
  2605. and has even justified it.
  2606. [Sidenote: The empiricists really agree with Kant for extensity can not
  2607. result from synthesis of unextended sensations without an act of the
  2608. mind.]
  2609. Moreover, the solution given by Kant does not seem to have been
  2610. seriously disputed since his time: indeed, it has forced itself,
  2611. sometimes without their knowledge, on the majority of those who
  2612. have approached the problem anew, whether nativists or empiricists.
  2613. Psychologists agree in assigning a Kantian origin to the nativistic
  2614. explanation of Johann Müller; but Lotze's hypothesis of local signs,
  2615. Bain's theory, and the more comprehensive explanation suggested by
  2616. Wundt, may seem at first quite independent of the Transcendental
  2617. Aesthetic. The authors of these theories seem indeed to have put aside
  2618. the problem of the nature of space, in order to investigate simply
  2619. by what process our sensations come to be situated in space and to
  2620. be set, so to speak, alongside one another: but this very question
  2621. shows that they regard sensations as inextensive and make a radical
  2622. distinction, just as Kant did, between the matter of representation
  2623. and its form. The conclusion to be drawn from the theories of Lotze
  2624. and Bain, and from Wundt's attempt to reconcile them, is that the
  2625. sensations by means of which we come to form the notion of space are
  2626. themselves unextended and simply qualitative: extensity is supposed
  2627. to result from their synthesis, as water from the combination of two
  2628. gases. The empirical or genetic explanations have thus taken up the
  2629. problem of space at the very point where Kant left it: Kant separated
  2630. space from its contents: the empiricists ask how these contents, which
  2631. are taken out of space by our thought, manage to get back again. It is
  2632. true that they have apparently disregarded the activity of the mind,
  2633. and that they are obviously inclined to regard the extensive form under
  2634. which we represent things as produced by a kind of alliance of the
  2635. sensations with one another: space, without being extracted from the
  2636. sensations, is supposed to result from their co-existence. But how can
  2637. we explain such an origination without the active intervention of the
  2638. mind? The extensive differs by hypothesis from the inextensive: and
  2639. even if we assume that extension is nothing but a relation between
  2640. inextensive terms, this relation must still be established by a mind
  2641. capable of thus associating several terms. It is no use quoting the
  2642. example of chemical combinations, in which the whole seems to assume,
  2643. of its own accord, a form and qualities which did not belong to any
  2644. of the elementary atoms. This form and these qualities owe their
  2645. origin just to the fact that we gather up the multiplicity of atoms
  2646. in a single perception: get rid of the mind which carries out this
  2647. synthesis and you will at once do away with the qualities, that is
  2648. to say, the aspect under which the synthesis of elementary parts is
  2649. presented to our consciousness. Thus inextensive sensations will remain
  2650. what they are, viz., inextensive sensations, if nothing be added to
  2651. them. For their co-existence to give rise to space, there must be an
  2652. act of the mind which takes them in all at the same time and sets them
  2653. in juxtaposition: this unique act is very like what Kant calls an _a
  2654. priori_ form of sensibility.
  2655. [Sidenote: This act consists in the intuition of an empty homogeneous
  2656. medium: perhaps peculiar to man and not shared by animals.]
  2657. If we now seek to characterize this act, we see that it consists
  2658. essentially in the intuition, or rather the conception, of an empty
  2659. homogeneous medium. For it is scarcely possible to give any other
  2660. definition of space: space is what enables us to distinguish a number
  2661. of identical and simultaneous sensations from one another; it is
  2662. thus a principle of differentiation other than that of qualitative
  2663. differentiation, and consequently it is a reality with no quality.
  2664. Someone may say, with the believers in the theory of local signs, that
  2665. simultaneous sensations are never identical, and that, in consequence
  2666. of the diversity of the organic elements which they affect, there are
  2667. no two points of a homogeneous surface which make the same impression
  2668. on the sight or the touch. We are quite ready to grant it, for if these
  2669. two points affected us in the same way, there would be no reason for
  2670. placing one of them on the right rather than on the left. But, just
  2671. because we afterwards interpret this difference of quality in the sense
  2672. of a difference of situation, it follows that we must have a clear
  2673. idea of a homogeneous medium, i.e. of a simultaneity of terms which,
  2674. although identical in quality, are yet distinct from one another. The
  2675. more you insist on the difference between the impressions made on
  2676. our retina by two points of a homogeneous surface, the more do you
  2677. thereby make room for the activity of the mind, which perceives under
  2678. the form of extensive homogeneity what is given it as qualitative
  2679. heterogeneity. No doubt, though the representation of a homogeneous
  2680. space grows out of an effort of the mind, there must be within the
  2681. qualities themselves which differentiate two sensations some reason
  2682. why they occupy this or that definite position in space. We must thus
  2683. distinguish between the perception of extensity and the conception of
  2684. space: they are no doubt implied in one another, but, the higher we
  2685. rise in the scale of intelligent beings, the more clearly do we meet
  2686. with the independent idea of a homogeneous space. It is therefore
  2687. doubtful whether animals perceive the external world quite as we do,
  2688. and especially whether they represent externality in the same way as
  2689. ourselves. Naturalists have pointed out, as a remarkable fact, the
  2690. surprising ease with which many vertebrates, and even some insects,
  2691. manage to find their way through space. Animals have been seen to
  2692. return almost in a straight line to their old home, pursuing a path
  2693. which was hitherto unknown to them over a distance which may amount
  2694. to several hundreds of miles. Attempts have been made to explain this
  2695. feeling of direction by sight or smell, and, more recently, by the
  2696. perception of magnetic currents which would enable the animal to take
  2697. its bearings like a living compass. This amounts to saying that space
  2698. is not so homogeneous for the animal as for us, and that determinations
  2699. of space, or directions, do not assume for it a purely geometrical
  2700. form. Each of these directions might appear to it with its own shade,
  2701. its peculiar quality. We shall understand how a perception of this
  2702. kind is possible if we remember that we ourselves distinguish our right
  2703. from our left by a natural feeling, and that these two parts of our own
  2704. extensity do then appear to us as if they bore a different _quality;_
  2705. in fact, this is the very reason why we cannot give a proper definition
  2706. of right and left. In truth, qualitative differences exist everywhere
  2707. in nature, and I do not see why two concrete directions should not be
  2708. as marked in immediate perception as two colours. But the conception of
  2709. an empty homogeneous medium is something far more extraordinary, being
  2710. a kind of reaction against that heterogeneity which is the very ground
  2711. of our experience. Therefore, instead of saying that animals have a
  2712. special sense of direction, we may as well say that men have a special
  2713. faculty of perceiving or conceiving a space without quality. This
  2714. faculty is not the faculty of abstraction: indeed, if we notice that
  2715. abstraction assumes clean-cut distinctions and a kind of externality
  2716. of the concepts or their symbols with regard to one another, we shall
  2717. find that the faculty of abstraction already implies the intuition
  2718. of a homogeneous medium. What we must say is that we have to do
  2719. with two different kinds of reality, the one heterogeneous, that of
  2720. sensible qualities, the other homogeneous, namely space. This latter,
  2721. clearly conceived by the human intellect, enables us to use clean-cut
  2722. distinctions, to count, to abstract, and perhaps also to speak.
  2723. [Sidenote: Time, in so far as it is a homogenious medium, and not
  2724. concrete duration, is reducible to space.]
  2725. Now, if space is to be defined as the homogeneous, it seems that
  2726. inversely every homogeneous and unbounded medium will be space. For,
  2727. homogeneity here consisting in the absence of every quality, it is hard
  2728. to see how two forms of the homogeneous could be distinguished from
  2729. one another. Nevertheless it is generally agreed to regard time as an
  2730. unbounded medium, different from space but homogeneous like the latter:
  2731. the homogeneous is thus supposed to take two forms, according as its
  2732. contents co-exist or follow one another. It is true that, when we make
  2733. time a homogeneous medium in which conscious states unfold themselves,
  2734. we take it to be given all at once, which amounts to saying that we
  2735. abstract it from duration. This simple consideration ought to warn us
  2736. that we are thus unwittingly falling back upon space, and really giving
  2737. up time. Moreover, we can understand that material objects, being
  2738. exterior to one another and to ourselves, derive both exteriorities
  2739. from the homogeneity of a medium which inserts intervals between them
  2740. and sets off their outlines: but states of consciousness, even when
  2741. successive, permeate one another, and in the simplest of them the whole
  2742. soul can be reflected. We may therefore surmise that time, conceived
  2743. under the form of a homogeneous medium, is some spurious concept,
  2744. due to the trespassing of the idea of space upon the field of pure
  2745. consciousness. At any rate we cannot finally admit two forms of the
  2746. homogeneous, time and space, without first seeking whether one of them
  2747. cannot be reduced to the other. Now, externality is the distinguishing
  2748. mark of things which occupy space, while states of consciousness are
  2749. not essentially external to one another, and become so only by being
  2750. spread out in time, regarded as a homogeneous medium. If, then, one of
  2751. these two supposed forms of the homogeneous, namely time and space,
  2752. is derived from the other, we can surmise _a priori_ that the idea of
  2753. space is the fundamental datum. But, misled by the apparent simplicity
  2754. of the idea of time, the philosophers who have tried to reduce one of
  2755. these ideas to the other have thought that they could make extensity
  2756. out of duration. While showing how they have been misled, we shall see
  2757. that time, conceived under the form of an unbounded and homogeneous
  2758. medium, is nothing but the ghost of space haunting the reflective
  2759. consciousness.
  2760. [Sidenote: Mistake of the attempt to derive relations of extensity from
  2761. those of succession. The conception of pure "duration."]
  2762. The English school tries, in fact, to reduce relations of extensity to
  2763. more or less complex relations of succession in time. When, with our
  2764. eyes shut, we run our hands along a surface, the rubbing of our fingers
  2765. against the surface, and especially the varied play of our joints,
  2766. provide a series of sensations, which differ only by their _qualities_
  2767. and which exhibit a certain order in time. Moreover, experience teaches
  2768. us that this series can be reversed, that we can, by an effort of
  2769. a different kind (or, as we shall call it later, _in an opposite
  2770. direction),_ obtain the same sensations over again in an inverse order:
  2771. relations of position in space might then be defined as reversible
  2772. relations of succession in time. But such a definition involves a
  2773. vicious circle, or at least a very superficial idea of time. There are,
  2774. indeed, as we shall show a little later, two possible conceptions of
  2775. time, the one free from all alloy, the other surreptitiously bringing
  2776. in the idea of space. Pure duration is the form which the succession of
  2777. our conscious states assumes when our ego lets itself _live,_ when it
  2778. refrains from separating its present state from its former states. For
  2779. this purpose it need not be entirely absorbed in the passing sensation
  2780. or idea; for then, on the contrary, it would no longer _endure._ Nor
  2781. need it forget its former states: it is enough that, in recalling these
  2782. states, it does not set them alongside its actual state as one point
  2783. alongside another, but forms both the past and the present states
  2784. into an organic whole, as happens when we recall the notes of a tune,
  2785. melting, so to speak, into one another. Might it not be said that,
  2786. even if these notes succeed one another, yet we perceive them in one
  2787. another, and that their totality may be compared to a living being
  2788. whose parts, although distinct, permeate one another just because they
  2789. are so closely connected? The proof is that, if we interrupt the rhythm
  2790. by dwelling longer than is right on one note of the tune, it is not
  2791. its exaggerated length, as length, which will warn us of our mistake,
  2792. but the qualitative change thereby caused in the whole of the musical
  2793. phrase. We can thus conceive of succession without distinction, and
  2794. think of it as a mutual penetration, an interconnexion and organization
  2795. of elements, each one of which represents the whole, and cannot be
  2796. distinguished or isolated from it except by abstract thought. Such
  2797. is the account of duration which would be given by a being who was
  2798. ever the same and ever changing, and who had no idea of space. But,
  2799. familiar with the latter idea and indeed beset by it, we introduce it
  2800. unwittingly into our feeling of pure succession; we set our states
  2801. of consciousness side by side in such a way as to perceive them
  2802. simultaneously, no longer in one another, but alongside one another;
  2803. in a word, we project time into space, we express duration in terms of
  2804. extensity, and succession thus takes the form of a continuous line or a
  2805. chain, the parts of which touch without penetrating one another. Note
  2806. that the mental image thus shaped implies the perception, no longer
  2807. successive, but simultaneous, of a _before_ and _after,_ and that it
  2808. would be a contradiction to suppose a succession which was only a
  2809. succession, and which nevertheless was contained in one and the same
  2810. instant. Now, when we speak of an _order_ of succession in duration,
  2811. and of the reversibility of this order, is the succession we are
  2812. dealing with pure succession, such as we have just defined it, without
  2813. any admixture of extensity, or is it succession developing in space, in
  2814. such a way that we can take in at once a number of elements which are
  2815. both distinct and set side by side? There is no doubt about the answer:
  2816. we could not introduce _order_ among terms without first distinguishing
  2817. them and then comparing the places which they occupy; hence we must
  2818. perceive them as multiple, simultaneous and distinct; in a word, we set
  2819. them side by side, and if we introduce an order in what is successive,
  2820. the reason is that succession is converted into simultaneity and
  2821. is projected into space. In short, when the movement of my finger
  2822. along a surface or a line provides me with a series of sensations of
  2823. different qualities, one of two things happens: either I picture these
  2824. sensations to myself as in duration only, and in that case they succeed
  2825. one another in such a way that I cannot at a given moment perceive a
  2826. number of them as simultaneous and yet distinct; or else I make out an
  2827. order of succession, but in that case I display the faculty not only of
  2828. perceiving a succession of elements, but also of setting them out in
  2829. line after having distinguished them: in a word, I already possess the
  2830. idea of space. Hence the idea of a reversible series in duration, or
  2831. even simply of a certain _order_ of succession in time, itself implies
  2832. the representation of space, and cannot be used to define it.
  2833. [Sidenote: Succession cannot be symbolized as a line without
  2834. introducing the idea of space of three dimensions.]
  2835. To give this argument a stricter form, let us imagine a straight line
  2836. of unlimited length, and on this line a material point A, which
  2837. moves. If this point were conscious of itself, it would feel itself
  2838. change, since it moves: it would perceive a succession; but would
  2839. this succession assume for it the form of a line? No doubt it would,
  2840. if it could rise, so to speak, above the line which it traverses, and
  2841. perceive simultaneously several points of it in juxtaposition: but
  2842. by doing so it would form the idea of space, and it is in space and
  2843. not in pure duration that it would see displayed the changes which it
  2844. undergoes. We here put our finger on the mistake of those who regard
  2845. pure duration as something similar to space, but of a simpler nature.
  2846. They are fond of setting psychic states side by side, of forming a
  2847. chain or a line of them, and do not imagine that they are introducing
  2848. into this operation the idea of space properly so called, the idea of
  2849. space in its totality, because space is a medium of three dimensions.
  2850. But how can they fail to notice that, in order to perceive a line as
  2851. a line, it is necessary to take up a position outside it, to take
  2852. account of the void which surrounds it, and consequently to think
  2853. a space of three dimensions? If our conscious point A does not yet
  2854. possess the idea of space--and this is the hypothesis which we have
  2855. agreed to adopt--the succession of states through which it passes
  2856. cannot assume for it the form of a line; but its sensations will add
  2857. themselves dynamically to one another and will organize themselves,
  2858. like the successive notes of a tune by which we allow ourselves to be
  2859. lulled and soothed. In a word, pure duration might well be nothing but
  2860. a succession of qualitative changes, which melt into and permeate one
  2861. another, without precise outlines, without any tendency to externalize
  2862. themselves in relation to one another, without any affiliation with
  2863. number: it would be pure heterogeneity. But for the present we shall
  2864. not insist upon this point; it is enough for us to have shown that,
  2865. from the moment when you attribute the least homogeneity to duration,
  2866. you surreptitiously introduce space.
  2867. [Sidenote: Pure duration is wholly qualitative. It cannot be measured
  2868. unless symbolically represented in space.]
  2869. It is true that we count successive moments of duration, and that,
  2870. because of its relations with number, time at first seems to us to
  2871. be a measurable magnitude, just like space. But there is here an
  2872. important distinction to be made. I say, e.g., that a minute has just
  2873. elapsed, and I mean by this that a pendulum, beating the seconds, has
  2874. completed sixty oscillations. If I picture these sixty oscillations
  2875. to myself all at once by a single mental perception, I exclude by
  2876. hypothesis the idea of a succession. I do not think of sixty strokes
  2877. which succeed one another, but of sixty points on a fixed line, each
  2878. one of which symbolizes, so to speak, an oscillation of the pendulum.
  2879. If, on the other hand, I wish to picture these sixty oscillations in
  2880. succession, but without altering the way they are produced in space,
  2881. I shall be compelled to think of each oscillation to the exclusion
  2882. of the recollection of the preceding one, for space has preserved no
  2883. trace of it; but by doing so I shall condemn myself to remain for ever
  2884. in the present; I shall give up the attempt to think a succession or a
  2885. duration. Now if, finally, I retain the recollection of the preceding
  2886. oscillation together with the image of the present oscillation, one of
  2887. two things will happen. Either I shall set the two images side by side,
  2888. and we then fall back on our first hypothesis, or I shall perceive one
  2889. in the other, each permeating the other and organizing themselves like
  2890. the notes of a tune, so as to form what we shall call a continuous or
  2891. qualitative multiplicity with no resemblance to number. I shall thus
  2892. get the image of pure duration; but I shall have entirely got rid of
  2893. the idea of a homogeneous medium or a measurable quantity. By carefully
  2894. examining our consciousness we shall recognize that it proceeds in this
  2895. way whenever it refrains from representing duration symbolically. When
  2896. the regular oscillations of the pendulum make us sleepy, is it the last
  2897. sound heard, the last movement perceived, which produces this effect?
  2898. No, undoubtedly not, for why then should not the first have done the
  2899. same? Is it the recollection of the preceding sounds or movements, set
  2900. in juxtaposition to the last one? But this same recollection, if it
  2901. is later on set in juxtaposition to a single sound or movement, will
  2902. remain without effect. Hence we must admit that the sounds combined
  2903. with one another and acted, not by their quantity as quantity, but
  2904. by the quality which their quantity exhibited, i.e. by the rhythmic
  2905. organization of the whole. Could the effect of a slight but continuous
  2906. stimulation be understood in any other way? If the sensation remained
  2907. always the same, it would continue to be indefinitely slight and
  2908. indefinitely bearable. But the fact is that each increase of
  2909. stimulation is taken up into the preceding stimulations, and that the
  2910. whole produces on us the effect of a musical phrase which is constantly
  2911. on the point of ending and constantly altered in its totality by the
  2912. addition of some new note. If we assert that it is always the _same_
  2913. sensation, the reason is that we are thinking, not of the sensation
  2914. itself, but of its objective cause situated in space. We then set it
  2915. out in space in its turn, and in place of an organism which develops,
  2916. in place of changes which permeate one another, we perceive one and
  2917. the same sensation stretching itself out lengthwise, so to speak,
  2918. and setting itself in juxtaposition to itself without limit. Pure
  2919. duration, that which consciousness perceives, must thus be reckoned
  2920. among the so-called intensive magnitudes, if intensities can be called
  2921. magnitudes: strictly speaking, however, it is not a quantity, and as
  2922. soon as we try to measure it, we unwittingly replace it by space.
  2923. [Sidenote: Time, as dealt with by the astronomer and the physicist,
  2924. does indeed _seem_ to be measurable and therefore homogeneous.]
  2925. But we find it extraordinarily difficult to think of duration in its
  2926. original purity; this is due, no doubt, to the fact that we do not
  2927. _endure_ alone, external objects, it seems, _endure_ as we do, and
  2928. time, regarded from this point of view, has every appearance of a
  2929. homogeneous medium. Not only do the moments of this duration seem to
  2930. be external to one another, like bodies in space, but the movement
  2931. perceived by our senses is the, so to speak, palpable sign of a
  2932. homogeneous and measurable duration. Nay more, time enters into the
  2933. formulae of mechanics, into the calculations of the astronomer, and
  2934. even of the physicist, under the form of a quantity. We measure the
  2935. velocity of a movement, implying that time itself is a magnitude.
  2936. Indeed, the analysis which we have just attempted requires to be
  2937. completed, for if duration properly so-called cannot be measured,
  2938. what is it that is measured by the oscillations of the pendulum?
  2939. Granted that inner duration, perceived by consciousness, is nothing
  2940. else but the melting of states of consciousness into one another, and
  2941. the gradual growth of the ego, it will be said, notwithstanding, that
  2942. the time which the astronomer introduces into his formulae, the time
  2943. which our clocks divide into equal portions, this time, at least, is
  2944. something different: it must be a measurable and therefore homogeneous
  2945. magnitude.--It is nothing of the sort, however, and a close examination
  2946. will dispel this last illusion.
  2947. [Sidenote: But what we call measuring time is nothing but counting
  2948. simultaneities. The clock taken as an illustration.]
  2949. When I follow with my eyes on the dial of a clock the movement of
  2950. the hand which corresponds to the oscillations of the pendulum, I
  2951. do not measure duration, as seems to be thought; I merely count
  2952. simultaneities, which is very different. Outside of me, in space, there
  2953. is never more than a single position of the hand and the pendulum,
  2954. for nothing is left of the past positions. Within myself a process
  2955. of organization or interpenetration of conscious states is going on,
  2956. which constitutes true duration. It is because I _endure_ in this way
  2957. that I picture to myself what I call the past oscillations of the
  2958. pendulum at the same time as I perceive the present oscillation. Now,
  2959. let us withdraw for a moment the ego which thinks these so-called
  2960. successive oscillations: there will never be more than a single
  2961. oscillation, and indeed only a single position, of the pendulum, and
  2962. hence no duration. Withdraw, on the other hand, the pendulum and its
  2963. oscillations; there will no longer be anything but the heterogeneous
  2964. duration of the ego, without moments external to one another, without
  2965. relation to number. Thus, within our ego, there is succession without
  2966. mutual externality; outside the ego, in pure space, mutual externality
  2967. without succession: mutual externality, since the present oscillation
  2968. is radically distinct from the previous oscillation, which no longer
  2969. exists; but no succession, since succession exists solely for a
  2970. conscious spectator who keeps the past in mind and sets the two
  2971. oscillations or their symbols side by side in an auxiliary space.
  2972. Now, between this succession without externality and this externality
  2973. without succession, a kind of exchange takes place, very similar to
  2974. what physicists call the phenomenon of endosmosis. As the successive
  2975. phases of our conscious life, although interpenetrating, correspond
  2976. individually to an oscillation of the pendulum which occurs at the same
  2977. time, and as, moreover, these oscillations are sharply distinguished
  2978. from one another, we get into the habit of setting up the same
  2979. distinction between the successive moments of our conscious life: the
  2980. oscillations of the pendulum break it up, so to speak, into parts
  2981. external to one another: hence the mistaken idea of a homogeneous inner
  2982. duration, similar to space, the moments of which are identical and
  2983. follow, without penetrating, one another. But, on the other hand, the
  2984. oscillations of the pendulum, which are distinct only because one has
  2985. disappeared when the other appears on the scene, profit, as it were,
  2986. from the influence which they have thus exercised over our conscious
  2987. life. Owing to the fact that our consciousness has organized them as a
  2988. whole in memory, they are first preserved and afterwards disposed in
  2989. a series: in a word, we create for them a fourth dimension of space,
  2990. which we call homogeneous time, and which enables the movement of the
  2991. pendulum, although taking place at one spot, to be continually set in
  2992. juxtaposition to itself. Now, if we try to determine the exact part
  2993. played by the real and the imaginary in this very complex process,
  2994. this is what we find. There is a real space, without duration, in
  2995. which phenomena appear and disappear simultaneously with our states of
  2996. consciousness. There is a real duration, the heterogeneous moments of
  2997. which permeate one another; each moment, however, can be brought into
  2998. relation with a state of the external world which is contemporaneous
  2999. with it, and can be separated from the other moments in consequence
  3000. of this very process. The comparison of these two realities gives
  3001. rise to a symbolical representation of duration, derived from space.
  3002. Duration thus assumes the illusory form of a homogeneous medium, and
  3003. the connecting link between these two terms, space and duration, is
  3004. simultaneity, which might be defined as the intersection of time and
  3005. space.
  3006. [Sidenote: Two elements in motion: (1) the space traversed, which is
  3007. homogeneous and divisible; (2) the act of traversing, indivisible and
  3008. real only for consciousness.]
  3009. If we analyse in the same way the concept of motion, the living symbol
  3010. of this seemingly homogeneous duration, we shall be led to make a
  3011. distinction of the same kind. We generally say that a movement takes
  3012. place _in_ space, and when we assert that motion is homogeneous and
  3013. divisible, it is of the space traversed that we are thinking, as if
  3014. it were interchangeable with the motion itself. Now, if we reflect
  3015. further, we shall see that the successive positions of the moving
  3016. body really do occupy space, but that the process by which it passes
  3017. from one position to the other, a process which occupies duration and
  3018. which has no reality except for a conscious spectator, eludes space.
  3019. We have to do here not with an _object_ but with a _progress_: motion,
  3020. in so far as it is a passage from one point to another, is a mental
  3021. synthesis, a psychic and therefore unextended process. Space contains
  3022. only parts of space, and at whatever point of space we consider the
  3023. moving body, we shall get only a position. If consciousness is aware
  3024. of anything more than positions, the reason is that it keeps the
  3025. successive positions in mind and synthesizes them. But how does it
  3026. carry out a synthesis of this kind? It cannot be by a fresh setting out
  3027. of these same positions in a homogeneous medium, for a fresh synthesis
  3028. would be necessary to connect the positions with one another, and so
  3029. on indefinitely. We are thus compelled to admit that we have here to
  3030. do with a synthesis which is, so to speak, qualitative, a gradual
  3031. organization of our successive sensations, a unity resembling that
  3032. of a phrase in a melody. This is just the idea of motion which we
  3033. form when we think of it by itself, when, so to speak, from motion we
  3034. extract mobility. Think of what you experience on suddenly perceiving
  3035. a shooting star: in this extremely rapid motion there is a natural and
  3036. instinctive separation between the space traversed, which appears to
  3037. you under the form of a line of fire, and the absolutely indivisible
  3038. sensation of motion or mobility. A rapid gesture, made with one's eyes
  3039. shut, will assume for consciousness the form of a purely qualitative
  3040. sensation as long as there is no thought of the space traversed. In
  3041. a word, there are two elements to be distinguished in motion, the
  3042. space traversed and the act by which we traverse it, the successive
  3043. positions and the synthesis of these positions. The first of these
  3044. elements is a homogeneous quantity: the second has no reality except in
  3045. a consciousness: it is a quality or an intensity, whichever you prefer.
  3046. But here again we meet with a case of endosmosis, an intermingling
  3047. of the purely intensive sensation of mobility with the extensive
  3048. representation of the space traversed. On the one hand we attribute to
  3049. the motion the divisibility of the space which it traverses, forgetting
  3050. that it is quite possible to divide an _object,_ but not an _act_: and
  3051. on the other hand we accustom ourselves to projecting this act itself
  3052. into space, to applying it to the whole of the line which the moving
  3053. body traverses, in a word, to solidifying it: as if this localizing of
  3054. a _progress_ in space did not amount to asserting that, even outside
  3055. consciousness, the past co-exists along with the present!
  3056. [Sidenote: The common confusion between motion and the space traversed
  3057. gives rise to the paradoxes of the Eleatics.]
  3058. It is to this confusion between motion and the space traversed that the
  3059. paradoxes of the Eleatics are due; for the interval which separates two
  3060. points is infinitely divisible, and if motion consisted of parts like
  3061. those of the interval itself, the interval would never be crossed.
  3062. But the truth is that each of Achilles' steps is a simple indivisible
  3063. act, and that, after a given number of these acts, Achilles will have
  3064. passed the tortoise. The mistake of the Eleatics arises from their
  3065. identification of this series of acts, each of which is _of a definite
  3066. kind_ and _indivisible,_ with the homogeneous space which underlies
  3067. them. As this space can be divided and put together again according
  3068. to any law whatever, they think they are justified in reconstructing
  3069. Achilles' whole movement, not with Achilles' kind of step, but with
  3070. the tortoise's kind: in place of Achilles pursuing the tortoise they
  3071. really put two tortoises, regulated by each other, two tortoises which
  3072. agree to make the same kind of steps or simultaneous acts, so as
  3073. never to catch one another. Why does Achilles outstrip the tortoise?
  3074. Because each of Achilles' steps and each of the tortoise's steps are
  3075. indivisible acts in so far as they are movements, and are different
  3076. magnitudes in so far as they are space: so that addition will soon give
  3077. a greater length for the space traversed by Achilles than is obtained
  3078. by adding together the space traversed by the tortoise and the handicap
  3079. with which it started. This is what Zeno leaves out of account when he
  3080. reconstructs the movement of Achilles according to the same law as the
  3081. movement of the tortoise, forgetting that space alone can be divided
  3082. and put together again in any way we like, and thus confusing space
  3083. with motion. Hence we do not think it necessary to admit, even after
  3084. the acute and profound analysis of a contemporary thinker,[2] that
  3085. the meeting of the two moving bodies implies a discrepancy between
  3086. real and imaginary motion, between _space in itself_ and indefinitely
  3087. divisible space, between concrete time and abstract time. Why resort
  3088. to a metaphysical hypothesis, however ingenious, about the nature of
  3089. space, time, and motion, when immediate intuition shows us motion
  3090. within duration, and duration outside space? There is no need to assume
  3091. a limit to the divisibility of concrete space; we can admit that it
  3092. is infinitely divisible, provided that we make a distinction between
  3093. the simultaneous positions of the two moving bodies, which are in
  3094. fact in space, and their movements, which cannot occupy space, being
  3095. duration rather than extent, quality and not quantity. To measure the
  3096. velocity of a movement, as we shall see, is simply to ascertain a
  3097. simultaneity; to introduce this velocity into calculations is simply to
  3098. use a convenient means of anticipating a simultaneity. Thus mathematics
  3099. confines itself to its own province as long as it is occupied with
  3100. determining the simultaneous positions of Achilles and the tortoise
  3101. at a given moment, or when it admits _à priori_ that the two moving
  3102. bodies meet at a point _X_--a meeting which is itself a simultaneity.
  3103. But it goes beyond its province when it claims to reconstruct what
  3104. takes place in the interval between two simultaneities; or rather it
  3105. is inevitably led, even then, to consider simultaneities once more,
  3106. fresh simultaneities, the indefinitely increasing number of which ought
  3107. to be a warning that we cannot make movement out of immobilities, nor
  3108. time out of space. In short, just as nothing will be found homogeneous
  3109. in duration except a symbolical medium with no duration at all, namely
  3110. space, in which simultaneities are set out in line, in the same way no
  3111. homogeneous element will be found in motion except that which least
  3112. belongs to it, the traversed space, which is motionless.
  3113. [Sidenote: Science has to eliminate duration from time and mobility
  3114. from motion before it can deal with them.]
  3115. Now, just for this reason, science cannot deal with time and motion
  3116. except on condition of first eliminating the essential and qualitative
  3117. element--of time, duration, and of motion, mobility. We may easily
  3118. convince ourselves of this by examining the part played in astronomy
  3119. and mechanics by considerations of time, motion, and velocity.
  3120. Treatises on mechanics are careful to announce that they do not intend
  3121. to define duration itself but only the equality of two durations. "Two
  3122. intervals of time are equal when two identical bodies, in identical
  3123. conditions at the beginning of each of these intervals and subject to
  3124. the same actions and influences of every kind, have traversed the same
  3125. space at the end of these intervals." In other words, we are to note
  3126. the exact moment at which the motion begins, i.e. the coincidence of
  3127. an external change with one of our psychic states; we are to note the
  3128. moment at which the motion ends, that is to say, another simultaneity;
  3129. finally we are to measure the space traversed, the only thing, in
  3130. fact, which is really measurable. Hence there is no question here
  3131. of duration, but only of space and simultaneities. To announce that
  3132. something will take place at the end of a time _t_ is to declare
  3133. that consciousness will note between now and then a number _t_ of
  3134. simultaneities of a certain kind. And we must not be led astray by the
  3135. words "between now and then," for the interval of duration exists only
  3136. for us and on account of the interpenetration of our conscious states.
  3137. Outside ourselves we should find only space, and consequently nothing
  3138. but simultaneities, of which we could not even say that they are
  3139. objectively successive, since succession can only be thought through
  3140. _comparing_ the present with the past.--That the interval of duration
  3141. itself cannot be taken into account by science is proved by the fact
  3142. that, if all the motions of the universe took place twice or thrice as
  3143. quickly, there would be nothing to alter either in our formulae or in
  3144. the figures which are to be found in them. Consciousness would have
  3145. an indefinable and as it were qualitative impression of the change,
  3146. but the change would not make itself felt outside consciousness, since
  3147. the same number of simultaneities would go on taking place in space.
  3148. We shall see, later on, that when the astronomer predicts, e.g., an
  3149. eclipse, he does something of this kind: he shortens infinitely the
  3150. intervals of duration, as these do not count for science, and thus
  3151. perceives in a very short time--a few seconds at the most--a succession
  3152. of simultaneities which may take up several centuries for the concrete
  3153. consciousness, compelled to live through the intervals instead of
  3154. merely counting their extremities.
  3155. [Sidenote: This is seen in the definition of _velocity._]
  3156. A direct analysis of the notion of velocity will bring us to the same
  3157. conclusion. Mechanics gets this notion through a series of ideas, the
  3158. connexion of which it is easy enough to trace. It first builds up the
  3159. idea of uniform motion by picturing, on the one hand, the path AB of a
  3160. certain moving body, and, on the other, a physical phenomenon which is
  3161. repeated indefinitely under the same conditions, e.g., a stone always
  3162. falling from the same height on to the same spot. If we mark on the
  3163. path AB the points M, Ν, P ... reached by the moving body at each of
  3164. the moments when the stone touches the ground, and if the intervals
  3165. AM, MN and NP are found to be equal to one another, the motion will
  3166. be said to be uniform: and any one of these intervals will be called
  3167. the velocity of the moving body, provided that it is agreed to adopt
  3168. as unit of duration the physical phenomenon which has been chosen as
  3169. the term of comparison. Thus, the velocity of a uniform motion is
  3170. defined by mechanics without appealing to any other notions than those
  3171. of space and simultaneity. Now let us turn to the case of a variable
  3172. motion, that is, to the case when the elements AM, MN, NP ... are found
  3173. to be unequal. In order to define the velocity of the moving body A
  3174. at the point M, we shall only have to imagine an unlimited number of
  3175. moving bodies A*1, A*2, A*3 ... all moving uniformly with velocities
  3176. _v_*1, _v_*2, _v_*3 ... which are arranged, e.g., in an ascending scale
  3177. and which correspond to all possible magnitudes. Let us then consider
  3178. on the path of the moving body _A_ two points M' and M", situated on
  3179. either side of the point M but very near it. At the same time as this
  3180. moving body reaches the points M', M, M", the other moving bodies
  3181. reach points M'*1 M*1 M"*1, M'*2 M*2 M"*2 ... on their respective
  3182. paths; and there must be two moving bodies Ah and Ap such that we
  3183. have on the one hand M' M= M'*h M*h and on the other hand M M"= M*p
  3184. M"*p. We shall then agree to say that the velocity of the moving body
  3185. A at the point M lies between _v_*h and _v_*p. But nothing prevents
  3186. our assuming that the points M' and M" are still nearer the point M,
  3187. and it will then be necessary to replace _v_*h and _v_*p by two fresh
  3188. velocities _v_*i and _v_*n, the one greater than _v_*h and the other
  3189. less than _v_*p. And in proportion as we reduce the two intervals M'M
  3190. and MM", we shall lessen the difference between the velocities of the
  3191. uniform corresponding movements. Now, the two intervals being capable
  3192. of decreasing right down to zero, there evidently exists between _v_*i
  3193. and _v_*n a certain velocity _v_*m, such that the difference between
  3194. this velocity and _v_*h, _v_*i ... on the one hand, and _v_*p, _v_*n ...
  3195. on the other, can become smaller than any given quantity. It is this
  3196. common limit _v_*m which we shall call the velocity of the moving body
  3197. A at the point M.--Now, in this analysis of variable motion, as in
  3198. that of uniform motion, it is a question only of spaces once traversed
  3199. and of simultaneous positions once reached. We were thus justified in
  3200. saying that, while all that mechanics retains of time is simultaneity,
  3201. all that it retains of motion itself--restricted, as it is, to a
  3202. _measurement_ of motion--is immobility.
  3203. [Characters preceded by '*' are in "subscript" in original.]
  3204. [Sidenote: Mechanics deals with equations, which express something
  3205. finished, and not processes, such as duration and motion.]
  3206. This result might have been foreseen by noticing that mechanics
  3207. necessarily deals with equations, and that an algebraic equation always
  3208. expresses something already done. Now, it is of the very essence
  3209. of duration and motion, as they appear to our consciousness, to be
  3210. something that is unceasingly being done; thus algebra can represent
  3211. the results gained at a certain moment of duration and the positions
  3212. occupied by a certain moving body in space, but not duration and
  3213. motion themselves. Mathematics may, indeed, increase the number of
  3214. simultaneities and positions which it takes into consideration by
  3215. making the intervals very small: it may even, by using the differential
  3216. instead of the difference, show that it is possible to increase without
  3217. limit the number of these intervals of duration. Nevertheless, however
  3218. small the interval is supposed to be, it is the extremity of the
  3219. interval at which mathematics always places itself. As for the interval
  3220. itself, as for the duration and the motion, they are necessarily left
  3221. out of the equation. The reason is that duration and motion are mental
  3222. syntheses, and not objects; that, although the moving body occupies,
  3223. one after the other, points on a line, motion itself has nothing to
  3224. do with a line; and finally that, although the positions occupied by
  3225. the moving body vary with the different moments of duration, though it
  3226. even creates distinct moments by the mere fact of occupying different
  3227. positions, duration properly so called has no moments which are
  3228. identical or external to one another, being essentially heterogeneous,
  3229. continuous, and with no analogy to number.
  3230. [Sidenote: Conclusion: space alone is homogeneous: duration and
  3231. succession belong not to the external world, but to the conscious mind.]
  3232. It follows from this analysis that space alone is homogeneous, that
  3233. objects in space form a discrete multiplicity, and that every discrete
  3234. multiplicity is got by a process of unfolding in space. It also follows
  3235. that there is neither duration nor even succession in space, if we
  3236. give to these words the meaning in which consciousness takes them:
  3237. each of the so-called successive states of the external world exists
  3238. alone; their multiplicity is real only for a consciousness that can
  3239. first retain them and then set them side by side by externalizing
  3240. them in relation to one another. If it retains them, it is because
  3241. these distinct states of the external world give rise to states of
  3242. consciousness which permeate one another, imperceptibly organize
  3243. themselves into a whole, and bind the past to the present by this
  3244. very process of connexion. If it externalizes them in relation to one
  3245. another, the reason is that, thinking of their radical distinctness
  3246. (the one having ceased to be when the other appears on the scene), it
  3247. perceives them under the form of a discrete multiplicity, which amounts
  3248. to setting them out in line, in the space in which each of them existed
  3249. separately. The space employed for this purpose is just that which is
  3250. called homogeneous time.
  3251. [Sidenote: Two kinds of multiplicity: two senses of the word
  3252. "distinguish," the one qualitative and the other quantitative.]
  3253. But another conclusion results from this analysis, namely, that
  3254. the multiplicity of conscious states, regarded in its original
  3255. purity, is not at all like the discrete multiplicity which goes to
  3256. form a number. In such a case there is, as we said, a qualitative
  3257. multiplicity. In short, we must admit two kinds of multiplicity, two
  3258. possible senses of the word "distinguish," two conceptions, the one
  3259. qualitative and the other quantitative, of the difference between
  3260. _same_ and _other._ Sometimes this multiplicity, this distinctness,
  3261. this heterogeneity contains number only potentially, as Aristotle would
  3262. have said. Consciousness, then, makes a qualitative discrimination
  3263. without any further thought of counting the qualities or even of
  3264. distinguishing them as _several._ In such a case we have multiplicity
  3265. without quantity. Sometimes, on the other hand, it is a question of
  3266. a multiplicity of terms which are counted or which are conceived as
  3267. capable of being counted; but we think then of the possibility of
  3268. externalizing them in relation to one another, we set them out in
  3269. space. Unfortunately, we are so accustomed to illustrate one of these
  3270. two meanings of the same word by the other, and even to perceive
  3271. the one in the other, that we find it extraordinarily difficult to
  3272. distinguish between them or at least to express this distinction in
  3273. words. Thus I said that several conscious states are organized into a
  3274. whole, permeate one another, gradually gain a richer content, and might
  3275. thus give any one ignorant of space the feeling of pure duration; but
  3276. the very use of the word "several" shows that I had already isolated
  3277. these states, externalized them in relation to one another, and, in a
  3278. word, set them side by side; thus, by the very language which I was
  3279. compelled to use, I betrayed the deeply ingrained habit of setting out
  3280. time in space. From this spatial setting out, already accomplished, we
  3281. are compelled to borrow the terms which we use to describe the state
  3282. of a mind which has not yet accomplished it: these terms are thus
  3283. misleading from the very beginning, and the idea of a multiplicity
  3284. without relation to number or space, although clear for pure reflective
  3285. thought, cannot be translated into the language of common sense. And
  3286. yet we cannot even form the idea of discrete multiplicity without
  3287. considering at the same time a qualitative multiplicity. When we
  3288. explicitly count units by stringing them along a spatial line, is it
  3289. not the case that, alongside this addition of identical terms standing
  3290. out from a homogeneous background, an organization of these units is
  3291. going on in the depths of the soul, a wholly dynamic process, not
  3292. unlike the purely qualitative way in which an anvil, if it could feel,
  3293. would realize a series of blows from a hammer? In this sense we might
  3294. almost say that the numbers in daily use have each their emotional
  3295. equivalent. Tradesmen are well aware of it, and instead of indicating
  3296. the price of an object by a round number of shillings, they will mark
  3297. the next smaller number, leaving themselves to insert afterwards a
  3298. sufficient number of pence and farthings. In a word, the process by
  3299. which we count units and make them into a discrete multiplicity has
  3300. two sides; on the one hand we assume that they are identical, which is
  3301. conceivable only on condition that these units are ranged alongside
  3302. each other in a homogeneous medium; but on the other hand the third
  3303. unit, for example, when added to the other two, alters the nature,
  3304. the appearance and, as it were, the rhythm of the whole; without this
  3305. interpenetration and this, so to speak, qualitative progress, no
  3306. addition would be possible. Hence it is through the quality of quantity
  3307. that we form the idea of quantity without quality.
  3308. [Sidenote: Our successive sensations are regarded as mutually external,
  3309. like their objective causes, and this reacts on our deeper psychic
  3310. life.]
  3311. It is therefore obvious that, if it did not betake itself to a
  3312. symbolical substitute, our consciousness our successive would never
  3313. regard time as a homogeneous medium, in which the terms of a succession
  3314. remain outside one another. But we naturally reach this symbolical
  3315. representation by the mere fact that, in a series of identical terms,
  3316. each term assumes a double aspect for our consciousness: one aspect
  3317. which is the same for all of them, since we are thinking then of
  3318. the sameness of the external object, and another aspect which is
  3319. characteristic of each of them, because the supervening of each term
  3320. brings about a new organization of the whole. Hence the possibility of
  3321. setting out in space, under the form of numerical multiplicity, what
  3322. we have called a qualitative multiplicity, and of regarding the one
  3323. as the equivalent of the other. Now, this twofold process is nowhere
  3324. accomplished so easily as in the perception of the external phenomenon
  3325. which takes for us the form of motion. Here we certainly have a series
  3326. of identical terms, since it is always the same moving body; but, on
  3327. the other hand, the synthesis carried out by our consciousness between
  3328. the actual position and what our memory calls the former positions,
  3329. causes these images to permeate, complete, and, so to speak, continue
  3330. one another. Hence, it is principally by the help of motion that
  3331. duration assumes the form of a homogeneous medium, and that time is
  3332. projected into space. But, even if we leave out motion, any repetition
  3333. of a well-marked external phenomenon would suggest to consciousness
  3334. the same mode of representation. Thus, when we hear a series of
  3335. blows of a hammer, the sounds form an indivisible melody in so far
  3336. as they are pure sensations, and, here again, give rise to a dynamic
  3337. progress; but, knowing that the same objective cause is at work, we
  3338. cut up this progress into phases which we then regard as identical;
  3339. and this multiplicity of elements no longer being conceivable except
  3340. by being set out in space, since they have now become identical, we
  3341. are necessarily led to the idea of a homogeneous time, the symbolical
  3342. image of real duration. In a word, our ego comes in contact with the
  3343. external world at its surface; our successive sensations, although
  3344. dissolving into one another, retain something of the mutual externality
  3345. which belongs to their objective causes; and thus our superficial
  3346. psychic life comes to be pictured without any great effort as set
  3347. out in a homogeneous medium. But the symbolical character of such a
  3348. picture becomes more striking as we advance further into the depths of
  3349. consciousness: the deep-seated self which ponders and decides, which
  3350. heats and blazes up, is a self whose states and changes permeate one
  3351. another and undergo a deep alteration as soon as we separate them from
  3352. one another in order to set them out in space. But as this deeper
  3353. self forms one and the same person with the superficial ego, the two
  3354. seem to _endure_ in the same way. And as the repeated picture of one
  3355. identical objective phenomenon, ever recurring, cuts up our superficial
  3356. psychic life into parts external to one another, the moments which
  3357. are thus determined determine in their turn distinct segments in
  3358. the dynamic and undivided progress of our more personal conscious
  3359. states. Thus the mutual externality which material objects gain from
  3360. their juxtaposition in homogeneous space reverberates and spreads
  3361. into the depths of consciousness: little by little our sensations are
  3362. distinguished from one another like the external causes which gave
  3363. rise to them, and our feelings or ideas come to be separated like the
  3364. sensations with which they are contemporaneous.
  3365. [Sidenote: Eliminate the superficial psychic states, and we no longer
  3366. perceive a homogeneous time or measure duration, but feel it as a
  3367. quality.]
  3368. That our ordinary conception of duration depends on a gradual incursion
  3369. of space into the domain of pure consciousness is proved by the fact
  3370. that, in order to deprive the ego of the faculty of perceiving a
  3371. homogeneous time, it is enough to take away from it this outer circle
  3372. of psychic states which it uses as a balance-wheel. These conditions
  3373. are realized when we dream; for sleep, by relaxing the play of the
  3374. organic functions, alters the communicating surface between the ego
  3375. and external objects. Here we no longer measure duration, but we
  3376. feel it; from quantity it returns to the state of quality; we no
  3377. longer estimate past time mathematically: the mathematical estimate
  3378. gives place to a confused instinct, capable, like all instincts, of
  3379. committing gross errors, but also of acting at times with extraordinary
  3380. skill. Even in the waking state, daily experience ought to teach us
  3381. to distinguish between duration as quality, that which consciousness
  3382. reaches immediately and which is probably what animals perceive, and
  3383. time so to speak materialized, time that has become quantity by being
  3384. set out in space. Whilst I am writing these lines, the hour strikes
  3385. on a neighbouring clock, but my inattentive ear does not perceive it
  3386. until several strokes have made themselves heard. Hence I have not
  3387. counted them; and yet I only have to turn my attention backwards to
  3388. count up the four strokes which have already sounded and add them to
  3389. those which I hear. If, then, I question myself carefully on what has
  3390. just taken place, I perceive that the first four sounds had struck
  3391. my ear and even affected my consciousness, but that the sensations
  3392. produced by each one of them, instead of being set side by side, had
  3393. melted into one another in such a way as to give the whole a peculiar
  3394. quality, to make a kind of musical phrase out of it. In order, then,
  3395. to estimate retrospectively the number of strokes sounded, I tried to
  3396. reconstruct this phrase in thought: my imagination made one stroke,
  3397. then two, then three, and as long as it did not reach the exact number
  3398. four, my feeling, when consulted, answered that the total effect was
  3399. qualitatively different. It had thus ascertained in its own way the
  3400. succession of four strokes, but quite otherwise than by a process
  3401. of addition, and without bringing in the image of a juxtaposition of
  3402. distinct terms. In a word, the number of strokes was perceived as a
  3403. quality and not as a quantity: it is thus that duration is presented to
  3404. immediate consciousness, and it retains this form so long as it does
  3405. not give place to a symbolical representation derived from extensity.
  3406. [Sidenote: There are therefore two forms of multiplicity, of duration
  3407. and conscious life.]
  3408. We should therefore distinguish two forms of multiplicity, two very
  3409. different ways of regarding duration, two aspects of conscious life.
  3410. Below homogeneous duration, which is the extensive symbol of true
  3411. duration, a close psychological analysis distinguishes a duration
  3412. whose heterogeneous moments permeate one another; below the numerical
  3413. multiplicity of conscious states, a qualitative multiplicity; below
  3414. the self with well-defined states, a self in which _succeeding each
  3415. other_ means _melting into one another_ and forming an organic whole.
  3416. But we are generally content with the first, i.e. with the shadow of
  3417. the self projected into homogeneous space. Consciousness, goaded by an
  3418. insatiable desire to separate, substitutes the symbol for the reality,
  3419. or perceives the reality only through the symbol. As the self thus
  3420. refracted, and thereby broken to pieces, is much better adapted to the
  3421. requirements of social life in general and language in particular,
  3422. consciousness prefers it, and gradually loses sight of the fundamental
  3423. self.
  3424. [Sidenote: The two aspects of our conscious states.]
  3425. In order to recover this fundamental self, as the unsophisticated
  3426. consciousness would perceive it, a vigorous effort of analysis is
  3427. necessary, which will isolate the fluid inner states from their image,
  3428. first refracted, then solidified in homogeneous space. In other words,
  3429. our perceptions, sensations, emotions and ideas occur under two
  3430. aspects: the one clear and precise, but impersonal; the other confused,
  3431. ever changing, and inexpressible, because language cannot get hold
  3432. of it without arresting its mobility or fit it into its common-place
  3433. forms without making it into public property. If we have been led to
  3434. distinguish two forms of multiplicity, two forms of duration, we must
  3435. expect each conscious state, taken by itself, to assume a different
  3436. aspect according as we consider it within a discrete multiplicity or a
  3437. confused multiplicity, in the time as quality, in which it is produced,
  3438. or in the time as quantity, into which it is projected.
  3439. [Sidenote: One of which is due to the solidifying influence of external
  3440. objects and language on our constantly changing feelings.]
  3441. When e.g. I take my first walk in a town in which I am going to live,
  3442. my environment produces on me two impressions at the same time, one
  3443. of which is destined to last while the other will constantly change.
  3444. Every day I perceive the same houses, and as I know that they are the
  3445. same objects, I always call them by the same name and I also fancy
  3446. that they always look the same to me. But if I recur, at the end of a
  3447. sufficiently long period, to the impression which I experienced during
  3448. the first few years, I am surprised at the remarkable, inexplicable,
  3449. and indeed inexpressible change which has taken place. It seems that
  3450. these objects, continually perceived by me and constantly impressing
  3451. themselves on my mind, have ended by borrowing from me something of my
  3452. own conscious existence; like myself they have lived, and like myself
  3453. they have grown old. This is not a mere illusion; for if to-day's
  3454. impression were absolutely identical with that of yesterday, what
  3455. difference would there be between perceiving and recognizing, between
  3456. learning and remembering? Yet this difference escapes the attention of
  3457. most of us; we shall hardly perceive it, unless we are warned of it and
  3458. then carefully look into ourselves. The reason is that our outer and,
  3459. so to speak, social life is more practically important to us than our
  3460. inner and individual existence. We instinctively tend to solidify our
  3461. impressions in order to express them in language. Hence we confuse the
  3462. feeling itself, which is in a perpetual state of becoming, with its
  3463. permanent external object, and especially with the word which expresses
  3464. this object. In the same way as the fleeting duration of our ego is
  3465. fixed by its projection in homogeneous space, our constantly changing
  3466. impressions, wrapping themselves round the external object which is
  3467. their cause, take on its definite outlines and its immobility.
  3468. [Sidenote: How language gives a fixed form to fleeting sensations.]
  3469. Our simple sensations, taken in their natural state, are still more
  3470. fleeting. Such and such a flavour, such and such a scent, pleased me
  3471. when I was a child though I dislike them to-day. Yet I still give the
  3472. same name to the sensation experienced, and I speak as if only my
  3473. taste had changed, whilst the scent and the flavour have remained the
  3474. same. Thus I again solidify the sensation; and when its changeableness
  3475. becomes so obvious that I cannot help recognizing it, I abstract
  3476. this changeableness to give it a name of its own and solidify it in
  3477. the shape of a _taste._ But in reality there are neither identical
  3478. sensations nor multiple tastes: for sensations and tastes seem to me
  3479. to be _objects_ as soon as I isolate and name them, and in the human
  3480. soul there are only _processes._ What I ought to say is that every
  3481. sensation is altered by repetition, and that if it does not seem to
  3482. me to change from day to day, it is because I perceive it through the
  3483. object which is its cause, through the word which translates it. This
  3484. influence of language on sensation is deeper than is usually thought.
  3485. Not only does language make us believe in the unchangeableness of our
  3486. sensations, but it will sometimes deceive us as to the nature of the
  3487. sensation felt. Thus, when I partake of a dish that is supposed to be
  3488. exquisite, the name which it bears, suggestive of the approval given to
  3489. it, comes between my sensation and my consciousness; I may believe that
  3490. the flavour pleases me when a slight effort of attention would prove
  3491. the contrary, In short, the word with well-defined outlines, the rough
  3492. and ready word, which stores up the stable, common, and consequently
  3493. impersonal element in the impressions of mankind, overwhelms or
  3494. at least covers over the delicate and fugitive impressions of our
  3495. individual consciousness. To maintain the struggle on equal terms,
  3496. the latter ought to express themselves in precise words; but these
  3497. words, as soon as they were formed, would turn against the sensation
  3498. which gave birth to them, and, invented to show that the sensation is
  3499. unstable, they would impose on it their own stability.
  3500. [Sidenote: How analysis and description distort the feelings.]
  3501. This overwhelming of the immediate consciousness is nowhere so striking
  3502. as in the case of our feelings. A violent love or a deep melancholy
  3503. takes possession of our SOUL: here we feel a thousand different
  3504. elements which dissolve into and permeate one another without any
  3505. precise outlines, without the least tendency to externalize themselves
  3506. in relation to one another; hence their originality. We distort them
  3507. as soon as we distinguish a numerical multiplicity in their confused
  3508. mass: what will it be, then, when we set them out, isolated from one
  3509. another, in this homogeneous medium which may be called either time or
  3510. space, whichever you prefer? A moment ago each of them was borrowing an
  3511. indefinable colour from its surroundings: now we have it colourless,
  3512. and ready to accept a name. The feeling itself is a being which
  3513. lives and develops and is therefore constantly changing; otherwise
  3514. how could it gradually lead us to form a resolution? Our resolution
  3515. would be immediately taken. But it lives because the duration in
  3516. which it develops is a duration whose moments permeate one another.
  3517. By separating these moments from each other, by spreading out time in
  3518. space, we have caused this feeling to lose its life and its colour.
  3519. Hence, we are now standing before our own shadow: we believe that
  3520. we have analysed our feeling, while we have really replaced it by a
  3521. juxtaposition of lifeless states which can be translated into words,
  3522. and each of which constitutes the common element, the impersonal
  3523. residue, of the impressions felt in a given case by the whole of
  3524. society. And this is why we reason about these states and apply our
  3525. simple logic to them: having set them up as genera by the mere fact
  3526. of having isolated them from one another, we have prepared them for
  3527. use in some future deduction. Now, if some bold novelist, tearing
  3528. aside the cleverly woven curtain of our conventional ego, shows us
  3529. under this appearance of logic a fundamental absurdity, under this
  3530. juxtaposition of simple states an infinite permeation of a thousand
  3531. different impressions which have already ceased to exist the instant
  3532. they are named, we commend him for having known us better than we
  3533. knew ourselves. This is not the case, however, and the very fact that
  3534. he spreads out our feeling in a homogeneous time, and expresses its
  3535. elements by words, shows that he in his turn is only offering us its
  3536. shadow: but he has arranged this shadow in such a way as to make us
  3537. suspect the extraordinary and illogical nature of the object which
  3538. projects it; he has made us reflect by giving outward expression to
  3539. something of that contradiction, that interpenetration, which is the
  3540. very essence of the elements expressed. Encouraged by him, we have
  3541. put aside for an instant the veil which we interposed between our
  3542. consciousness and ourselves. He has brought us back into our own
  3543. presence.
  3544. [Sidenote: On the surface our conscious states obey the laws of
  3545. association. Deeper down they interpenetrate and form a part of
  3546. ourselves.]
  3547. We should experience the same sort of surprise if we strove to seize
  3548. our ideas themselves in their natural state, as our consciousness would
  3549. perceive them if it were no longer beset by space. This breaking up
  3550. of the constituent elements of an idea, which issues in abstraction,
  3551. is too convenient for us to do without it in ordinary life and even
  3552. in philosophical discussion. But when we fancy that the parts thus
  3553. artificially separated are the genuine threads with which the concrete
  3554. idea was woven, when, substituting for the interpenetration of the real
  3555. terms the juxtaposition of their symbols, we claim to make duration
  3556. out of space, we unavoidably fall into the mistakes of associationism.
  3557. We shall not insist on the latter point, which will be the subject of
  3558. a thorough examination in the next chapter. Let it be enough to say
  3559. that the impulsive zeal with which we take sides on certain questions
  3560. shows how our intellect has its instincts--and what can an instinct
  3561. of this kind be if not an impetus common to all our ideas, i.e. their
  3562. very interpenetration? The beliefs to which we most strongly adhere are
  3563. those of which we should find it most difficult to give an account, and
  3564. the reasons by which we justify them are seldom those which have led
  3565. us to adopt them. In a certain sense we have adopted them without any
  3566. reason, for what makes them valuable in our eyes is that they match the
  3567. colour of all our other ideas, and that from the very first we have
  3568. seen in them something of ourselves. Hence they do not take in our
  3569. minds that common looking form which they will assume as soon as we try
  3570. to give expression to them in words; and, although they bear the same
  3571. name in other minds, they are by no means the same thing. The fact is
  3572. that each of them has the same kind of life as a cell in an organism:
  3573. everything which affects the general state of the self affects it also.
  3574. But while the cell occupies a definite point in the organism, an idea
  3575. which is truly ours fills the whole of our self. Not all our ideas,
  3576. however, are thus incorporated in the fluid mass of our conscious
  3577. states. Many float on the surface, like dead leaves on the water of a
  3578. pond: the mind, when it thinks them over and over again, finds them
  3579. ever the same, as if they were external to it. Among these are the
  3580. ideas which we receive ready made, and which remain in us without ever
  3581. being properly assimilated, or again the ideas which we have omitted
  3582. to cherish and which have withered in neglect. If, in proportion as we
  3583. get away from the deeper strata of the self, our conscious states tend
  3584. more and more to assume the form of a numerical multiplicity, and to
  3585. spread out in a homogeneous space, it is just because these conscious
  3586. states tend to become more and more lifeless, more and more impersonal.
  3587. Hence we need not be surprised if only those ideas which least belong
  3588. to us can be adequately expressed in words: only to these, as we shall
  3589. see, does the associationist theory apply. External to one another,
  3590. they keep up relations among themselves in which the inmost nature
  3591. of each of them counts for nothing, relations which can therefore be
  3592. classified. It may thus be said that they are associated by contiguity
  3593. or for some logical reason. But if, digging below the surface of
  3594. contact between the self and external objects, we penetrate into the
  3595. depths of the organized and living intelligence, we shall witness the
  3596. joining together or rather the blending of many ideas which, when once
  3597. dissociated, seem to exclude one another as logically contradictory
  3598. terms. The strangest dreams, in which two images overlie one another
  3599. and show us at the same time two different persons, who yet make only
  3600. one, will hardly give us an idea of the interweaving of concepts which
  3601. goes on when we are awake. The imagination of the dreamer, cut off from
  3602. the external world, imitates with mere images, and parodies in its own
  3603. way, the process which constantly goes on with regard to ideas in the
  3604. deeper regions of the intellectual life.
  3605. [Sidenote: By separating our conscious states we promote social life,
  3606. but raise problems soluble only by recourse to the concrete and living
  3607. self.]
  3608. Thus may be verified, thus, too, will be illustrated by a further
  3609. study of deep-seated psychic phenomena the principle from which we
  3610. started: conscious life displays two aspects according as we perceive
  3611. it directly or by refraction through space. Considered in themselves,
  3612. the deep-seated conscious states have no relation to quantity, they
  3613. are pure quality; they intermingle in such a way that we cannot tell
  3614. whether they are one or several, nor even examine them from this
  3615. point of view without at once altering their nature. The duration
  3616. which they thus create is a duration whose moments do not constitute
  3617. a numerical multiplicity: to characterize these moments by saying
  3618. that they encroach on one another would still be to distinguish them.
  3619. If each of us lived a purely individual life, if there were neither
  3620. society nor language, would our consciousness grasp the series of inner
  3621. states in this unbroken form? Undoubtedly it would not quite succeed,
  3622. because we should still retain the idea of a homogeneous space in
  3623. which objects are sharply distinguished from one another, and because
  3624. it is too convenient to set out in such a medium the somewhat cloudy
  3625. states which first attract the attention of consciousness, in order
  3626. to resolve them into simpler terms. But mark that the intuition of
  3627. a homogeneous space is already a step towards social life. Probably
  3628. animals do not picture to themselves, beside their sensations, as we
  3629. do, an external world quite distinct from themselves, which is the
  3630. common property of all conscious beings. Our tendency to form a clear
  3631. picture of this externality of things and the homogeneity of their
  3632. medium is the same as the impulse which leads us to live in common
  3633. and to speak. But, in proportion as the conditions of social life are
  3634. more completely realized, the current which carries our conscious
  3635. states from within outwards is strengthened; little by little these
  3636. states are made into objects or things; they break off not only from
  3637. one another, but from ourselves. Henceforth we no longer perceive them
  3638. except in the homogeneous medium in which we have set their image,
  3639. and through the word which lends them its common-place colour. Thus a
  3640. second self is formed which obscures the first, a self whose existence
  3641. is made up of distinct moments, whose states are separated from one
  3642. another and easily expressed in words. I do not mean, here, to split
  3643. up the personality, nor to bring back in another form the numerical
  3644. multiplicity which I shut out at the beginning. It is the same self
  3645. which perceives distinct states at first, and which, by afterwards
  3646. concentrating its attention, will see these states melt into one
  3647. another like the crystals of a snow-flake when touched for some time
  3648. with the finger. And, in truth, for the sake of language, the self has
  3649. everything to gain by not bringing back confusion where order reigns,
  3650. and in not upsetting this ingenious arrangement of almost impersonal
  3651. states by which it has ceased to form "a kingdom within a kingdom."
  3652. An inner life with well distinguished moments and with clearly
  3653. characterized states will answer better the requirements of social
  3654. life. Indeed, a superficial psychology may be content with describing
  3655. it without thereby falling into error, on condition, however, that
  3656. it restricts itself to the study of what has taken place and leaves
  3657. out what is going on. But if, passing from statics to dynamics, this
  3658. psychology claims to reason about things in the making as it reasoned
  3659. about things made, if it offers us the concrete and living self as an
  3660. association of terms which are distinct from one another and are set
  3661. side by side in a homogeneous medium, it will see difficulty after
  3662. difficulty rising in its path. And these difficulties will multiply
  3663. the greater the efforts it makes to overcome them, for all its efforts
  3664. will only bring into clearer light the absurdity of the fundamental
  3665. hypothesis by which it spreads out time in space and puts succession at
  3666. the very centre of simultaneity. We shall see that the contradictions
  3667. implied in the problems of causality, freedom, personality, spring from
  3668. no other source, and that, if we wish to get rid of them, we have only
  3669. to go back to the real and concrete self and give up its symbolical
  3670. substitute.
  3671. [1] I had already completed the present work when I read in the
  3672. _Critique philosophique_(for 1883 and 1884) F. Pillon's very remarkable
  3673. refutation of an interesting article by G. Noël on the interconnexion
  3674. of the notions of number and space. But I have not found it necessary
  3675. to make any alterations in the following pages, seeing that Pillon does
  3676. not distinguish between time as quality and time as quantity, between
  3677. the multiplicity of juxtaposition and that of interpenetration. Without
  3678. this vital distinction, which it is the chief aim of the present
  3679. chapter to establish, it would be possible to maintain, with Pillon,
  3680. that number may be built up from the relation of co-existence. But what
  3681. is here meant by co-existence? If the co-existing terms form an organic
  3682. whole, they will never lead us to the notion of number; if they remain
  3683. distinct, they are in juxtaposition and we are dealing with space. It
  3684. is no use to quote the example of simultaneous impressions received
  3685. by several senses. We either leave these sensations their specific
  3686. differences, which amounts to saying that we do not count them; or else
  3687. we eliminate their differences, and then how are we to distinguish
  3688. them if not by their position or that of their symbols? We shall see
  3689. that the verb "to distinguish" has two meanings, the one qualitative,
  3690. the other quantitative: these two meanings have been confused, in my
  3691. opinion, by the philosophers who have dealt with the relations between
  3692. number and space.
  3693. [2] Évellin, _Infini et quantité._ Paris, 1881.
  3694. CHAPTER III
  3695. THE ORGANIZATION OF CONSCIOUS STATES
  3696. FREE WILL
  3697. [Sidenote: Mechanism, dynamism and free will.]
  3698. It is easy to see why the question of free will brings into conflict
  3699. these two rival systems of nature, mechanism and dynamism. Dynamism
  3700. starts from the idea of voluntary activity, given by consciousness,
  3701. and comes to represent inertia by gradually emptying this idea: it has
  3702. thus no difficulty in conceiving free force on the one hand and matter
  3703. governed by laws on the other. Mechanism follows the opposite course.
  3704. It assumes that the materials which it synthesizes are governed by
  3705. necessary laws, and although it reaches richer and richer combinations,
  3706. which are more and more difficult to foresee, and to all appearance
  3707. more and more contingent, yet it never gets out of the narrow circle of
  3708. necessity within which it at first shut itself up.
  3709. [Sidenote: For dynamism facts more real than laws: mechanism reverses
  3710. this attitude. This idea of spontaneity simpler than that of inertia.]
  3711. A thorough examination of these two conceptions of nature will show
  3712. that they involve two very different hypotheses as to the relations
  3713. between laws and the facts which they govern. As he looks higher and
  3714. higher, the believer in dynamism thinks that he perceives facts which
  3715. more and more elude the grasp of laws: he thus sets up the fact as the
  3716. absolute reality, and the law as the more or less symbolical expression
  3717. of this reality. Mechanism, on the contrary, discovers within the
  3718. particular fact a certain number of laws of which the fact is thus made
  3719. to be the meeting point, and nothing else: on this hypothesis it is the
  3720. law which becomes the genuine reality. Now, if it is asked why the one
  3721. party assigns a higher reality to the fact and the other to the law, it
  3722. will be found that mechanism and dynamism take the word _simplicity_ in
  3723. two very different senses. For the first, any principle is simple of
  3724. which the effects can be foreseen and even calculated: thus, by the
  3725. very definition, the notion of inertia becomes simpler than that of
  3726. freedom, the homogeneous simpler than the heterogeneous, the abstract
  3727. simpler than the concrete. But dynamism is not anxious so much to
  3728. arrange the notions in the most convenient order as to find out their
  3729. real relationship: often, in fact, the so-called simple notion--that
  3730. which the believer in mechanism regards as primitive--has been obtained
  3731. by the blending together of several richer notions which seem to be
  3732. derived from it, and which have more or less neutralized one another
  3733. in this very process of blending, just as darkness may be produced by
  3734. the interference of two lights. Regarded from this new point of view,
  3735. the idea of spontaneity is indisputably simpler than that of inertia,
  3736. since the second can be understood and defined only by means of the
  3737. first, while the first is self-sufficient. For each of us has the
  3738. immediate knowledge (be it thought true or fallacious) of his free
  3739. spontaneity, without the notion of inertia having anything to do with
  3740. this knowledge. But, if we wish to define the inertia of matter, we
  3741. must say that it cannot move or stop of its own accord, that every body
  3742. perseveres in the state of rest or motion so long as it is not acted
  3743. upon by any force: and in both cases we are unavoidably carried back
  3744. to the idea of activity. It is therefore natural that, _a priori,_ we
  3745. should reach two opposite conceptions of human activity, according to
  3746. the way in which we understand the relation between the concrete and
  3747. the abstract, the simple and the complex, facts and laws.
  3748. [Sidenote: Determinism: (1) physical (2) psychological. Former
  3749. reducible to latter, which itself rests on inaccurate conception of
  3750. multiplicity of conscious states or duration.]
  3751. _A posteriori,_ however, definite facts are appealed to against
  3752. freedom, some physical, others psychological. Sometimes it is asserted
  3753. that our actions are necessitated by our feelings, our ideas, and the
  3754. whole preceding series of our conscious states; sometimes freedom
  3755. is denounced as being incompatible with the fundamental properties
  3756. of matter, and in particular with the principle of the conservation
  3757. of energy. Hence two kinds of determinism, two apparently different
  3758. empirical proofs of universal necessity. We shall show that the second
  3759. of these two forms is reducible to the first, and that all determinism,
  3760. even physical determinism, involves a psychological hypothesis: we
  3761. shall then prove that psychological determinism itself, and the
  3762. refutations which are given of it, rest on an inaccurate conception of
  3763. the multiplicity of conscious states, or rather of duration. Thus, in
  3764. the light of the principles worked out in the foregoing chapter, we
  3765. shall see a self emerge whose activity cannot be compared to that of
  3766. any other force.
  3767. [Sidenote: Physical determinism stated in the language of the molecular
  3768. theory of matter.]
  3769. Physical determinism, in its latest form, is closely bound up with
  3770. mechanical or rather kinetic theories of matter. The universe is
  3771. pictured as a heap of matter which the imagination resolves into
  3772. molecules and atoms. These particles are supposed to carry out
  3773. unceasingly movements of every kind, sometimes of vibration, sometimes
  3774. of translation; and physical phenomena, chemical action, the qualities
  3775. of matter which our senses perceive, heat, sound, electricity, perhaps
  3776. even attraction, are thought to be reducible objectively to these
  3777. elementary movements. The matter which goes to make up organized
  3778. bodies being subject to the same laws, we find in the nervous system,
  3779. for example, only molecules and atoms which are in motion and attract
  3780. and repel one another. Now if all bodies, organized or unorganized,
  3781. thus act and react on one another in their ultimate parts, it is
  3782. obvious that the molecular state of the brain at a given moment will
  3783. be modified by the shocks which the nervous system receives from the
  3784. surrounding matter, so that the sensations, feelings and ideas which
  3785. succeed one another in us can be defined as mechanical resultants,
  3786. obtained by the compounding of shocks received from without with the
  3787. previous movements of the atoms of the nervous substance. But the
  3788. opposite phenomenon may occur; and the molecular movements which go
  3789. on in the nervous system, if compounded with one another or with
  3790. others, will often give as resultant a reaction of our organism on its
  3791. environment: hence the reflex movements, hence also the so-called free
  3792. and voluntary actions. As, moreover, the principle of the conservation
  3793. of energy has been assumed to admit of no exception, there is not an
  3794. atom, either in the nervous system or in the whole of the universe,
  3795. whose position is not determined by the sum of the mechanical actions
  3796. which the other atoms exert upon it. And the mathematician who knew
  3797. the position of the molecules or atoms of a human organism at a given
  3798. moment, as well as the position and motion of all the atoms in the
  3799. universe capable of influencing it, could calculate with unfailing
  3800. certainty the past, present and future actions of the person to
  3801. whom this organism belongs, just as one predicts an astronomical
  3802. phenomenon.[1]
  3803. [Sidenote: If principle of conservation of energy is universal,
  3804. physiological and nervous phenomena are necessitated, but perhaps not
  3805. conscious states.]
  3806. We shall not raise any difficulty about recognizing that this
  3807. conception of physiological phenomena in general, and nervous
  3808. phenomena in particular, is a very natural deduction from the law of
  3809. the conservation of energy. Certainly, the atomic theory of matter is
  3810. still at the hypothetical stage, and the purely kinetic explanations
  3811. of physical facts lose more than they gain by being too closely bound
  3812. up with it. We must observe, however, that, even if we leave aside the
  3813. atomic theory as well as any other hypothesis as to the nature of the
  3814. ultimate elements of matter, the necessitating of physiological facts
  3815. by their antecedents follows from the theorem of the conservation of
  3816. energy, as soon as we extend this theorem to all processes going on in
  3817. all living bodies. For to admit the universality of this theorem is
  3818. to assume, at bottom, that the material points of which the universe
  3819. is composed are subject solely to forces of attraction and repulsion,
  3820. arising from these points themselves and possessing intensities which
  3821. depend only on their distances: hence the relative position of these
  3822. material points at a given moment--whatever be their nature--would
  3823. be strictly determined by relation to what it was at the preceding
  3824. moment. Let us then assume for a moment that this last hypothesis is
  3825. true: we propose to show, in the first place, that it does not involve
  3826. the absolute determination of our conscious states by one another, and
  3827. then that the very universality of the principle of the conservation
  3828. of energy cannot be admitted except in virtue of some psychological
  3829. hypothesis.
  3830. Sidenote: To prove conscious states determined, we should have to show
  3831. a necessary connexion between them and cerebral states. No such proof.
  3832. Even if we assumed that the position, the direction and the velocity of
  3833. each atom of cerebral matter are determined at every moment of time, it
  3834. would not at all follow that our psychic life is subject to the same
  3835. necessity. For we should first have to prove that a strictly determined
  3836. psychic state corresponds to a definite cerebral state, and the proof
  3837. of this is still to be given. As a rule we do not think of demanding
  3838. it, because we know that a definite vibration of the tympanum, a
  3839. definite stimulation of the auditory nerve, gives a definite note on
  3840. the scale, and because the parallelism of the physical and psychical
  3841. series has been proved in a fairly large number of cases. But then,
  3842. nobody has ever contended that we were free, under given conditions, to
  3843. hear any note or perceive any colour we liked. Sensations of this kind,
  3844. like many other psychic states, are obviously bound up with certain
  3845. determining conditions, and it is just for this reason that it has been
  3846. possible to imagine or discover beneath them a system of movements
  3847. which obey our abstract mechanics. In short, wherever we succeed in
  3848. giving a mechanical explanation, we observe a fairly strict parallelism
  3849. between the physiological and the psychological series, and we need not
  3850. be surprised at it, since explanations of this kind will assuredly not
  3851. be met with except where the two series exhibit parallel terms. But
  3852. to extend this parallelism to the series themselves in their totality
  3853. is to settle _a priori_ the problem of freedom. Certainly this may be
  3854. done, and some of the greatest thinkers have set the example; but then,
  3855. as we said at first, it was not for reasons of a physical order that
  3856. they asserted the strict correspondence between states of consciousness
  3857. and modes of extension. Leibniz ascribed it to a preestablished
  3858. harmony, and would never have admitted that a motion could give rise
  3859. to a perception as a cause produces an effect. Spinoza said that the
  3860. modes of thought and the modes of extension correspond with but never
  3861. influence one another: they only express in two different languages the
  3862. same eternal truth. But the theories of physical determinism which are
  3863. rife at the present day are far from displaying the same clearness,
  3864. the same geometrical rigour. They point to molecular movements taking
  3865. place in the brain: consciousness is supposed to arise out of these
  3866. at times in some mysterious way, or rather to follow their track like
  3867. the phosphorescent line which results from the rubbing of a match. Or
  3868. yet again we are to think of an invisible musician playing behind the
  3869. scenes while the actor strikes a keyboard the notes of which yield no
  3870. sound: consciousness must be supposed to come from an unknown region
  3871. and to be superimposed on the molecular vibrations, just as the melody
  3872. is on the rhythmical movements of the actor. But, whatever image
  3873. we fall back upon, we do not prove and we never shall prove by any
  3874. reasoning that the psychic fact is fatally determined by the molecular
  3875. movement. For in a movement we may find the reason of another movement,
  3876. but not the reason of a conscious state: only observation can prove
  3877. that the latter accompanies the former. Now the unvarying conjunction
  3878. of the two terms has not been verified by experience except in a very
  3879. limited number of cases and with regard to facts which all confess to
  3880. be almost independent of the will. But it is easy to understand why
  3881. physical determinism extends this conjunction to all possible cases.
  3882. [Sidenote: Physical determinism, when assumed to be universal,
  3883. postulates psychological determinism.]
  3884. Consciousness indeed informs us that the majority of our actions can
  3885. be explained by motives. But it does not appear that determination
  3886. here means necessity, since common sense believes in free will. The
  3887. determinist, however, led astray by a conception of duration and
  3888. causality which we shall criticise a little later, holds that the
  3889. determination of conscious states by one another is absolute. This is
  3890. the origin of associationist determinism, an hypothesis in support of
  3891. which the testimony of consciousness is appealed to, but which cannot,
  3892. in the beginning, lay claim to scientific rigour. It seems natural
  3893. that this, so to speak, approximate determinism, this determinism of
  3894. quality, should seek support from the same mechanism that underlies
  3895. the phenomena of nature: the latter would thus convey to the former
  3896. its own geometrical character, and the transaction would be to the
  3897. advantage both of psychological determinism, which would emerge from it
  3898. in a stricter form, and of physical mechanism, which would then spread
  3899. over everything. A fortunate circumstance favours this alliance. The
  3900. simplest psychic states do in fact occur as accessories to well-defined
  3901. physical phenomena, and the greater number of sensations seem to be
  3902. bound up with definite molecular movements. This mere beginning of an
  3903. experimental proof is quite enough for the man who, for psychological
  3904. reasons, is already convinced that our conscious states are the
  3905. necessary outcome of the circumstances under which they happen.
  3906. Henceforth he no longer hesitates to hold that the drama enacted in the
  3907. theatre of consciousness is a literal and even slavish translation of
  3908. some scenes performed by the molecules and atoms of organized matter.
  3909. The physical determinism which is reached in this way is nothing but
  3910. psychological determinism, seeking to verify itself and fix its own
  3911. outlines by an appeal to the sciences of nature.
  3912. [Sidenote: Is the principle of conservation of energy universal valid?]
  3913. But we must own that the amount of freedom which is left to us after
  3914. strictly complying with the principle of the conservation of energy is
  3915. rather limited. For, even if this law does not exert a necessitating
  3916. influence over the course of our ideas, it will at least determine our
  3917. movements. Our inner life will still depend upon ourselves up to a
  3918. certain point; but, to an outside observer, there will be nothing to
  3919. distinguish our activity from absolute automatism. We are thus led to
  3920. inquire whether the very extension of the principle of the conservation
  3921. of energy to all the bodies in nature does not itself involve some
  3922. psychological theory, and whether the scientist who did not possess _a
  3923. priori_ any prejudice against human freedom would think of setting up
  3924. this principle as a universal law.
  3925. [Sidenote: It implies that a system can return to its original state.
  3926. Neglects duration, hence inapplicable to living beings and conscious
  3927. states.]
  3928. We must not overrate the part played by the principle of the
  3929. conservation of energy in the history of the natural sciences. In its
  3930. present form it marks a certain phase in the evolution of certain
  3931. sciences; but it has not been the governing factor in this evolution
  3932. and we should be wrong in making it the indispensable postulate of all
  3933. scientific research. Certainly, every mathematical operation which we
  3934. carry out on a given quantity implies the permanence of this quantity
  3935. throughout the course of the operation, in whatever way we may split
  3936. it up. In other words, what is given is given, what is not given is
  3937. not given, and in whatever order we add up the same terms we shall
  3938. get the same result. Science will for ever remain subject to this
  3939. law, which is nothing but the law of non-contradiction; but this law
  3940. does not involve any special hypothesis as to the nature of what we
  3941. ought to take as given, or what will remain constant. No doubt it
  3942. informs us that something cannot come from nothing; but experience
  3943. alone will tell us which aspects or functions of reality must count for
  3944. something, and which for nothing, from the point of view of positive
  3945. science. In short, in order to foresee the state of a determinate
  3946. system at a determinate moment, it is absolutely necessary that
  3947. something should persist as a constant quantity throughout a series
  3948. of combinations; but it belongs to experience to decide as to the
  3949. nature of this something, and especially to let us know whether it is
  3950. found in all possible systems, whether, in other words, all possible
  3951. systems lend themselves to our calculations. It is not certain that
  3952. all the physicists before Leibniz believed, like Descartes, in the
  3953. conservation of a fixed quantity of motion in the universe: were their
  3954. discoveries less valuable on this account or their researches less
  3955. successful? Even when Leibniz had substituted for this principle that
  3956. of the conservation of _vis viva,_ it was not possible to regard the
  3957. law as quite general, since it admitted of an obvious exception in the
  3958. case of the direct impact of two inelastic bodies. Thus science has
  3959. done for a very long time without a universal conservative principle.
  3960. In its present form, and since the development of the mechanical theory
  3961. of heat, the principle of the conservation of energy certainly seems
  3962. to apply to the whole range of physico-chemical phenomena. But no one
  3963. can tell whether the study of physiological phenomena in general, and
  3964. of nervous phenomena in particular, will not reveal to us, besides the
  3965. _vis viva_ or kinetic energy of which Leibniz spoke, and the potential
  3966. energy which was a later and necessary adjunct, some new kind of energy
  3967. which may differ from the other two by rebelling against calculation.
  3968. Physical science would not thereby lose any of its exactitude or
  3969. geometrical rigour, as has lately been asserted: only it would be
  3970. realized that conservative systems are not the only systems possible,
  3971. and even, perhaps, that in the whole of concrete reality each of these
  3972. systems plays the same part as the chemist's atom in bodies and their
  3973. combinations. Let us note that the most radical of mechanical theories
  3974. is that which makes consciousness an _epiphenomenon_ which, in given
  3975. circumstances, may supervene on certain molecular movements. But, if
  3976. molecular movement can create sensation out of a zero of consciousness,
  3977. why should not consciousness in its turn create movement either out of
  3978. a zero of kinetic and potential energy, or by making use of this energy
  3979. in its own way? Let us also note that the law of the conservation
  3980. of energy can only be intelligibly applied to a system of which the
  3981. points, after moving, can return to their former positions. This return
  3982. is at least conceived of as possible, and it is supposed that under
  3983. these conditions nothing would be changed in the original state of
  3984. the system as a whole or of its elements. In short, time cannot bite
  3985. into it; and the instinctive, though vague, belief of mankind in the
  3986. conservation of a fixed quantity of matter, a fixed quantity of energy,
  3987. perhaps has its root in the very fact that inert matter does not seem
  3988. to endure or to preserve any trace of past time. But this is not the
  3989. case in the realm of life. Here duration certainly seems to act like a
  3990. cause, and the idea of putting things back in their place at the end
  3991. of a certain time involves a kind of absurdity, since such a turning
  3992. backwards has never been accomplished in the case of a living being.
  3993. But let us admit that the absurdity is a mere appearance, and that the
  3994. impossibility for living beings to come back to the past is simply
  3995. owing to the fact that the physico-chemical phenomena which take place
  3996. in living bodies, being infinitely complex, have no chance of ever
  3997. occurring again all at the same time: at least it will be granted to
  3998. us that the hypothesis of a turning backwards is almost meaningless
  3999. in the sphere of conscious states. A sensation, by the mere fact of
  4000. being prolonged, is altered to the point of becoming unbearable. The
  4001. same does not here remain the same, but is reinforced and swollen
  4002. by the whole of its past. In short, while the material point, as
  4003. mechanics understands it, remains in an eternal present, the past
  4004. is a reality perhaps for living bodies, and certainly for conscious
  4005. beings. While past time is neither a gain nor a loss for a system
  4006. assumed to be conservative, it may be a gain for the living being, and
  4007. it is indisputably one for the conscious being. Such being the case,
  4008. is there not much to be said for the hypothesis of a conscious force
  4009. or free will, which, subject to the action of time and storing up
  4010. duration, may thereby escape the law of the conservation of energy?
  4011. [Sidenote: The idea of the universality of conservation depends on
  4012. confusion between concrete duration and abstract time.]
  4013. In truth, it is not a wish to meet the requirements of positive
  4014. science, but rather a psychological mistake which has caused this
  4015. abstract principle of mechanics to be set up as a universal law. As
  4016. we are not accustomed to observe ourselves directly, but perceive
  4017. ourselves through forms borrowed from the external world, we are led
  4018. to believe that real duration, the duration lived by consciousness,
  4019. is the same as the duration which glides over the inert atoms without
  4020. penetrating and altering them. Hence it is that we do not see any
  4021. absurdity in putting things back in their place after a lapse of time,
  4022. in supposing the same motives acting afresh on the same persons, and
  4023. in concluding that these causes would again produce the same effect.
  4024. That such an hypothesis has no real meaning is what we shall prove
  4025. later on. For the present let us simply show that, if once we enter
  4026. upon this path, we are of course led to set up the principle of the
  4027. conservation of energy as a universal law. For we have thereby got
  4028. rid of just that difference between the outer and the inner world
  4029. which a close examination shows to be the main one: we have identified
  4030. true duration with apparent duration. After this it would be absurd
  4031. to consider time, even _our_ time, as a cause of gain or loss, as a
  4032. concrete reality, or a force in its own way. Thus, while we ought only
  4033. to say (if we kept aloof from all presuppositions concerning free will)
  4034. that the law of the conservation of energy governs physical phenomena
  4035. and _may,_ one day, be extended to all phenomena if psychological facts
  4036. also prove favourable to it, we go far beyond this, and, under the
  4037. influence of a metaphysical prepossession, we lay down the principle of
  4038. the conservation of energy as a law which _should_ govern all phenomena
  4039. whatever, or must be supposed to do so until psychological facts have
  4040. actually spoken against it. Science, properly so called, has therefore
  4041. nothing to do with all this. We are simply confronted with a confusion
  4042. between concrete duration and abstract time, two very different things.
  4043. In a word, the so-called physical determinism is reducible at bottom
  4044. to a psychological determinism, and it is this latter doctrine, as we
  4045. hinted at first, that we have to examine.
  4046. [Sidenote: Psychological determinism depends on associationist
  4047. conception of mind.]
  4048. Psychological determinism, in its latest and most precise shape,
  4049. implies an associationist conception of mind. The existing state of
  4050. consciousness is first thought of as necessitated by the preceding
  4051. states, but it is soon realized that this cannot be a geometrical
  4052. necessity, such as that which connects a resultant, for example, with
  4053. its components. For between successive conscious states there exists
  4054. a difference of quality which will always frustrate any attempt to
  4055. deduce any one of them _a priori_ from its predecessors. So experience
  4056. is appealed to, with the object of showing that the transition from
  4057. one psychic state to another can always be explained by some simple
  4058. reason, the second obeying as it were the call of the first. Experience
  4059. really does show this: and, as for ourselves, we shall willingly admit
  4060. that there always is some relation between the existing state of
  4061. consciousness and any new state to which consciousness passes. But is
  4062. this relation, which explains the transition, the cause of it?
  4063. [Sidenote: The series of associations may be merely an ex post facto
  4064. attempt to account for a new idea.]
  4065. May we here give an account of what we have personally observed? In
  4066. resuming a conversation which had been interrupted for a few moments
  4067. we have happened to notice that both we ourselves and our friend were
  4068. thinking of some new object at the same time.--The reason is, it
  4069. will be said, that each has followed up for his own part the natural
  4070. development of the idea at which the conversation had stopped: the
  4071. same series of associations has been formed on both sides.--No doubt
  4072. this interpretation holds good in a fairly large number of cases;
  4073. careful inquiry, however, has led us to an unexpected result. It is a
  4074. fact that the two speakers do connect the new subject of conversation
  4075. with the former one: they will even point out the intervening ideas;
  4076. but, curiously enough, they will not always connect the new idea,
  4077. which they have both reached, with the same point of the preceding
  4078. conversation, and the two series of intervening associations may be
  4079. quite different. What are we to conclude from this, if not that this
  4080. common idea is due to an unknown cause--perhaps to some physical
  4081. influence--and that, in order to justify its emergence, it has called
  4082. forth a series of antecedents which explain it and which seem to be its
  4083. cause, but are really its effect?
  4084. [Sidenote: Illustration from hypnotic suggestion.]
  4085. When a patient carries out at the appointed time the suggestion
  4086. received in the hypnotic state, the act which he performs is brought
  4087. about, according to him, by the preceding series of his conscious
  4088. states. Yet these states are really effects, and not causes: it was
  4089. necessary that the act should take place; it was also necessary that
  4090. the patient should explain it to himself; and it is the future act
  4091. which determined, by a kind of attraction, the whole series of psychic
  4092. states of which it is to be the natural consequence. The determinists
  4093. will seize on this argument: it proves as a matter of fact that we are
  4094. sometimes irresistibly subject to another's will. But does it not also
  4095. show us how our own will is capable of willing for willing's sake, and
  4096. of then leaving the act which has been performed to be explained by
  4097. antecedents of which it has really been the cause?
  4098. [Sidenote: Illustration from deliberation.]
  4099. If we question ourselves carefully, we shall see that we sometimes
  4100. weigh motives and deliberate over them, when our mind is already
  4101. made up. An inner voice, hardly perceivable, whispers: "Why this
  4102. deliberation? You know the result and you are quite certain of what
  4103. you are going to do." But no matter! it seems that we make a point
  4104. of safe-guarding the principle of mechanism and of conforming to the
  4105. laws of the association of ideas. The abrupt intervention of the will
  4106. is a kind of _coup d'état_ which our mind foresees and which it tries
  4107. to legitimate beforehand by a formal deliberation. True, it could be
  4108. asked whether the will, even when it wills for willing's sake, does
  4109. not obey some decisive reason, and whether willing for willing's sake
  4110. is free willing. We shall not insist on this point for the moment.
  4111. It will be enough for us to have shown that, even when adopting the
  4112. point of view of associationism, it is difficult to maintain that an
  4113. act is absolutely determined by its motive and our conscious states
  4114. by one another. Beneath these deceptive appearances a more attentive
  4115. psychology sometimes reveals to us effects which precede their causes,
  4116. and phenomena of psychic attraction which elude the known laws of the
  4117. association of ideas. But the time has come to ask whether the very
  4118. point of view which associationism adopts does not involve a defective
  4119. conception of the self and of the multiplicity of conscious states.
  4120. [Sidenote: Associationism involves a defective conception of the self.]
  4121. Associationist determinism represents the self as a collection
  4122. of psychic states, the strongest of which exerts a prevailing
  4123. influence and carries the others with it. This doctrine thus sharply
  4124. distinguishes co-existing psychic phenomena from one another. "I could
  4125. have abstained from murder," says Stuart Mill, "if my aversion to
  4126. the crime and my dread of its consequences had been weaker than the
  4127. temptation which impelled me to commit it."[2] And a little further
  4128. on: "His desire to do right and his aversion to doing wrong are
  4129. strong enough to overcome ... any other desire or aversion which may
  4130. conflict with them."[3] Thus desire, aversion, fear, temptation are
  4131. here presented as distinct things which there is no inconvenience in
  4132. naming separately. Even when he connects these states with the self
  4133. which experiences them, the English philosopher still insists on
  4134. setting up clear-cut distinctions: "The conflict is between me and
  4135. myself; between (for instance) me desiring a pleasure and me dreading
  4136. self-reproach."[4] Bain, for his part, devotes a whole chapter to the
  4137. "Conflict of Motives."[5] In it he balances pleasures and pains as so
  4138. many terms to which one might attribute, at least by abstraction, an
  4139. existence of their own. Note that the opponents of determinism agree
  4140. to follow it into this field. They too speak of associations of ideas
  4141. and conflicts of motives, and one of the ablest of these philosophers,
  4142. Alfred Fouillée, goes so far as to make the idea of freedom itself a
  4143. motive capable of counterbalancing others.[6] Here, however, lies the
  4144. danger. Both parties commit themselves to a confusion which arises from
  4145. language, and which is due to the fact that language is not meant to
  4146. convey all the delicate shades of inner states.
  4147. [Sidenote: This erroneous tendency aided by language. Illustration.]
  4148. I rise, for example, to open the window, and I have hardly stood up
  4149. before I forget what I had to do.--All right, it will be said; you
  4150. have associated two ideas, that of an end to be attained and that of a
  4151. movement to be accomplished: one of the ideas has vanished and only the
  4152. idea of the movement remains.--However, I do not sit down again; I have
  4153. a confused feeling that something remains to be done. This particular
  4154. standing still, therefore, is not the same as any other standing still;
  4155. in the position which I take up the act to be performed is as it were
  4156. prefigured, so that I have only to keep this position, to study it,
  4157. or rather to feel it intimately, in order to recover the idea which
  4158. had vanished for a moment. Hence, this idea must have tinged with a
  4159. certain particular colouring the mental image of the intended movement
  4160. and the position taken up, and this colouring, without doubt, would
  4161. not have been the same if the end to be attained had been different.
  4162. Nevertheless language would have still expressed the movement and the
  4163. position in the same way; and associationism would have distinguished
  4164. the two cases by saying that with the idea of the same movement there
  4165. was associated this time the idea of a new end: as if the mere newness
  4166. of the end to be attained did not alter in some degree the idea of the
  4167. movement to be performed, even though the movement itself remained the
  4168. same! We should thus say, not that the image of a certain position
  4169. can be connected in consciousness with images of different ends to be
  4170. attained, but rather that positions geometrically identical outside
  4171. look different to consciousness from the inside, according to the end
  4172. contemplated. The mistake of associationism is that it first did away
  4173. with the qualitative element in the act to be performed and retained
  4174. only the geometrical and impersonal element: with the idea of this
  4175. act, thus rendered colourless, it was then necessary to associate
  4176. some specific difference to distinguish it from many other acts. But
  4177. this association is the work of the associationist philosopher who is
  4178. studying my mind, rather than of my mind itself.
  4179. [Sidenote: Illustration from "associations" of smell.]
  4180. I smell a rose and immediately confused recollections of childhood come
  4181. back to my memory. In truth, these recollections have not been called
  4182. up by the perfume of the rose: I breathe them in with the very scent;
  4183. it means all that to me. To others it will smell differently.--It is
  4184. always the same scent, you will say, but associated with different
  4185. ideas.--I am quite willing that you should express yourself in this
  4186. way; but do not forget that you have first removed the personal
  4187. element from the different impressions which the rose makes on each
  4188. one of us; you have retained only the objective aspect, that part of
  4189. the scent of the rose which is public property and thereby belongs
  4190. to space. Only thus was it possible to give a name to the rose and
  4191. its perfume. You then found it necessary, in order to distinguish our
  4192. personal impressions from one another, to add specific characteristics
  4193. to the general idea of rose-scent. And you now say that our different
  4194. impressions, our personal impressions, result from the fact that we
  4195. associate different recollections with rose-scent. But the association
  4196. of which you speak hardly exists except for you, and as a method of
  4197. explanation. It is in this way that, by setting side by side certain
  4198. letters of an alphabet common to a number of known languages, we may
  4199. imitate fairly well such and such a characteristic sound belonging to a
  4200. new one; but not with any of these letters, nor with all of them, has
  4201. the sound itself been built up.
  4202. [Sidenote: Associationism fails to distinguish between the multiplicity
  4203. of juxtaposition and that of fusion.]
  4204. We are thus brought back to the distinction which we set up above
  4205. between the multiplicity of juxtaposition and that of fusion or
  4206. interpenetration. Such and such a feeling such and such an idea,
  4207. contains an indefinite plurality of conscious states: but the plurality
  4208. will not be observed unless it is, as it were, spread out in this
  4209. homogeneous medium which some call duration, but which is in reality
  4210. space. We shall then perceive terms external to one another, and these
  4211. terms will no longer be the states of consciousness themselves, but
  4212. their symbols, or, speaking more exactly, the words which express
  4213. them. There is, as we have pointed out, a close connexion between the
  4214. faculty of conceiving a homogeneous medium, such as space, and that
  4215. of thinking by means of general ideas. As soon as we try to give an
  4216. account of a conscious state, to analyse it, this state, which is above
  4217. all personal, will be resolved into impersonal elements external to one
  4218. another, each of which calls up the idea of a genus and is expressed
  4219. by a word. But because our reason, equipped with the idea of space
  4220. and the power of creating symbols, draws these multiple elements out
  4221. of the whole, it does not follow that they were contained in it. For
  4222. within the whole they did not occupy space and did not care to express
  4223. themselves by means of symbols; they permeated and melted into one
  4224. another. Associationism thus makes the mistake of constantly replacing
  4225. the concrete phenomenon which takes place in the mind by the artificial
  4226. reconstruction of it given by philosophy, and of thus confusing the
  4227. explanation of the fact with the fact itself. We shall perceive this
  4228. more clearly as we consider deeper and more comprehensive psychic
  4229. states.
  4230. [Sidenote: Failure of associationism to explain the deeper states of
  4231. the self.]
  4232. The self comes into contact with the external world at its surface;
  4233. and as this surface retains the imprint of objects, the self will
  4234. associate by contiguity terms which it has perceived in juxtaposition:
  4235. it is connexions of this kind, connexions of quite simple and so to
  4236. speak impersonal sensations, that the associationist theory fits. But,
  4237. just in proportion as we dig below the surface and get down to the real
  4238. self, do its states of consciousness cease to stand in juxtaposition
  4239. and begin to permeate and melt into one another, and each to be tinged
  4240. with the colouring of all the others. Thus each of us has his own way
  4241. of loving and hating; and this love or this hatred reflects his whole
  4242. personality. Language, however, denotes these states by the same words
  4243. in every case: so that it has been able to fix only the objective and
  4244. impersonal aspect of love, hate, and the thousand emotions which stir
  4245. the soul. We estimate the talent of a novelist by the power with which
  4246. he lifts out of the common domain, to which language had thus brought
  4247. them down, feelings and ideas to which he strives to restore, by adding
  4248. detail to detail, their original and living individuality. But just as
  4249. we can go on inserting points between two positions of a moving body
  4250. without ever filling up the space traversed, in the same way, by the
  4251. mere fact that we associate states with states and that these states
  4252. are set side by side instead of permeating one another, we fail to
  4253. translate completely what our soul experiences: there is no common
  4254. measure between mind and language.
  4255. [Sidenote: The self is not an aggregate of conscious states. Freedom
  4256. is self-expression, admitting of degrees, and may be curtailed by
  4257. education.]
  4258. Therefore, it is only an inaccurate psychology, misled by language,
  4259. which will show us the soul determined by sympathy, aversion, or hate
  4260. as though by so many forces pressing upon it. These feelings, provided
  4261. that they go deep enough, each make up the whole soul, since the whole
  4262. content of the soul is reflected in each of them. To say that the soul
  4263. is determined under the influence of any one of these feelings is thus
  4264. to recognize that it is self-determined. The associationist reduces the
  4265. self to an aggregate of conscious states: sensations, feelings, and
  4266. ideas. But if he sees in these various states no more than is expressed
  4267. in their name, if he retains only their impersonal aspect, he may set
  4268. them side by side for ever without getting anything but a phantom
  4269. self, the shadow of the ego projecting itself into space. If, on the
  4270. contrary, he takes these psychic states with the particular colouring
  4271. which they assume in the case of a definite person, and which comes
  4272. to each of them by reflection from all the others, then there is no
  4273. need to associate a number of conscious states in order to rebuild the
  4274. person, for the whole personality is in a single one of them, provided
  4275. that we know how to choose it. And the outward manifestation of this
  4276. inner state will be just what is called a free act, since the self
  4277. alone will have been the author of it, and since it will express the
  4278. whole of the self. Freedom, thus understood, is not _absolute,_ as a
  4279. radically libertarian philosophy would have it; it admits of degrees.
  4280. For it is by no means the case that all conscious states blend with
  4281. one another as raindrops with the water of a lake. The self, in so
  4282. far as it has to do with a homogeneous space, develops on a kind of
  4283. surface, and on this surface independent growths may form and float.
  4284. Thus a suggestion received in the hypnotic state is not incorporated in
  4285. the mass of conscious states, but, endowed with a life of its own, it
  4286. will usurp the whole personality when its time comes. A violent anger
  4287. roused by some accidental circumstance, an hereditary vice suddenly
  4288. emerging from the obscure depths of the organism to the surface of
  4289. consciousness, will act almost like a hypnotic suggestion. Alongside
  4290. these independent elements there may be found more complex series,
  4291. the terms of which do permeate one another, but which never succeed
  4292. in blending perfectly with the whole mass of the self. Such is the
  4293. system of feelings and ideas which are the result of an education not
  4294. properly assimilated, an education which appeals to the memory rather
  4295. than to the judgment. Here will be found, within the fundamental self,
  4296. a parasitic self which continually encroaches upon the other. Many
  4297. live this kind of life, and die without having known true freedom.
  4298. But suggestion would become persuasion if the entire self assimilated
  4299. it; passion, even sudden passion, would no longer bear the stamp of
  4300. fatality if the whole history of the person were reflected in it, as
  4301. in the indignation of Alceste;[7] and the most authoritative education
  4302. would not curtail any of our freedom if it only imparted to us ideas
  4303. and feelings capable of impregnating the whole soul. It is the whole
  4304. soul, in fact, which gives rise to the free decision: and the act will
  4305. be so much the freer the more the dynamic series with which it is
  4306. connected tends to be the fundamental self.
  4307. [Sidenote: Our every-day acts obey the laws of association. At
  4308. great great crises our decisions are really free as expressing the
  4309. fundamental self.]
  4310. Thus understood, free acts are exceptional, even on the part of those
  4311. who are most given to controlling and reasoning out what they do.
  4312. It has been pointed out that we generally perceive our own self by
  4313. refraction through space, that our conscious states crystallize into
  4314. words, and that our living and concrete self thus gets covered with
  4315. an outer crust of clean-cut psychic states, which are separated from
  4316. one another and consequently fixed. We added that, for the convenience
  4317. of language and the promotion of social relations, we have everything
  4318. to gain by not breaking through this crust and by assuming it to
  4319. give an exact outline of the form of the object which it covers. It
  4320. should now be added that our daily actions are called forth not so
  4321. much by our feelings themselves, which are constantly changing, as
  4322. by the unchanging images with which these feelings are bound up. In
  4323. the morning, when the hour strikes at which I am accustomed to rise,
  4324. I might receive this impression σὺν ὄλῃ τῇ ψυχῆ, as Plato says; I
  4325. might let it blend with the confused mass of impressions which fill
  4326. my mind; perhaps in that case it would not determine me to act. But
  4327. generally this impression, instead of disturbing my whole consciousness
  4328. like a stone which falls into the water of a pond, merely stirs up
  4329. an idea which is, so to speak, solidified on the surface, the idea
  4330. of rising and attending to my usual occupations. This impression and
  4331. this idea have in the end become tied up with one another, so that the
  4332. act follows the impression without the self interfering with it. In
  4333. this instance I am a conscious automaton, and I am so because I have
  4334. everything to gain by being so. It will be found that the majority
  4335. of our daily actions are performed in this way and that, owing to
  4336. the solidification in memory of such and such sensations, feelings,
  4337. or ideas, impressions from the outside call forth movements on our
  4338. part which, though conscious and even intelligent, have many points
  4339. of resemblance with reflex acts. It is to these acts, which are very
  4340. numerous but for the most part insignificant, that the associationist
  4341. theory is applicable. They are, taken all together, the substratum
  4342. of our free activity, and with respect to this activity they play
  4343. the same part as our organic functions in relation to the whole of
  4344. our conscious life. Moreover we will grant to determinism that we
  4345. often resign our freedom in more serious circumstances, and that, by
  4346. sluggishness or indolence, we allow this same local process to run
  4347. its course when our whole personality ought, so to speak, to vibrate.
  4348. When our most trustworthy friends agree in advising us to take some
  4349. important step, the sentiments which they utter with so much insistence
  4350. lodge on the surface of our ego and there get solidified in the same
  4351. way as the ideas of which we spoke just now. Little by little they
  4352. will form a thick crust which will cover up our own sentiments; we
  4353. shall believe that we are acting freely, and it is only by looking back
  4354. to the past, later on, that we shall see how much we were mistaken.
  4355. But then, at the very minute when the act is going to be performed,
  4356. _something_ may revolt against it. It is the deep-seated self rushing
  4357. up to the surface. It is the outer crust bursting, suddenly giving
  4358. way to an irresistible thrust. Hence in the depths of the self, below
  4359. this most reasonable pondering over most reasonable pieces of advice,
  4360. something else was going on--a gradual heating and a sudden boiling
  4361. over of feelings and ideas, not unperceived, but rather unnoticed. If
  4362. we turn back to them and carefully scrutinize our memory, we shall
  4363. see that we had ourselves shaped these ideas, ourselves lived these
  4364. feelings, but that, through some strange reluctance to exercise our
  4365. will, we had thrust them back into the darkest depths of our soul
  4366. whenever they came up to the surface. And this is why we seek in vain
  4367. to explain our sudden change of mind by the visible circumstances
  4368. which preceded it. We wish to know the reason why we have made up our
  4369. mind, and we find that we have decided without any reason, and perhaps
  4370. even against every reason. But, in certain cases, that is the best of
  4371. reasons. For the action which has been performed does not then express
  4372. some superficial idea, almost external to ourselves, distinct and easy
  4373. to account for: it agrees with the whole of our most intimate feelings,
  4374. thoughts and aspirations, with that particular conception of life which
  4375. is the equivalent of all our past experience, in a word, with our
  4376. personal idea of happiness and of honour. Hence it has been a mistake
  4377. to look for examples in the ordinary and even indifferent circumstances
  4378. of life in order to prove that man is capable of choosing without a
  4379. motive. It might easily be shown that these insignificant actions are
  4380. bound up with some determining reason. It is at the great and solemn
  4381. crisis, decisive of our reputation with others, and yet more with
  4382. ourselves, that we choose in defiance of what is conventionally called
  4383. a motive, and this absence of any tangible reason is the more striking
  4384. the deeper our freedom goes.
  4385. [Sidenote: Determinism sets on the one side the ego, always
  4386. self-identical and on the other contrary feelings. But this is mere
  4387. symbolism.]
  4388. But the determinist, even when he refrains from regarding the more
  4389. serious emotions or deep-seated psychic states as forces, nevertheless
  4390. distinguishes them from one another and is thus led to a mechanical
  4391. conception of the self. He will show us this self hesitating between
  4392. two contrary feelings, passing from one to the other and finally
  4393. deciding in favour of one of them. The self and the feelings which stir
  4394. it are thus treated as well defined objects, which remain identical
  4395. during the whole of the process. But if it is always the same self
  4396. which deliberates, and if the two opposite feelings by which it is
  4397. moved do not change, how, in virtue of this very principle of causality
  4398. which determinism appeals to, will the self ever come to a decision?
  4399. The truth is that the self, by the mere fact of experiencing the
  4400. first feeling, has already changed to a slight extent when the second
  4401. supervenes: all the time that the deliberation is going on, the self is
  4402. changing and is consequently modifying the two feelings which agitate
  4403. it. A dynamic series of states is thus formed which permeate and
  4404. strengthen one another, and which will lead by a natural evolution to a
  4405. free act. But determinism, ever craving for symbolical representation,
  4406. cannot help substituting words for the opposite feelings which share
  4407. the ego between them, as well as for the ego itself. By giving first
  4408. the person and then the feelings by which he is moved a fixed form
  4409. by means of sharply defined words, it deprives them in advance of
  4410. every kind of living activity. It will then see on the one side
  4411. an ego always self-identical, and on the other contrary feelings,
  4412. also self-identical, which dispute for its possession; victory will
  4413. necessarily belong to the stronger. But this mechanism, to which we
  4414. have condemned ourselves in advance, has no value beyond that of a
  4415. symbolical representation: it cannot hold good against the witness of
  4416. an attentive consciousness, which shows us inner dynamism as a fact.
  4417. [Sidenote: Freedom and character. The determinist next asks, could your
  4418. act have been different or can it be foretold?]
  4419. In short, we are free when our acts spring from our whole personality,
  4420. when they express it, when that indefinable resemblance to it which
  4421. one sometimes finds between the artist and his work. It is no use
  4422. asserting that we are then yielding to the all-powerful influence of
  4423. our character. Our character is still ourselves; and because we are
  4424. pleased to split the person into two parts so that by an effort of
  4425. abstraction we may consider in turn the self which feels or thinks
  4426. and the self which acts, it would be very strange to conclude that
  4427. one of the two selves is coercing the other. Those who ask whether
  4428. we are free to alter our character lay themselves open to the same
  4429. objection. Certainly our character is altering imperceptibly every day,
  4430. and our freedom would suffer if these new acquisitions were grafted
  4431. on to our self and not blended with it. But, as soon as this blending
  4432. takes place, it must be admitted that the change which has supervened
  4433. in our character belongs to us, that we have appropriated it. In a
  4434. word, if it is agreed to call every act free which springs from the
  4435. self and from the self alone, the act which bears the mark of our
  4436. personality is truly free, for our self alone will lay claim to its
  4437. paternity. It would thus be recognized that free will is a fact, if it
  4438. were agreed to look for it in a certain characteristic of the decision
  4439. which is taken, in the free act itself. But the determinist feeling
  4440. that he cannot retain his hold on this position, takes refuge in the
  4441. past or the future. Sometimes he transfers himself in thought to some
  4442. earlier period and asserts the necessary determination, from this very
  4443. moment, of the act which is to come; sometimes, assuming in advance
  4444. that the act is already performed, he claims that it could not have
  4445. taken place in any other way. The opponents of determinism themselves
  4446. willingly follow it on to this new ground and agree to introduce into
  4447. their definition of our free act -perhaps not without some risk--the
  4448. anticipation of what we might do and the recollection of some other
  4449. decision which we might have taken. It is advisable, then, that we
  4450. should place ourselves at this new point of view, and, setting aside
  4451. all translation into words, all symbolism in space, attend to what pure
  4452. consciousness alone shows us about an action that has come to pass or
  4453. an action which is still to come. The original error of determinism and
  4454. the mistake of its opponents will thus be grasped on another side, in
  4455. so far as they bear explicitly on a certain misconception of duration.
  4456. [Sidenote: Determinist and libertarian doctrines of possible acts.]
  4457. "To be conscious of free will," says Stuart Mill, "must mean to be
  4458. conscious, before I have decided, that I am able to decide either
  4459. way.[8] This is really the way in which the defenders of free will
  4460. understand it; and they assert that when we perform an action freely,
  4461. some other action would have been "equally possible." On this point
  4462. they appeal to the testimony of consciousness, which shows us, beyond
  4463. the act itself, the power of deciding in favour of the opposite
  4464. course. Inversely, determinism claims that, given certain antecedents,
  4465. only one resultant action was possible. "When we think of ourselves
  4466. hypothetically," Stuart Mill goes on, "as having acted otherwise
  4467. than we did, we always suppose a difference in the antecedents. We
  4468. picture ourselves as having known something that we did not know,
  4469. or not known something that we did know."[9] And, faithful to his
  4470. principle, the English philosopher assigns consciousness the rôle of
  4471. informing us about what is, not about what might be. We shall not
  4472. insist for the moment on this last point: we reserve the question
  4473. in what sense the ego perceives itself as a determining cause. But
  4474. beside this psychological question there is another, belonging rather
  4475. to metaphysics, which the determinists and their opponents solve _a
  4476. priori_ along opposite lines. The argument of the former implies that
  4477. there is only one possible act corresponding to given antecedents: the
  4478. believers in free will assume, on the other hand, that the same series
  4479. could issue in several different acts, equally possible. It is on this
  4480. question of the equal possibility of two contrary actions or volitions
  4481. that we shall first dwell: perhaps we shall thus gather some indication
  4482. as to the nature of the operation by which the will makes its choice.
  4483. [Sidenote: Geometrical (and thereby deceptive) representation of the
  4484. process of coming to a decision.]
  4485. I hesitate between two possible actions X and Y, and I go in turn from
  4486. one to the other. This means that I pass through a series of states,
  4487. and that these states can be divided into two groups according as I
  4488. incline more towards X or in the contrary direction. Indeed, these
  4489. opposite inclinations alone have a real existence, and X and Y are two
  4490. symbols by which I represent at their arrival-or termination-points,
  4491. so to speak, two different tendencies of my personality at successive
  4492. moments of duration. Let us then rather denote the tendencies
  4493. themselves by X and Y; will this new notation give a more faithful
  4494. image of the concrete reality? It must be noticed, as we said above,
  4495. that the self grows, expands, and changes as it passes through the
  4496. two contrary states: if not, how would it ever come to a decision?
  4497. Hence there are not exactly two contrary states, but a large number
  4498. of successive and different states within which I distinguish, by an
  4499. effort of imagination, two opposite directions.
  4500. [Illustration]
  4501. Thus we shall get still nearer the reality by agreeing to use the
  4502. invariable signs X and Y to denote, not these tendencies or states
  4503. themselves, since they are constantly changing, but the two different
  4504. directions which our imagination ascribes to them for the greater
  4505. convenience of language. It will also be understood that these
  4506. are symbolical representations, that in reality there are not two
  4507. tendencies, or even two directions, but a self which lives and develops
  4508. by means of its very hesitations, until the free action drops from it
  4509. like an over-ripe fruit.
  4510. [Sidenote: The only reality is the living developing self, in which we
  4511. distinguish by abstraction two opposite tendencies or directions.]
  4512. But this conception of voluntary activity does not satisfy common
  4513. sense, because, being essentially a devotee of mechanism, it loves
  4514. clear-cut distinctions, those which are expressed by sharply defined
  4515. words or by different positions in space. Hence it will picture a self
  4516. which, after having traversed a series M O of conscious states, when it
  4517. reaches the point O finds before it two directions O X and O Y, equally
  4518. open. These directions thus become _things,_ real paths into which the
  4519. highroad of consciousness leads, and it depends only on the self which
  4520. of them is entered upon. In short, the continuous and living activity
  4521. of this self, in which we have distinguished, by abstraction only,
  4522. two opposite directions, is replaced by these directions themselves,
  4523. transformed into indifferent inert things awaiting our choice. But
  4524. then we must certainly transfer the activity of the self somewhere or
  4525. other. We will put it, according to this hypothesis, at the point O: we
  4526. will say that the self, when it reaches O and finds two courses open
  4527. to it, hesitates, deliberates and finally decides in favour of one of
  4528. them. As we find it difficult to picture the double direction of the
  4529. conscious activity in all the phases of its continuous development, we
  4530. separate off these two tendencies on the one hand and the activity of
  4531. the self on the other: we thus get an impartially active ego hesitating
  4532. between two inert and, as it were, solidified courses of action.
  4533. Now, if it decides in favour of O X, the line O Y will nevertheless
  4534. remain; if it chooses O Y, the path O X will remain open, waiting in
  4535. case the self retraces its steps in order to make use of it. It is in
  4536. this sense that we say, when speaking of a free act, that the contrary
  4537. action was equally possible. And, even if we do not draw a geometrical
  4538. figure on paper, we involuntarily and almost unconsciously think of
  4539. it as soon as we distinguish in the free act a number of successive
  4540. phases, the _conception_ of opposite motives, _hesitation_ and
  4541. _choice_--thus hiding the geometrical symbolism under a kind of verbal
  4542. crystallization. Now it is easy to see that this really mechanical
  4543. conception of freedom issues naturally and logically in the most
  4544. unbending determinism.
  4545. [Sidenote: If this symbolism represents the facts, the activity of the
  4546. self has always tended in one direction, and determinism results.]
  4547. The living activity of the self, in which we distinguish by abstraction
  4548. two opposite tendencies, will finally issue either at X or Y. Now,
  4549. since it is agreed to localize the double activity of the self at the
  4550. point O, there is no reason to separate this activity from the act
  4551. in which it will issue and which forms part and parcel of it. And if
  4552. experience shows that the decision has been in favour of X, it is
  4553. not a neutral activity which should be placed at the point O, but an
  4554. activity tending in advance in the direction O X, in spite of apparent
  4555. hesitations. If, on the contrary, observation proves that the decision
  4556. has been in favour of Y, we must infer that the activity localized
  4557. by us at the point O was bent in this second direction in spite of
  4558. some oscillations towards the first. To assert that the self, when
  4559. it reaches the point O, chooses indifferently between X and Y, is to
  4560. stop half way in the course of our geometrical symbolism; it is to
  4561. separate off at the point O only a part of this continuous activity
  4562. in which we undoubtedly distinguished two different directions, but
  4563. which in addition has gone on to X or Y: why not take this last fact
  4564. into account as well as the other two? Why not assign it the place that
  4565. belongs to it in the symbolical figure which we have just constructed?
  4566. But if the self, when it reaches the point O, is already determined
  4567. in one direction, there is no use in the other way remaining open,
  4568. the self cannot take it. And the same rough symbolism which was meant
  4569. to show the contingency of the action performed, ends, by a natural
  4570. extension, in proving its absolute necessity.
  4571. [Sidenote: Libertarians ignore the fact that one path has been chosen,
  4572. and not the other.]
  4573. In short, defenders and opponents of free will agree in holding that
  4574. the action is preceded by a kind of mechanical oscillation between two
  4575. points X and Y. If I decide in favour of X, the former will tell me:
  4576. you hesitated and deliberated, therefore Y was possible. The others
  4577. will answer: you chose X, therefore you had some reason for doing
  4578. so, and those who declare that Y was equally possible forget this
  4579. reason: they leave aside one of the conditions of the problem. Now,
  4580. if I dig deeper underneath these two opposite solutions, I discover a
  4581. common postulate: both take up their position after the action X has
  4582. been performed, and represent the process of my voluntary activity
  4583. by a path M O which branches off at the point O, the lines O X and
  4584. O Y symbolizing the two directions which abstraction distinguishes
  4585. within the continuous activity of which X is the goal. But while the
  4586. determinists take account of all that they know, and note that the
  4587. path M O X has been traversed, their opponents mean to ignore one of
  4588. the data with which they have constructed the figure, and after having
  4589. traced out the lines O X and O Y, which should together represent the
  4590. progress of the activity of the self, they bring back the self to the
  4591. point O to oscillate there until further orders.
  4592. [Sidenote: But the figure merely gives the stereotyped memory of the
  4593. process, and not the dynamic progress which issued in the set.]
  4594. It should not be forgotten, indeed, that the figure, which is really
  4595. a splitting of our psychic activity in space, is purely symbolical,
  4596. and as such, cannot be constructed unless we adopt the hypothesis
  4597. that our deliberation is finished and our mind made up. If you trace
  4598. it beforehand, act you assume that you have reached the end and are
  4599. present in imagination at the final act. In short this figure does not
  4600. show me the deed in the doing but the deed already done. Do not ask
  4601. me then whether the self, having traversed the path M O and decided
  4602. in favour of X, could or could not choose Y: I should answer that the
  4603. question is meaningless, because there is no line M O, no point O, no
  4604. path O X, no direction O Y. To ask such a question is to admit the
  4605. possibility of adequately representing time by space and a succession
  4606. by a simultaneity. It is to ascribe to the figure we have traced the
  4607. value of a description, and not merely of a symbol; it is to believe
  4608. that it is possible to follow the process of psychic activity on this
  4609. figure like the march of an army on a map. We have been present at the
  4610. deliberation of the self in all its phases until the act was performed:
  4611. then, recapitulating the terms of the series, we perceive succession
  4612. under the form of simultaneity, we project time into space, and we
  4613. base our reasoning, consciously or unconsciously, on this geometrical
  4614. figure. But this figure represents a _thing_ and not a _progress_; it
  4615. corresponds, in its inertness, to a kind of stereotyped memory of the
  4616. whole process of deliberation and the final decision arrived at: how
  4617. could it give us the least idea of the concrete movement, the dynamic
  4618. progress by which the deliberation issued in the act? And yet, once
  4619. the figure is constructed, we go back in imagination into the past and
  4620. will have it that our psychic activity has followed exactly the path
  4621. traced out by the figure. We thus fall into the mistake which has been
  4622. pointed out above: we give a mechanical explanation of a fact, and
  4623. then substitute the explanation for the fact itself. Hence we encounter
  4624. insuperable difficulties from the very beginning: if the two courses
  4625. were equally possible, how have we made our choice? If only one of them
  4626. was possible, why did we believe ourselves free? And we do not see that
  4627. both questions come back to this: Is time space?
  4628. [Sidenote: Fundamental error is confusion of time and space. The self
  4629. infallible in affirming immediate experience of freedom, but cannot
  4630. explain it.]
  4631. If I glance over a road marked on the map and follow it up to a
  4632. certain point, there is nothing to prevent my turning back and trying
  4633. to find out whether it branches off anywhere. But time is not a line
  4634. along which one can pass again. Certainly, once it has elapsed, we
  4635. are justified in picturing the successive moments as external to one
  4636. another and in thus thinking of a line traversing space; but it must
  4637. then be understood that this line does not symbolize the time which
  4638. is passing but the time which has passed. Defenders and opponents of
  4639. free will alike forget this--the former when they assert, and the
  4640. latter when they deny the possibility of acting differently from what
  4641. we have done. The former reason thus: "The path is not yet traced out,
  4642. therefore it may take any direction whatever." To which the answer is:
  4643. "You forget that it is not possible to speak of a path till the action
  4644. is performed: but then it will have been traced out." The latter say:
  4645. "The path has been traced out in such and such a way: therefore its
  4646. possible direction was not any direction whatever, but only this one
  4647. direction." To which the answer is: "Before the path was traced out
  4648. there was no direction, either possible or impossible, for the very
  4649. simple reason that there could not yet be any question of a path." Get
  4650. rid of this clumsy symbolism, the idea of which besets you without your
  4651. knowing it; you will see that the argument of the determinists assumes
  4652. this puerile form: "The act, once performed, is performed," and that
  4653. their opponents reply: "The act, before being performed, was not yet
  4654. performed." In other words, the question of freedom remains after this
  4655. discussion exactly where it was to begin with; nor must we be surprised
  4656. at it, since freedom must be sought in a certain shade or quality of
  4657. the action itself and not in the relation of this act to what it is
  4658. not or to what it might have been. All the difficulty arises from the
  4659. fact that both parties picture the deliberation under the form of an
  4660. oscillation in space, while it really consists in a dynamic progress
  4661. in which the self and its motives, like real living beings, are in a
  4662. constant state of becoming. The self, infallible when it affirms its
  4663. immediate experiences, feels itself free and says so; but, as soon
  4664. as it tries to explain its freedom to itself, it no longer perceives
  4665. itself except by a kind of refraction through space. Hence a symbolism
  4666. of a mechanical kind, equally incapable of proving, disproving, or
  4667. illustrating free will.
  4668. [Sidenote: Is prediction of an act possible? Probable and infallible
  4669. conclusions.]
  4670. But determinism will not admit itself beaten, and, putting the question
  4671. in a new form, it will say: "Let us leave aside actions already
  4672. performed: let us consider only actions that are to come. The question
  4673. is whether, knowing from now onwards all the future antecedents,
  4674. some higher intelligence would not be able to predict with absolute
  4675. certainty the decision which will result."--We gladly agree to the
  4676. question being put in these terms: it will give us a chance of stating
  4677. our own theory with greater precision. But we shall first draw a
  4678. distinction between those who think that the knowledge of antecedents
  4679. would enable us to state a _probable_ conclusion and those who speak of
  4680. an _infallible_ foresight. To say that a certain friend, under certain
  4681. circumstances, will very probably act in a certain way, is not so much
  4682. to predict the future conduct of our friend as to pass a judgment
  4683. on his present character, that is to say, on his past. Although our
  4684. feelings, our ideas, our character, are constantly altering, a sudden
  4685. change is seldom observed; and it is still more seldom that we cannot
  4686. say of a person whom we know that certain actions seem to accord
  4687. fairly well with his nature and that certain others are absolutely
  4688. inconsistent with it. All philosophers will agree on this point; for
  4689. to say that a given action is consistent or inconsistent with the
  4690. present character of a person whom one knows is not to bind the future
  4691. to the present. But the determinist goes much further: he asserts
  4692. that our solution is provisional simply because we never know all the
  4693. conditions of the problem: that our forecast would gain in probability
  4694. in proportion as we were provided with a larger number of these
  4695. conditions; that, therefore, complete and perfect knowledge of all the
  4696. antecedents without any exception would make our forecast infallibly
  4697. true. Such, then, is the hypothesis which we have to examine.
  4698. [Sidenote: To know _completely_ the antecedents and conditions of an
  4699. action is to be actually performing it.]
  4700. For the sake of greater definiteness, let us imagine a person called
  4701. upon to make a seemingly free decision under serious circumstances:
  4702. we shall call him Peter. The question is whether a philosopher Paul,
  4703. living at the same period as Peter, or, if you prefer, a few centuries
  4704. before, would have been able, knowing _all_ the conditions under which
  4705. Peter acts, to foretell with certainty the choice which Peter made.
  4706. There are several ways of picturing the mental condition of a person at
  4707. a given moment. We try to do it when e.g. we read a novel; but whatever
  4708. care the author may have taken in depicting the feelings of his hero,
  4709. and even in tracing back his history, the end, foreseen or unforeseen,
  4710. will add something to the idea which we had formed of the character:
  4711. the character, therefore, was only imperfectly known to us. In truth,
  4712. the deeper psychic states, those which are translated by free acts,
  4713. express and sum up the whole of our past history: if Paul knows all
  4714. the conditions under which Peter acts, we must suppose that no detail
  4715. of Peter's life escapes him, and that his imagination reconstructs and
  4716. even lives over again Peter's history. But we must here make a vital
  4717. distinction. When I myself pass through a certain psychic state, I know
  4718. exactly the intensity of this state and its importance in relation to
  4719. the others, not by measurement or comparison, but because the intensity
  4720. of e.g. a deep-seated feeling is nothing else than the feeling itself.
  4721. On the other hand, if I try to give you an account of this psychic
  4722. state, I shall be unable to make you realize its intensity except by
  4723. some definite sign of a mathematical kind: I shall have to measure its
  4724. importance, compare it with what goes before and what follows, in
  4725. short determine the part which it plays in the final act. And I shall
  4726. say that it is more or less intense, more or less important, according
  4727. as the final act is explained by it or apart from it. On the other
  4728. hand, for my own consciousness, which perceived this inner state, there
  4729. was no need of a comparison of this kind: the intensity was given to
  4730. it as an inexpressible quality of the state itself. In other words,
  4731. the intensity of a psychic state is not given to consciousness as a
  4732. special sign accompanying this state and denoting its power, like an
  4733. exponent in algebra; we have shown above that it expresses rather its
  4734. shade, its characteristic colouring, and that, if it is a question of
  4735. a feeling, for example, its intensity consists in being felt. Hence
  4736. we have to distinguish two ways of assimilating the conscious states
  4737. of other people: the one dynamic, which consists in experiencing them
  4738. oneself; the other static, which consists in substituting for the
  4739. consciousness of these states their image or rather their intellectual
  4740. symbol, their idea. In this case the conscious states are _imagined_
  4741. instead of being _reproduced_; but, then, to the image of the psychic
  4742. states themselves some indication of their _intensity_ should be added,
  4743. since they no longer act on the person in whose mind they are pictured
  4744. and the latter has no longer any chance of experiencing their force by
  4745. actually feeling them. Now, this indication itself will necessarily
  4746. assume a quantitative character: it will be pointed out, for example,
  4747. that a certain feeling has more strength than another feeling, that it
  4748. is necessary to take more account of it, that it has played a greater
  4749. part; and how could this be known unless the later history of the
  4750. person were known in advance, with the precise actions in which this
  4751. multiplicity of states or inclinations has issued? Therefore, if Paul
  4752. is to have an adequate idea of Peter's state at any moment of his
  4753. history, there are only two courses open; either, like a novelist who
  4754. knows whither he is conducting his characters, Paul must already know
  4755. Peter's final act, and must thus be able to supplement his mental image
  4756. of the successive states through which Peter is going to pass by some
  4757. indication of their value in relation to the whole of Peter's history;
  4758. or he must make up his mind to pass through these different states,
  4759. not in imagination, but in reality. The former hypothesis must be put
  4760. on one side since the very point at issue is whether, the antecedents
  4761. _alone_ being given, Paul will be able to foresee the final act. We
  4762. find ourselves compelled, therefore, to alter radically the idea
  4763. which we had formed of Paul: he is not, as we had thought at first, a
  4764. spectator whose eyes pierce the future, but an actor who plays Peter's
  4765. part in advance. And notice that you cannot exempt him from any detail
  4766. of this part, for the most common-place events have their importance in
  4767. a life-story; and even supposing that they have not, you cannot decide
  4768. that they are insignificant except in relation to the final act,
  4769. which, by hypothesis, is not given. Neither have you the right to cut
  4770. short--were it only by a second--the different states of consciousness
  4771. through which Paul is going to pass before Peter; for the effects of
  4772. the same feeling, for example, go on accumulating at every moment of
  4773. duration, and the sum total of these effects could not be realized all
  4774. at once unless one knew the importance of the feeling, taken in its
  4775. totality, in relation to the final act, which is the very thing that is
  4776. supposed to remain unknown. But if Peter and Paul have experienced the
  4777. same feelings in the same order, if their minds have the same history,
  4778. how will you distinguish one from the other? Will it be by the body in
  4779. which they dwell? They would then always differ in some respect, viz.,
  4780. that at no moment of their history would they have a mental picture
  4781. of the same body. Will it be by the place which they occupy in time?
  4782. In that case they would no longer be present at the same events: now,
  4783. by hypothesis, they have the same past and the same present, having
  4784. the same experience. You must now make up your mind about it: Peter
  4785. and Paul are one and the same person, whom you call Peter when he acts
  4786. and Paul when you recapitulate his history. The more complete you
  4787. made the sum of the conditions which, when known, would have enabled
  4788. you to predict Peter's future action, the closer became your grasp of
  4789. his existence and the nearer you came to living his life over again
  4790. down to its smallest details: you thus reached the very moment when,
  4791. the action taking place, there was no longer anything to be foreseen,
  4792. but only something to be done. Here again any attempt to reconstruct
  4793. ideally an act really _willed_ ends in the mere witnessing of the act
  4794. whilst it is being performed or when it is already done.
  4795. [Sidenote: Hence meaningless to ask whether an act can be foreseen when
  4796. _all_ its antecedents are given.]
  4797. Hence it is a question devoid of meaning to ask: Could or could not
  4798. the act be foreseen, given the sum total of its antecedents? For there
  4799. are two ways of assimilating these antecedents, the one dynamic the
  4800. other static. In the first case we shall be led by imperceptible steps
  4801. to identify ourselves with the person we are dealing with, to pass
  4802. through the same series of states, and thus to get back to the very
  4803. moment at which the act is performed; hence there can no longer be any
  4804. question of foreseeing it. In the second case, we presuppose the final
  4805. act by the mere fact of annexing to the qualitative description of the
  4806. previous states the quantitative appreciation of their importance.
  4807. Here again the one party is led merely to realize that the act is not
  4808. yet performed when it is to be performed, and the other, that when
  4809. performed it is performed. This, like the previous discussion, leaves
  4810. the question of freedom exactly where it was to begin with.
  4811. [Sidenote: The two fallacies involved: (1) regarding intensity as a
  4812. magnitude, not a quality; (2) substituting material symbol for dynamic
  4813. process.]
  4814. By going deeper into this twofold argument, we shall find, at its very
  4815. root, the two fundamental illusions of the reflective consciousness.
  4816. The first consists in regarding: intensity as a mathematical property
  4817. of psychic states and not, as we said at the beginning of this essay,
  4818. as a special quality, as a particular shade of these various states.
  4819. The second consists in substituting for the concrete reality or dynamic
  4820. progress, which consciousness perceives, the material symbol of this
  4821. progress when it has already reached its end, that is to say, of the
  4822. act already accomplished together with the series of its antecedents.
  4823. Certainly, once the final act is completed, I can ascribe to all the
  4824. antecedents their proper value, and picture the interplay of these
  4825. various elements as a conflict or a composition of forces. But to ask
  4826. whether, the antecedents being known as well as their value, one could
  4827. foretell the final act, is to beg the question; it is to forget that
  4828. we cannot know the value of the antecedents without knowing the final
  4829. act, which is the very thing that is not yet known; it is to suppose
  4830. wrongly that the symbolical diagram which we draw in our own way for
  4831. representing the action _when completed_ has been drawn by the action
  4832. itself _whilst progressing,_ and drawn by it in an automatic manner.
  4833. [Sidenote: Claiming to foresee an action always comes back to confusing
  4834. time with space.]
  4835. Now, in these two illusions themselves a third one is involved, and
  4836. you will see that the question whether the act could or could not
  4837. be foreseen always comes back to this: Is time space? You begin by
  4838. setting side by side in some ideal space the conscious states which
  4839. succeed one another in Peter's mind, and you perceive his life as a
  4840. kind of path M O X Y traced out by a moving body M in space. You then
  4841. blot out in thought the part O X Y of this curve, and you inquire
  4842. whether, knowing M O, you would have been able to determine the portion
  4843. O X of the curve which the moving body describes beyond O.
  4844. [Illustration]
  4845. Such is, in the main, the question which you put when you bring in a
  4846. philosopher Paul, who lives before Peter and has to picture to himself
  4847. the conditions under which Peter will act. You thus materialize these
  4848. conditions; you make the time to come into a road already marked
  4849. out across the plain, which we can contemplate from the top of the
  4850. mountain, even if we have not traversed it and are never to do so.
  4851. But, now, you soon notice that the knowledge of the part M O of the
  4852. curve would not be enough, unless you were shown the position of the
  4853. points of this line, not only in relation to one another, but also in
  4854. relation to the points of the whole line M O X Y; which would amount to
  4855. being given in advance the very elements which have to be determined.
  4856. So you then alter your hypothesis; you realize that time does not
  4857. require to be seen, but to be lived; and hence you conclude that, if
  4858. your knowledge of the line M O was not a sufficient datum, the reason
  4859. must have been that you looked at it from the outside instead of
  4860. identifying yourself with the point M, which describes not only M O but
  4861. also the whole curve, and thus making its movement your own. Therefore,
  4862. you persuade Paul to come and coincide with Peter; and naturally,
  4863. then, it is the line M O X Y which Paul traces out in space, since, by
  4864. hypothesis, Peter describes this line. But in no wise do you prove thus
  4865. that Paul foresaw Peter's action; you only show that Peter acted in
  4866. the way he did, since Paul became Peter. It is true that you then come
  4867. back, unwittingly, to your former hypothesis, because you continually
  4868. confuse the line M O X Y in its tracing with the line M O X Y already
  4869. traced, that is to say, time with space. After causing Paul to come
  4870. down and identify himself with Peter as long as was required, you let
  4871. him go up again and resume his former post of observation. No wonder if
  4872. he then perceives the line M O X Y complete: he himself has just been
  4873. completing it.
  4874. [Sidenote: Confusion arising from prediction of astronomical phenomena.]
  4875. What makes the confusion a natural and almost an unavoidable one is
  4876. that science seems to point to many cases where we do anticipate the
  4877. future. Do we not determine beforehand the conjunctions of heavenly
  4878. bodies, solar and lunar eclipses, in short the greater number of
  4879. astronomical phenomena? Does not, then, the human intellect embrace
  4880. in the present moment immense intervals of duration still to come? No
  4881. doubt it does; but an anticipation of this kind has not the slightest
  4882. resemblance to the anticipation of a voluntary act. Indeed, as we shall
  4883. see, the reasons which render it possible to foretell an astronomical
  4884. phenomenon are the very ones which prevent us from determining in
  4885. advance an act which springs from our free activity. For the future of
  4886. the material universe, although contemporaneous with the future of a
  4887. conscious being, has no analogy to it.
  4888. [Sidenote: Illustration from hypothetical acceleration of physical
  4889. movements.]
  4890. In order to put our finger on this vital difference, let us assume
  4891. for a moment that some mischievous illustration genius, more powerful
  4892. still than the mischievous genius conjured up by Descartes decreed
  4893. that all the movements of the universe should go twice as fast. There
  4894. would be no change in astronomical phenomena, or at any rate in the
  4895. equations which enable us to foresee them, for in these equations the
  4896. symbol _t_ does not stand for a duration, but for a relation between
  4897. two durations, for a certain number of units of time, in short, for
  4898. a certain number of _simultaneities:_ these simultaneities, these
  4899. coincidences would still take place in equal number: only the intervals
  4900. which separate them would have diminished, but these intervals never
  4901. make their appearance in our calculations. Now these intervals are just
  4902. duration _lived,_ duration which our consciousness perceives, and our
  4903. consciousness would soon inform us of a shortening of the day if we
  4904. had not experienced the usual amount of duration between sunrise and
  4905. sunset. No doubt it would not measure this shortening, and perhaps it
  4906. would not even perceive it immediately as a change of quantity; but it
  4907. would realize in some way or other a decline in the usual storing up
  4908. of experience, a change in the progress usually accomplished between
  4909. sunrise and sunset.
  4910. [Sidenote: Astronomical prophecy such as acceleration.]
  4911. Now, when an astronomer foretells e.g. a lunar eclipse, he merely
  4912. exercises in his own way the power which we have ascribed to our
  4913. mischievous genius. He decrees that time shall go ten times, a hundred
  4914. times, a thousand times as fast, and he has a right to do so, since
  4915. all that he thus changes is the nature of the conscious intervals,
  4916. and since these intervals, by hypothesis, do not enter into the
  4917. calculations. Therefore, into a psychological duration of a few seconds
  4918. he may put several years, even several centuries of astronomical
  4919. time: that is his procedure when he traces in advance the path of a
  4920. heavenly body or represents it by an equation. What he does is nothing
  4921. but establishing a series of relations of position between this body
  4922. and other given bodies, a series of simultaneities and coincidences,
  4923. a series of numerical relations: as for duration properly so called,
  4924. it remains outside the calculation and could only be perceived by a
  4925. consciousness capable of living through the intervals and, in fact,
  4926. living the intervals themselves, instead of merely perceiving their
  4927. extremities. Indeed it is even conceivable that this consciousness
  4928. could live so slow and lazy a life as to take in the whole path of the
  4929. heavenly body in a single perception, just as we do when we perceive
  4930. the successive positions of a shooting star as one line of fire. Such a
  4931. consciousness would find itself really in the same conditions in which
  4932. the astronomer places himself ideally; it would see in the present
  4933. what the astronomer perceives in the future. In truth, if the latter
  4934. foresees a future phenomenon, it is only on condition of making it to a
  4935. certain extent a present phenomenon, or at least of enormously reducing
  4936. the interval which separates us from it. In short, the time of which
  4937. we speak in astronomy is a number, and the nature of the units of this
  4938. number cannot be specified in our calculations; we may therefore assume
  4939. them to be as small as we please, provided that the same hypothesis is
  4940. extended to the whole series of operations, and that the successive
  4941. relations of position in space are thus preserved. We shall then be
  4942. present in imagination at the phenomenon we wish to foretell; we shall
  4943. know exactly at what point in space and after how many units of time
  4944. this phenomenon takes place; if we then restore to these units their
  4945. psychical nature, we shall thrust the event again into the future and
  4946. say that we have foreseen it, when in reality we have seen it.
  4947. [Sidenote: In dealing with states of consciousness we cannot vary their
  4948. duration without altering their nature.]
  4949. But these units of time which make up living duration, and which the
  4950. astronomer can dispose of as he pleases because they give no handle
  4951. to science, are just what concern the psychologist, for psychology
  4952. deals with the intervals themselves and not with their extremities.
  4953. Certainly pure consciousness does not perceive time as a sum of units
  4954. of duration: left to itself, it has no means and even no reason to
  4955. measure time; but a feeling which lasted only half the number of days,
  4956. for example, would no longer be the same feeling for it; it would lack
  4957. thousands of impressions which gradually thickened its substance and
  4958. altered its colour. True, when we give this feeling a certain name,
  4959. when we treat it as a thing, we believe that we can diminish its
  4960. duration by half, for example, and also halve the duration of all the
  4961. rest of our history: it seems that it would still be the same life,
  4962. only on a reduced scale. But we forget that states of consciousness
  4963. are processes, and not things; that if we denote them each by a single
  4964. word, it is for the convenience of language; that they are alive and
  4965. therefore constantly changing; that, in consequence, it is impossible
  4966. to cut off a moment from them without making them poorer by the loss of
  4967. some impression, and thus altering their quality. I quite understand
  4968. that the orbit of a planet might be perceived all at once or in a very
  4969. short time, because its successive positions or the _results_ of its
  4970. movement are the only things that matter, and not the duration of the
  4971. equal intervals which separate them. But when we have to do with a
  4972. feeling, it has no precise result except its having been felt; and,
  4973. to estimate this result adequately, it would be necessary to have
  4974. gone through all the phases of the feeling itself and to have taken
  4975. up the same duration. Even if this feeling has finally issued in some
  4976. definite action, which might be compared to the definite position of
  4977. a planet in space, the knowledge of this act will hardly enable us to
  4978. estimate the influence of the feeling on the whole of a life-story, and
  4979. it is this very influence which we want to know. All foreseeing is in
  4980. reality seeing, and this seeing takes place when we can reduce as much
  4981. as we please an interval of future time while preserving the relation
  4982. of its parts to one another, as happens in the case of astronomical
  4983. predictions. But what does reducing an interval of time mean, except
  4984. emptying or impoverishing the conscious states which fill it? And does
  4985. not the very possibility of seeing an astronomical period in miniature
  4986. thus imply the impossibility of modifying a psychological series in the
  4987. same way, since it is only by taking this psychological series as an
  4988. invariable basis that we shall be able to make an astronomical period
  4989. vary arbitrarily as regards the unit of duration?
  4990. [Sidenote: Difference between past and future duration in this respect.]
  4991. Thus, when we ask whether a future action could have been foreseen, we
  4992. unwittingly identify that time with which we have to do in the exact
  4993. sciences, and which is reducible to a number, with real duration, whose
  4994. so-called quantity is really a quality, and which we cannot curtail
  4995. by an instant without altering the nature of the facts which fill it.
  4996. No doubt the identification is made easier by the fact that in a large
  4997. number of cases we are justified in dealing with real duration as with
  4998. astronomical time. Thus, when we call to mind the past, i.e. a series
  4999. of deeds done, we always shorten it, without however distorting the
  5000. nature of the event which interests us. The reason is that we know
  5001. it already; for the psychic state, when it reaches the end of the
  5002. _progress_ which constitutes its very existence, becomes a _thing_
  5003. which one can picture to oneself all at once. Here we find ourselves
  5004. in the same position as the astronomer, when he takes in at a glance
  5005. the orbit which a planet will need several years to traverse. In fact,
  5006. astronomical prediction should be compared with the recollection of the
  5007. past state of consciousness, not with the anticipation of the future
  5008. one. But when we have to determine a future state of consciousness,
  5009. however superficial it may be, we can no longer view the antecedents in
  5010. a static condition as things; we must view them in a dynamic condition
  5011. as processes, since we are concerned with their influence alone. Now
  5012. their duration is this very influence. Therefore it will no longer do
  5013. to shorten future duration in order to picture its parts beforehand;
  5014. one is bound to _live_ this duration whilst it is unfolding. As far
  5015. as deep-seated psychic states are concerned, there is no perceptible
  5016. difference between foreseeing, seeing, and acting.
  5017. [Sidenote: The determinist argument that psychic phenomena are subject
  5018. to the law "same antecedents, same consequent."]
  5019. Only one course will remain open to the determinist. He will probably
  5020. give up asserting the possibility of foreseeing a certain future act or
  5021. state of consciousness, but will maintain that every act is determined
  5022. by its psychic antecedents, or, in other words, that the facts of
  5023. consciousness, went, the phenomena of nature, are subject to laws. This
  5024. way of arguing means, at bottom, that he will leave out the particular
  5025. features of the concrete psychic states, lest he find himself
  5026. confronted by phenomena which defy all symbolical representation and
  5027. therefore all anticipation. The particular nature of these phenomena
  5028. is thus thrust out of sight, but it is asserted that, being phenomena,
  5029. they must remain subject to the law of causality. Now, it is argued,
  5030. this law means that every phenomenon is determined by its conditions,
  5031. or, in other words, that the same causes produce the same effects.
  5032. Either, then, the act is inseparably bound to its antecedents, or the
  5033. principle of causality admits of an incomprehensible exception.
  5034. [Sidenote: But as regards inner states the same antecedents will never
  5035. recur.]
  5036. This last form of the determinist argument differs less than might be
  5037. thought from all the others which have been examined above. To say that
  5038. the same inner causes will reproduce the same effects is to assume that
  5039. the same cause can appear a second time on the stage of consciousness.
  5040. Now, if duration is what we say, deep-seated psychic states are
  5041. radically heterogeneous to each other, and it is impossible that any
  5042. two of them should be quite alike, since they are two different moments
  5043. of a life-story. While the external object does not bear the mark of
  5044. the time that has elapsed and thus, in spite of the difference of time,
  5045. the physicist can again encounter identical elementary conditions,
  5046. duration is something real for the consciousness which preserves the
  5047. trace of it, and we cannot here speak of identical conditions, because
  5048. the same moment does not occur twice. It is no use arguing that, even
  5049. if there are no two deep-seated psychic states which are altogether
  5050. alike, yet analysis would resolve these different states into more
  5051. general and homogeneous elements which might be compared with each
  5052. other. This would be to forget that even the simplest psychic elements
  5053. possess a personality and a life of their own, however superficial they
  5054. may be; they are in a constant state of becoming, and the same feeling,
  5055. by the mere fact of being repeated, is a new feeling. Indeed, we have
  5056. no reason for calling it by its former name save that it corresponds
  5057. to the same external cause or projects itself outwardly into similar
  5058. attitudes: hence it would simply be begging the question to deduce from
  5059. the so-called likeness of two conscious states that the same cause
  5060. produces the same effect. In short, if the causal relation still holds
  5061. good in the realm of inner states, it cannot resemble in any way what
  5062. we call causality in nature. For the physicist, the same cause always
  5063. produces the same effect: for a psychologist who does not let himself
  5064. be misled by merely apparent analogies, a deep-seated inner cause
  5065. produces its effect once for all and will never reproduce it. And if
  5066. it is now asserted that this effect was inseparably bound up with this
  5067. particular cause, such an assertion will mean one of two things: either
  5068. that, the antecedents being given, the future action might have been
  5069. foreseen; or that, the action having once been performed, any other
  5070. actionals seen, under the given conditions, to have been impossible.
  5071. Now we saw that both these assertions were equally meaningless, and
  5072. that they also involved a false conception of duration.
  5073. [Sidenote: Analysis of the conception of cause, which underlies the
  5074. whole determinist argument.]
  5075. Nevertheless it will be worth while to dwell on this latter form of the
  5076. determinist argument, even though it be only to explain from our point
  5077. of view the meaning of the two words "determination" and "causality."
  5078. In vain do we argue that there cannot be any question either of
  5079. foreseeing a future action in the way that an astronomical phenomenon
  5080. is foreseen, or of asserting, when once an action is done, that any
  5081. other action would have been impossible under the given conditions. In
  5082. vain do we add that, even when it takes this form: "The same causes
  5083. produce the same effects," the principle of universal determination
  5084. loses every shred of meaning in the inner world of conscious states.
  5085. The determinist will perhaps yield to our arguments on each of these
  5086. three points in particular, will admit that in the psychical field one
  5087. cannot ascribe any of these three meanings to the word determination,
  5088. will probably fail to discover a fourth meaning, and yet will go on
  5089. repeating that the act is inseparably bound up with its antecedents. We
  5090. thus find ourselves here confronted by so deep-seated a misapprehension
  5091. and so obstinate a prejudice that we cannot get the better of them
  5092. without attacking them at their root, which is the principle of
  5093. causality. By analysing the concept of cause, we shall show the
  5094. ambiguity which it involves, and, though not aiming at a formal
  5095. definition of freedom, we shall perhaps get beyond the purely negative
  5096. idea of it which we have framed up to the present.
  5097. [Sidenote: Causality as "regular succession" does not apply to
  5098. conscious states and cannot disprove free will.]
  5099. We perceive physical phenomena, and these phenomena obey laws. This
  5100. means: (i) that phenomena _a, b, c, d,_ previously perceived, can
  5101. occur again in the same shape; (2) that a certain phenomenon _P,_
  5102. which appeared after the conditions _a, b, c, d,_ and after these
  5103. conditions only, will not fail to recur as soon as the same conditions
  5104. are again present. If the principle of causality told us nothing
  5105. more, as the empiricists claim, we should willingly grant these
  5106. philosophers that their principle is derived from experience; but
  5107. it would no longer prove anything against our freedom. For it would
  5108. then be understood that definite antecedents give rise to a definite
  5109. consequent _wherever_ experience shows us this regular succession;
  5110. but the question is whether this regularity is found in the domain
  5111. of consciousness too, and that is the whole problem of free will. We
  5112. grant you for a moment that the principle of causality is nothing but
  5113. the summing up of the uniform and unconditional successions observed
  5114. in the past: by what right, then, do you apply it to those deep-seated
  5115. states of consciousness in which no regular succession has yet been
  5116. discovered, since the attempt to foresee them ever fails? And how can
  5117. you base on this principle your argument to prove the determinism of
  5118. inner states, when, according to you, the determinism of observed
  5119. facts is the sole source of the principle itself? In truth, when the
  5120. empiricists make use of the principle of causality to disprove human
  5121. freedom, they take the word cause in a new meaning, which is the very
  5122. meaning given to it by common sense.
  5123. To assert the regular succession of two phenomena is, indeed, to
  5124. recognize that, the first being given, we already catch sight of the
  5125. second. But this wholly subjective connexion between two ideas is not
  5126. enough for common sense. It seems to common sense that, if the idea
  5127. of the second phenomenon is already implied in that of the first, the
  5128. second phenomenon itself must exist objectively, in some way or other,
  5129. within the first phenomenon. And common sense was bound to come to
  5130. this conclusion, because to distinguish exactly between an objective
  5131. connexion of phenomena and a subjective association between their ideas
  5132. presupposes a fairly high degree of philosophical culture. We thus pass
  5133. imperceptibly from the first meaning to the second, and we picture the
  5134. causal relation as a kind of prefiguring of the future phenomenon in
  5135. its present conditions. Now this prefiguring can be understood in two
  5136. very different ways, and it is just here that the ambiguity begins.
  5137. [Sidenote: Causality, as the prefiguring of the future phenomenon in
  5138. its present conditions, in one form destroys concrete phenomena.]
  5139. In the first place, mathematics furnishes us with _one_ type of
  5140. this kind of prefiguring. The very movement by which we draw the
  5141. circumference of a circle on a sheet of paper generates all the
  5142. mathematical properties of this figure: in this sense an unlimited
  5143. number of theorems can be said to pre-exist within the definition,
  5144. although they will be spread out in duration for the mathematician
  5145. who deduces them. It is true that we are here in the realm of pure
  5146. quantity and that, as geometrical properties can be expressed in the
  5147. form of equations, it is easy to understand how the original equation,
  5148. expressing the fundamental property of the figure, is transformed into
  5149. an unlimited number of new ones, all virtually contained in the first.
  5150. On the contrary, physical phenomena, which succeed one another and are
  5151. perceived by our senses, are distinguished by quality not less than by
  5152. quantity, so that there would be some difficulty in at once declaring
  5153. them equivalent to one another. But, just because they are perceived
  5154. through our sense-organs, we seem justified in ascribing their
  5155. qualitative differences to the impression which they make on us and in
  5156. assuming, behind the heterogeneity of our sensations, a homogeneous
  5157. physical universe. Thus, we shall strip matter of the concrete
  5158. qualities with which our senses clothe it, colour, heat, resistance,
  5159. even weight, and we shall finally find ourselves confronted with
  5160. homogeneous extensity, space without body. The only step then remaining
  5161. will be to describe figures in space, to make them move according to
  5162. mathematically formulated laws, and to explain the apparent qualities
  5163. of matter by the shape, position, and motion of these geometrical
  5164. figures. Now, position is given by a system of fixed magnitudes and
  5165. motion is expressed by a law, i.e. by a constant relation between
  5166. variable magnitudes; but shape is a mental image, and, however tenuous,
  5167. however transparent we assume it to be, it still constitutes, in so
  5168. far as our imagination has, so to speak, the visual perception of
  5169. it, a concrete and therefore irreducible quality of matter. It will
  5170. therefore be necessary to make a clean sweep of this image itself and
  5171. replace it by the abstract formula of the movement which gives rise
  5172. to the figure. Picture then algebraical relations getting entangled
  5173. in one another, becoming objective by this very entanglement, and
  5174. producing, by the mere effect of their complexity, concrete, visible,
  5175. and tangible reality,--you will be merely drawing the consequences
  5176. of the principle of causality, understood in the sense of an actual
  5177. prefiguring of the future in the present. The scientists of our time do
  5178. not seem, indeed, to have carried abstraction so far, except perhaps
  5179. Lord Kelvin. This acute and profound physicist assumed that space is
  5180. filled with a homogeneous and incompressible fluid in which vortices
  5181. move, thus producing the properties of matter: these vortices are the
  5182. constituent elements of bodies; the atom thus becomes a movement, and
  5183. physical phenomena are reduced to regular movements taking place within
  5184. an incompressible fluid. But, if you will notice that this fluid is
  5185. perfectly homogeneous, that between its parts there is neither an empty
  5186. interval which separates them nor any difference whatever by which
  5187. they can be distinguished, you will see that all movement taking place
  5188. within this fluid is really equivalent to absolute immobility, since
  5189. before, during, and after the movement nothing changes and nothing
  5190. has changed in the whole. The movement which is here spoken of is
  5191. thus not a movement which actually takes place, but only a movement
  5192. which is pictured mentally: it is a relation between relations. It is
  5193. implicitly supposed, though perhaps not actually realized, that motion
  5194. has something to do with consciousness, that in space there are only
  5195. simultaneities, and that the business of the physicist is to provide
  5196. us with the means of calculating these relations of simultaneity for
  5197. any moment of our duration. Nowhere has mechanism been carried further
  5198. than in this system, since the very shape of the ultimate elements of
  5199. matter is here reduced to a movement. But the Cartesian physics already
  5200. anticipated this interpretation; for if matter is nothing, as Descartes
  5201. claimed, but homogeneous extensity, the movements of the parts of this
  5202. extensity can be conceived through the abstract law which governs them
  5203. or through an algebraical equation between variable magnitudes, but
  5204. cannot be represented under the concrete form of an image. And it would
  5205. not be difficult to prove that the more the progress of mechanical
  5206. explanations enables us to develop this conception of causality and
  5207. therefore to relieve the atom of the weight of its sensible qualities,
  5208. the more the concrete existence of the phenomena of nature tends to
  5209. vanish into algebraical smoke.
  5210. [Sidenote: It thus leads to Descartes' physics and Spinoza's
  5211. metaphysics, but cannot bind future to present without neglecting
  5212. duration.]
  5213. Thus understood, the relation of causality is a necessary relation in
  5214. the sense that it will indefinitely approach the relation of identity,
  5215. as a curve approaches its asymptote. The Principle of identity is the
  5216. absolute law of our consciousness: it asserts that what is thought
  5217. is thought at the moment when we think it: and what gives this
  5218. principle its absolute necessity is that it does not bind the future
  5219. to the present, but only the present to the present: it expresses the
  5220. unshakable confidence that consciousness feels in itself, so long as,
  5221. faithful to its duty, it confines itself to declaring the apparent
  5222. present state of the mind. But the principle of causality, in so far
  5223. as it is supposed to bind the future to the present, could never take
  5224. the form of a necessary principle; for the successive moments of
  5225. real time are not bound up with one another, and no effort of logic
  5226. will succeed in proving that what has been will be or will continue
  5227. to be, that the same antecedents will always give rise to identical
  5228. consequents. Descartes understood this so well that he attributed the
  5229. regularity of the physical world and the continuation of the same
  5230. effects to the constantly renewed grace of Providence; he built up, as
  5231. it were, an instantaneous physics, intended for a universe the whole
  5232. duration of which might as well be confined to the present moment.
  5233. And Spinoza maintained that the indefinite series of phenomena, which
  5234. takes for us the form of a succession in time, was equivalent, in the
  5235. absolute, to the divine unity: he thus assumed, on the one hand, that
  5236. the relation of apparent causality between phenomena melted away into
  5237. a relation of identity in the absolute, and, on the other, that the
  5238. indefinite duration of things was all contained in a single moment,
  5239. which is eternity. In short, whether we study Cartesian physics,
  5240. Spinozistic metaphysics, or the scientific theories of our own time,
  5241. we shall find everywhere the same anxiety to establish a relation of
  5242. logical necessity between cause and effect, and we shall see that this
  5243. anxiety shows itself in a tendency to transform relations of succession
  5244. into relations of inherence, to do away with active duration, and to
  5245. substitute for apparent causality a fundamental identity.
  5246. [Sidenote: The necessary determination of phenomena implies
  5247. non-duration; but we _endure_ and are therefore free.]
  5248. Now, if the development of the notion of causality, understood
  5249. in the sense of necessary connexion, leads to the Spinozistic or
  5250. Cartesian conception of nature, inversely, all relation of necessary
  5251. determination established between successive phenomena may be supposed
  5252. to arise from our perceiving, in a confused form, some mathematical
  5253. mechanism behind their heterogeneity. We do not claim that common
  5254. sense has any intuition of the kinetic theories of matter, still less
  5255. perhaps of a Spinozistic mechanism; but it will be seen that the more
  5256. the effect seems necessarily bound up with the cause, the more we tend
  5257. to put it in the cause itself, as a mathematical consequence in its
  5258. principle, and thus to cancel the effect of duration. That under the
  5259. influence of the same external conditions I do not behave to-day as I
  5260. behaved yesterday is not at all surprising, because I _change,_ because
  5261. I _endure._ But things considered apart from our perception do not
  5262. seem to endure; and the more thoroughly we examine this idea, the more
  5263. absurd it seems to us to suppose that the same cause should not produce
  5264. to-day the effect which it produced yesterday. We certainly feel,
  5265. it is true, that although things do not endure as we do ourselves,
  5266. nevertheless there must be some reason why phenomena are seen to
  5267. _succeed_ one another instead of being set out all at once. And this
  5268. is why the notion of causality, although it gets indefinitely near
  5269. that of identity, will never seem to us to coincide with it, unless we
  5270. conceive clearly the idea of a mathematical mechanism or unless some
  5271. subtle metaphysics removes our very legitimate scruples on the point.
  5272. It is no less obvious that our belief in the necessary determination of
  5273. phenomena by one another becomes stronger in proportion as we are more
  5274. inclined to regard duration as a subjective form of our consciousness.
  5275. In other words, the more we tend to set up the causal relation as a
  5276. relation of necessary determination, the more we assert thereby that
  5277. things do not _endure_ like ourselves. This amounts to saying that the
  5278. more we strengthen the principle of causality, the more we emphasize
  5279. the difference between a physical series and a psychical one. Whence,
  5280. finally, it would result (however paradoxical the opinion may seem)
  5281. that the assumption of a relation of mathematical inherence between
  5282. external phenomena ought to bring with it, as a natural or at least as
  5283. a plausible consequence, the belief in human free will. But this last
  5284. consequence will not concern us for the moment: we are merely trying
  5285. here to trace out the first meaning of the word causality, and we
  5286. think we have shown that the prefiguring of the future in the present
  5287. is easily conceived under a mathematical form, thanks to a certain
  5288. conception of duration which, without seeming to be so, is fairly
  5289. familiar to common sense.
  5290. [Sidenote: Prefiguring, as having an idea of a future act which
  5291. we cannot realize without effort, does not involve necessary
  5292. determination.]
  5293. But there is a prefiguring of another kind, still more familiar to our
  5294. mind, because immediate prefiguring, as consciousness gives us the type
  5295. of it. We go, in fact, through successive states of consciousness, and
  5296. although the later was not contained in the earlier, we had before us
  5297. at the time a more or less confused idea of it. The actual realization
  5298. of this idea, however, did not appear as certain but merely as
  5299. possible. Yet, between the idea and the action, some hardly perceptible
  5300. intermediate processes come in, the whole mass of which takes for us a
  5301. form _sui generis,_ which is called the feeling of effort. And from the
  5302. idea to the effort, from the effort to the act, the progress has been
  5303. so continuous that we cannot say where the idea and the effort end,
  5304. and where the act begins. Hence we see that in a certain sense we may
  5305. still say here that the future was prefigured in the present; but it
  5306. must be added that this prefiguring is very imperfect, since the future
  5307. action of which we have the present idea is conceived as realizable
  5308. but not as realized, and since, even when we plan the effort necessary
  5309. to accomplish it, we feel that there is still time to stop. If, then,
  5310. we decide to picture the causal relation in this second form, we can
  5311. assert _a priori_ that there will no longer be a relation of necessary
  5312. determination between the cause and the effect, for the effect will
  5313. no longer be given in the cause. It will be there only in the state of
  5314. pure possibility and as a vague idea which perhaps will not be followed
  5315. by the corresponding action. But we shall not be surprised that this
  5316. approximation is enough for common sense if we think of the readiness
  5317. with which children and primitive people accept the idea of a whimsical
  5318. Nature, in which caprice plays a part no less important than necessity.
  5319. Nay, this way of conceiving causality will be more easily understood
  5320. by the general run of people, since it does not demand any effort of
  5321. abstraction and only implies a certain analogy between the outer and
  5322. the inner world, between the succession of objective phenomena and that
  5323. of our subjective states.
  5324. [Sidenote: This second conception of causality leads to Leibniz as the
  5325. first led to Spinoza.]
  5326. In truth, this second way of conceiving the relation of cause to effect
  5327. is more natural than the first in that it immediately satisfies the
  5328. need of a mental image. If we look for the phenomenon B within the
  5329. phenomenon A, which regularly precedes it, the reason is that the habit
  5330. of associating the two images ends in giving us the idea of the second
  5331. phenomenon wrapped up, as it were, in that of the first. It is natural,
  5332. then, that we should push this objectification to its furthest limit
  5333. and that we should make the phenomenon A itself into a psychic state,
  5334. in which the phenomenon B is supposed to be contained as a very vague
  5335. idea. We simply suppose, thereby, that the objective connexion of the
  5336. two phenomena resembles the subjective association which suggested the
  5337. idea of it to us. The qualities of things are thus set up as actual
  5338. _states,_ somewhat analogous to those of our own self; the material
  5339. universe is credited with a vague personality which is diffused
  5340. through space and which, although not exactly endowed with a conscious
  5341. will, is led on from one state to another by an inner impulse, a
  5342. kind of effort. Such was ancient hylozoism, a half-hearted and even
  5343. contradictory hypothesis, which left matter its extensity although
  5344. attributing to it real conscious states, and which spread the qualities
  5345. of matter throughout extensity while treating these qualities as inner
  5346. i.e. simple states. It was reserved for Leibniz to do away with this
  5347. contradiction and to show that, if the succession of external qualities
  5348. or phenomena is understood as the succession of our own ideas, these
  5349. qualities must be regarded as simple states or perceptions, and the
  5350. matter which supports them as an unextended monad, analogous to our
  5351. soul. But, if such be the case, the successive states of matter cannot
  5352. be perceived from the outside any more than our own psychic states;
  5353. the hypothesis of pre-established harmony must be introduced in order
  5354. to explain how these inner states are representative of one another.
  5355. Thus, with our second conception of the relation of causality we reach
  5356. Leibniz, as with the first we reached Spinoza. And in both cases we
  5357. merely push to their extreme limit or formulate with greater precision
  5358. two half-hearted and confused ideas of common sense.
  5359. [Sidenote: It does not involve necessary determination.]
  5360. Now it is obvious that the relation of causality, understood in this
  5361. second way, does not involve the necessary determination of the effect
  5362. by the cause. History indeed proves it. We see ancient hylozoism,
  5363. the first outcome of this conception of causality, explained the
  5364. regular succession of causes and effects by a real _deus ex machina_:
  5365. sometimes it was a Necessity external to things and hovering over them,
  5366. sometimes an inner Reason acting by rules somewhat similar to those
  5367. which govern our own conduct. Nor do the perceptions of Leibniz's monad
  5368. necessitate one another; God has to regulate their order in advance.
  5369. In fact, Leibniz's determinism does not spring from his conception
  5370. of the monad, but from the fact that he builds up the universe with
  5371. monads only. Having denied all mechanical influence of substances
  5372. on one another, he had to explain how it happens that their states
  5373. correspond. Hence a determinism which arises from the necessity of
  5374. positing a pre-established harmony, and not at all from the dynamic
  5375. conception of the relation of causality. But let us leave history
  5376. aside. Consciousness itself testifies that the abstract idea of force
  5377. is that of indeterminate effort, that of an effort which has not yet
  5378. issued in an act and in which the act is still only at the stage of an
  5379. idea. In other words, the dynamic conception of the causal relation
  5380. ascribes to things a duration absolutely like our own, whatever may be
  5381. the nature of this duration; to picture in this way the relation of
  5382. cause to effect is to assume that the future is not more closely bound
  5383. up with the present in the external world than it is in our own inner
  5384. life.
  5385. [Sidenote: Each of these contradictory interpretations of causality and
  5386. duration by itself safeguards freedom; taken together they destroy it.]
  5387. It follows from this twofold analysis that the principle of causality
  5388. involves two contradictory conceptions of duration, two mutually
  5389. exclusive ways of prefiguring the future in the present. Sometimes
  5390. all phenomena, physical or psychical, are pictured as _enduring_ in
  5391. the same way, and therefore in the way that _we_ do: in this case the
  5392. future will exist in the present only as an idea, and the passing from
  5393. the present to the future will take the form of an effort which does
  5394. not always lead to the realization of the idea conceived. Sometimes,
  5395. on the other hand, duration is regarded as the characteristic form
  5396. of conscious states; in this case, things are no longer supposed to
  5397. _endure_ as we do, and a mathematical pre-existence of their future
  5398. in their present is admitted. Now, each of these two hypotheses, when
  5399. taken by itself, safeguards human freedom; for the first would lead
  5400. to the result that even the phenomena of nature were contingent, and
  5401. the second, by attributing the necessary determination of physical
  5402. phenomena to the fact that things do not _endure_ as we do, invites
  5403. us to regard the self which is subject to duration as a free force.
  5404. Therefore, every clear conception of causality, where we know our own
  5405. meaning, leads to the idea of human freedom as a natural consequence.
  5406. Unfortunately, the habit has grown up of taking the principle of
  5407. causality in both senses at the same time, because the one is more
  5408. flattering to our imagination and the other is more favourable to
  5409. mathematical reasoning. Sometimes we think particularly of the regular
  5410. _succession_ of physical phenomena and of the kind of inner effort by
  5411. which one _becomes_ another; sometimes we fix our mind on the absolute
  5412. _regularity_ of these phenomena, and from the idea of regularity we
  5413. pass by imperceptible steps to that of mathematical necessity, which
  5414. excludes duration understood in the first way. And we do not see any
  5415. harm in letting these two conceptions blend into one another, and
  5416. in assigning greater importance to the one or the other according
  5417. as we are more or less concerned with the interests of science. But
  5418. to apply the principle of causality, in this ambiguous form, to the
  5419. succession of conscious states, is uselessly and wantonly to run into
  5420. inextricable difficulties. The idea of force, which really excludes
  5421. that of necessary determination, has got into the habit, so to speak,
  5422. of amalgamating with that of necessity, in consequence of the very
  5423. use which we make of the principle of causality in nature. On the one
  5424. hand, we know force only through the witness of consciousness, and
  5425. consciousness does not assert, does not even understand, the absolute
  5426. determination, now, of actions that are still to come: that is all that
  5427. experience teaches us, and if we hold by experience we should say that
  5428. we feel ourselves free, that we perceive force, rightly or wrongly,
  5429. as a free spontaneity. But, on the other hand, this idea of force,
  5430. carried over into nature, travelling there side by side with the idea
  5431. of necessity, has got corrupted before it returns from the journey. It
  5432. returns impregnated with the idea of necessity: and in the light of
  5433. the rôle which we have made it play in the external world, we regard
  5434. force as determining with strict necessity the effects which flow from
  5435. it. Here again the mistake made by consciousness arises from the fact
  5436. that it looks at the self, not directly, but by a kind of refraction
  5437. through the forms which it has lent to external perception, and which
  5438. the latter does not give back without having left its mark on them.
  5439. A compromise, as it were, has been brought about between the idea
  5440. of force and that of necessary determination. The wholly mechanical
  5441. determination of two external phenomena by one another now assumes in
  5442. our eyes the same form as the dynamic relation of our exertion of force
  5443. to the act which springs from it: but, in return, this latter relation
  5444. takes the form of a mathematical derivation, the human action being
  5445. supposed to issue mechanically, and therefore necessarily, from the
  5446. force which produces it. There is no doubt that this mingling of two
  5447. different and almost opposite ideas offers advantages to common sense,
  5448. since it enables us to picture in the same way, and denote by one and
  5449. the same word, both the relation which exists between two moments
  5450. of our life and that which binds together the successive moments of
  5451. the external world. We have seen that, though our deepest conscious
  5452. states exclude numerical multiplicity, yet we break them up into
  5453. parts external to one another; that though the elements of concrete
  5454. duration permeate one another, duration expressing itself in extensity
  5455. exhibits moments as distinct as the bodies scattered in space. Is it
  5456. surprising, then, that between the moments of our life, when it has
  5457. been, so to speak, objectified, we set up a relation analogous to the
  5458. objective relation of causality, and that an exchange, which again may
  5459. be compared to the phenomenon of endosmosis, takes place between the
  5460. dynamic idea of free effort and the mathematical concept of necessary
  5461. determination?
  5462. [Sidenote: Though united in popular thought, the ideas of free effort
  5463. and necessary determination are kept apart by physical science.]
  5464. But the sundering of these two ideas is an accomplished fact in the
  5465. natural sciences. The physicist may speak of _forces,_ and even picture
  5466. their mode of action by analogy with an inner effort, but he will
  5467. never introduce this hypothesis into a scientific explanation. Even
  5468. those who, with Faraday, replace the extended atoms by dynamic points,
  5469. will treat the centres of force and the lines of force mathematically,
  5470. without troubling about force itself considered as an activity or an
  5471. effort. It thus comes to be understood that the relation of external
  5472. causality is purely mathematical, and has no resemblance to the
  5473. relation between psychical force and the act which springs from it.
  5474. [Sidenote: They should be kept apart too by psychology.]
  5475. It is now time to add that the relation of inner causality is purely
  5476. dynamic, and has no analogy with the relation of two external phenomena
  5477. which condition one another. For as the latter are capable of recurring
  5478. in a homogeneous space, their relation can be expressed in terms of a
  5479. law, whereas deep-seated psychic states occur once in consciousness
  5480. and will never occur again. A careful analysis of the psychological
  5481. phenomenon led us to this conclusion in the beginning: the study of the
  5482. notions of causality and duration, viewed in themselves, has merely
  5483. confirmed it.
  5484. [Sidenote: Freedom real but indefineable.]
  5485. We can now formulate our conception of freedom. Freedom is the relation
  5486. of the concrete self to the act which it performs. This relation is
  5487. indefinable, just because we _are_ free. For we can analyse a thing,
  5488. but not a process; we can break up extensity, but not duration. Or,
  5489. if we persist in analysing it, we unconsciously transform the process
  5490. into a thing and duration into extensity. By the very fact of breaking
  5491. up concrete time we set out its moments in homogeneous space; in place
  5492. of the doing we put the already done; and, as we have begun by, so
  5493. to speak, stereotyping the activity of the self, we see spontaneity
  5494. settle down into inertia and freedom into necessity. Thus, any positive
  5495. definition of freedom will ensure the victory of determinism.
  5496. Shall we define the free act by saying of this act, when it is once
  5497. done, that it might have been left undone? But this assertion, as also
  5498. its opposite, implies the idea of an absolute equivalence between
  5499. concrete duration and its spatial symbol: and as soon as we admit this
  5500. equivalence, we are led on, by the very development of the formula
  5501. which we have just set forth, to the most rigid determinism.
  5502. Shall we define the free act as "that which could not be foreseen, even
  5503. when all the conditions were known in advance?" But to conceive all the
  5504. conditions as given, is, when dealing with concrete duration, to place
  5505. oneself at the very moment at which the act is being performed. Or else
  5506. it is admitted that the matter of psychic duration can be pictured
  5507. symbolically in advance, which amounts, as we said, to treating time
  5508. as a homogeneous medium, and to reasserting in new words the absolute
  5509. equivalence of duration with its symbol. A closer study of this second
  5510. definition of freedom will thus bring us once more to determinism.
  5511. Shall we finally define the free act by saying that it is not
  5512. necessarily determined by its cause? But either these words lose their
  5513. meaning or we understand by them that the same inner causes will not
  5514. always call forth the same effects. We admit, then, that the psychic
  5515. antecedents of a free act can be repeated, that freedom is displayed
  5516. in a duration whose moments resemble one another, and that time is a
  5517. homogeneous medium, like space. We shall thus be brought back to the
  5518. idea of an equivalence between duration and its spatial symbol; and by
  5519. pressing the definition of freedom which we have laid down, we shall
  5520. once more get determinism out of it.
  5521. To sum up; every demand for explanation in regard to freedom comes
  5522. back, without our suspecting it, to the following question: "Can time
  5523. be adequately represented by space?" To which we answer: Yes, if you
  5524. are dealing with time flown; No, if you speak of time flowing. Now, the
  5525. free act takes place in time which is flowing and not in time which has
  5526. already flown. Freedom is therefore a fact, and among the facts which
  5527. we observe there is none clearer. All the difficulties of the problem,
  5528. and the problem itself, arise from the desire to endow duration with
  5529. the same attributes as extensity, to interpret a succession by a
  5530. simultaneity, and to express the idea of freedom in a language into
  5531. which it is obviously untranslatable.
  5532. CONCLUSION
  5533. [Sidenote: Modern psychology holds hat we perceive things through forms
  5534. borrowed from our own constitution.]
  5535. To sum up the foregoing discussion, we shall put aside for the present
  5536. Kant's terminology and also his doctrine, to which we shall return
  5537. later, and we shall take the point of view of common sense. Modern
  5538. psychology seems to us particularly concerned to prove that we perceive
  5539. things through the medium of certain forms, borrowed from our own
  5540. constitution. This tendency has become more and more marked since Kant:
  5541. while the German philosopher drew a sharp line of separation between
  5542. time and space, the extensive and the intensive, and, as we should say
  5543. to-day, consciousness and external perception, the empirical school,
  5544. carrying analysis still further, tries to reconstruct the extensive out
  5545. of the intensive, space out of duration, and externality out of inner
  5546. states. Physics, moreover, comes in to complete the work of psychology
  5547. in this respect: it shows that, if we wish to forecast phenomena,
  5548. we must make a clean sweep of the impression which they produce on
  5549. consciousness and treat sensations as signs of reality, not as reality
  5550. itself.
  5551. [Sidenote: But are not the states of the self perceived through forms
  5552. borrowed from the external world?]
  5553. It seemed to us that there was good reason to set ourselves the
  5554. opposite problem and to ask whether the most obvious states of the
  5555. ego itself, which we believe that we grasp directly, are not mostly
  5556. perceived through the medium of certain forms borrowed from the
  5557. external world, which thus gives us back what we have lent it. _A
  5558. priori_ it seems fairly probable that this is what happens. For,
  5559. assuming that the forms alluded to, into which we fit matter, come
  5560. entirely from the mind, it seems difficult to apply them constantly to
  5561. objects without the latter soon leaving a mark on them: by then using
  5562. these forms to gain a knowledge of our own person we run the risk of
  5563. mistaking for the colouring of the self the reflection of the frame
  5564. in which we place it, i.e. the external world. But one can go further
  5565. still and assert that forms applicable to things cannot be entirely our
  5566. own work, that they must result from a compromise between matter and
  5567. mind, that if we give much to matter we probably receive something from
  5568. it, and that thus, when we try to grasp ourselves after an excursion
  5569. into the external world, we no longer have our hands free.
  5570. [Sidenote: To understand the intensity, duration and voluntary
  5571. determination of psychic states, we must eliminate the idea of space.]
  5572. Now just as, in order to ascertain the real relations of physical
  5573. phenomena to one another, we abstract whatever obviously clashes with
  5574. them in our way of perceiving and thinking, so, in order to view the
  5575. self in its original purity, psychology ought to eliminate or correct
  5576. certain forms which bear the obvious mark of the external world. What
  5577. are these forms? When isolated from one another and regarded as so many
  5578. distinct units, psychic states seem to be more or less _intense._ Next,
  5579. looked at in their multiplicity, they unfold in time and constitute
  5580. _duration._ Finally, in their relations to one another, and in so
  5581. far as a certain unity is preserved throughout their multiplicity,
  5582. they seem to _determine_ one another. Intensity, duration, voluntary
  5583. determination, these are the three ideas which had to be clarified by
  5584. ridding them of all that they owe to the intrusion of the sensible
  5585. world and, in a word, to the obsession of the idea of space.
  5586. [Sidenote: Intensity is quality and not quantity or magnitude.]
  5587. Examining the first of these ideas, we found that psychic phenomena
  5588. were in themselves pure quality or qualitative multiplicity, and that,
  5589. on the other hand, their cause situated in space was quantity. In so
  5590. far as this quality becomes the sign of the quantity and we suspect
  5591. the presence of the latter behind the former, we call it intensity.
  5592. The intensity of a simple state, therefore, is not quantity but its
  5593. qualitative sign. You will find that it arises from a compromise
  5594. between pure quality, which is the state of consciousness, and pure
  5595. quantity, which is necessarily space. Now you give up this compromise
  5596. without the least scruple when you study external things, since you
  5597. then leave aside the forces themselves, assuming that they exist,
  5598. and consider only their measurable and extended effects. Why, then,
  5599. do you keep to this hybrid concept when you analyse in its turn the
  5600. state of consciousness? If magnitude, outside you, is never intensive,
  5601. intensity, within you, is never magnitude. It is through having
  5602. overlooked this that philosophers have been compelled to distinguish
  5603. two kinds of quantity, the one extensive, the other intensive, without
  5604. ever succeeding in explaining what they had in common or how the
  5605. same words "increase" and "decrease" could be used for things so
  5606. unlike. In the same way they are responsible for the exaggerations of
  5607. psychophysics, for as soon as the power of increasing in magnitude
  5608. is attributed to sensation in any other than a metaphorical sense,
  5609. we are invited to find out by how much it increases. And, although
  5610. consciousness does not measure intensive quantity, it does not follow
  5611. that science may not succeed indirectly in doing so, if it be a
  5612. magnitude. Hence, either a psychophysical formula is possible or the
  5613. intensity of a simple psychic state is pure quality.
  5614. [Sidenote: Our conscious states not a discreet multiplicity.]
  5615. Turning then to the concept of multiplicity, we saw that to construct a
  5616. number we must first have the intuition of a homogeneous medium, viz.
  5617. space, in which terms distinct from one another could be set out in
  5618. line, and, secondly, a process of permeation and organization by which
  5619. these units are dynamically added together and form what we called a
  5620. qualitative multiplicity. It is owing to this dynamic process that
  5621. the units _get added,_ but it is because of their presence in space
  5622. that they remain _distinct._ Hence number or discrete multiplicity
  5623. also results from a compromise. Now, when we consider material objects
  5624. in themselves, we give up this compromise, since we regard them as
  5625. impenetrable and divisible, i.e. endlessly distinct from one another.
  5626. Therefore, we must give it up, too, when we study our own selves. It
  5627. is through having failed to do so that associationism has made many
  5628. mistakes, such as trying to reconstruct a psychic state by the addition
  5629. of distinct states of consciousness, thus substituting the symbol of
  5630. the ego for the ego itself.
  5631. These preliminary considerations enabled us to approach the principal
  5632. object of this work, the analysis of the ideas of duration and
  5633. voluntary determination.
  5634. [Sidenote: Inner duration is a qualitative multiplicity.]
  5635. What is duration within us? A qualitative multiplicity, with no
  5636. likeness to number; an organic evolution which is yet not an increasing
  5637. quantity; a pure heterogeneity within which there are no distinct
  5638. qualities. In a word, the moments of inner duration are not external to
  5639. one another.
  5640. [Sidenote: In the external we find not duration but simultaneity.]
  5641. What duration is there existing outside us? The present only, or, if we
  5642. prefer the expression, simultaneity. No doubt external things change,
  5643. but their moments do not _succeed_ one another, if we retain the
  5644. ordinary meaning of the word, except for a consciousness which keeps
  5645. them in mind. We observe outside us at a given moment a whole system
  5646. of simultaneous positions; of the simultaneities which have preceded
  5647. them nothing remains. To put duration in space is really to contradict
  5648. oneself and place succession within simultaneity. Hence we must not
  5649. say that external things _endure,_ but rather that there is in them
  5650. some inexpressible reason in virtue of which we cannot examine them at
  5651. successive moments of our own duration without observing that they have
  5652. changed. But this change does not involve succession unless the word is
  5653. taken in a new meaning: on this point we have noted the agreement of
  5654. science and common sense.
  5655. Thus in consciousness we find states which succeed, without being
  5656. distinguished from one another; and in space simultaneities which,
  5657. without succeeding, are distinguished from one another, in the sense
  5658. that one has ceased to exist when the other appears. Outside us, mutual
  5659. externality without succession; within us, succession without mutual
  5660. externality.
  5661. [Sidenote: The idea of a measurable time arises from compromise between
  5662. ideas of succession and externality.]
  5663. Here again a compromise comes in. To the simultaneities, which
  5664. constitute the external world, and, although distinct, succeed
  5665. one another _for our consciousness,_ we attribute succession _in
  5666. themselves._ Hence the idea that things _endure_ as we do ourselves
  5667. and that time may be brought within space. But while our consciousness
  5668. thus introduces succession into external things, inversely these things
  5669. themselves externalize the successive moments of our inner duration
  5670. in relation to one another. The simultaneities of physical phenomena,
  5671. absolutely distinct in the sense that the one has ceased to be when
  5672. the other takes place, cut up into portions, which are also distinct
  5673. and external to one another, an inner life in which succession implies
  5674. interpenetration, just as the pendulum of a clock cuts up into distinct
  5675. fragments and spreads out, so to speak, lengthwise, the dynamic and
  5676. undivided tension of the spring. Thus, by a real process of endosmosis
  5677. we get the mixed idea of a measurable time, which is space in so far as
  5678. it is homogeneity, and duration in so far as it is succession, that is
  5679. to say, at bottom, the contradictory idea of succession in simultaneity.
  5680. [Sidenote: As science eliminates duration from the outer, philosophy
  5681. must eliminate space from the inner world.]
  5682. Now, these two elements, extensity and duration, science tears asunder
  5683. when it undertakes the close study of external things. For we have
  5684. pointed out that science retains nothing of duration but simultaneity,
  5685. and nothing of motion itself position of the moving body, i.e.
  5686. immobility. A very sharp separation is here made and space gets the
  5687. best of it.
  5688. Therefore the same separation will have to be made again, but this time
  5689. to the advantage of duration, when inner phenomena are studied,--not
  5690. inner phenomena once developed, to be sure, or after the discursive
  5691. reason has separated them and set them out in a homogeneous medium in
  5692. order to understand them, but inner phenomena in their developing, and
  5693. in so far as they make up, by their interpenetration, the continuous
  5694. evolution of a free person. Duration, thus restored to its original
  5695. purity, will appear as a wholly qualitative multiplicity, an absolute
  5696. heterogeneity of elements which pass over into one another.
  5697. [Sidenote: The neglect to separate extensity and duration leads one
  5698. party to deny freedom and the other to define it.]
  5699. Now it is because they have neglected to make this necessary separation
  5700. that one party has been led to deny freedom and the other to define it,
  5701. and thereby, involuntarily, to deny it too. They ask in fact whether
  5702. the act could or could not be foreseen, the whole of its conditions
  5703. being given; and whether they assert it or deny it, they admit that
  5704. this totality of conditions could be conceived as given in advance:
  5705. which amounts, as we have shown, to treating duration as a homogeneous
  5706. thing and intensities as magnitudes. They will either say that the
  5707. act is _determined_ by its conditions, without perceiving that they
  5708. are playing on the double sense of the word causality, and that
  5709. they are thus giving to duration at the same time two forms which
  5710. are mutually exclusive. Or else they will appeal to the principle of
  5711. the conservation of energy, without asking whether this principle is
  5712. equally applicable to the moments of the external world, which are
  5713. equivalent to one another, and to the moments of a living and conscious
  5714. being, which acquire a richer and richer content. In whatever way, in
  5715. a word, freedom is viewed, it cannot be denied except on condition of
  5716. identifying time with space; it cannot be defined except on condition
  5717. of demanding that space should adequately represent time; it cannot
  5718. be argued about in one sense or the other except on condition of
  5719. previously confusing succession and simultaneity. All determinism will
  5720. thus be refuted by experience, but every attempt to define freedom will
  5721. open the way to determinism.
  5722. [Sidenote: This separation favourable to physical science, but against
  5723. the interests of language and social life.]
  5724. Inquiring then why this separation of duration and extensity, which
  5725. science carries out so naturally in the external world, demands such
  5726. an effort and rouses so much repugnance when it is a question of inner
  5727. states, we were not long in perceiving the reason. The main object of
  5728. science is to forecast and measure: now we cannot forecast physical
  5729. phenomena except on condition that we assume that they do not _endure_
  5730. as we do; and, on the other hand, the only thing we are able to measure
  5731. is space. Hence the breach here comes about of itself between quality
  5732. and quantity, between true duration and pure extensity. But when we
  5733. turn to our conscious states, we have everything to gain by keeping
  5734. up the illusion through which we make them share in the reciprocal
  5735. externality of outer things, because this distinctness, and at the
  5736. same time this solidification, enables us to give them fixed names
  5737. in spite of their instability, and distinct ones in spite of their
  5738. interpenetration. It enables us to objectify them, to throw them out
  5739. into the current of social life.
  5740. [Sidenote: Hence two different selves: (1) the fundamental self; (2)
  5741. its spatial and social representation: only the former is free.]
  5742. Hence there are finally two different selves, one of which is, as
  5743. it were, the external projection of the other, its spatial and,
  5744. so to speak, social representation. We reach the former by deep
  5745. introspection, which leads us to grasp our inner states as living
  5746. things, constantly _becoming,_ as states not amenable to measure,
  5747. which permeate one another and of which the succession in duration has
  5748. nothing in common with juxtaposition in homogeneous space. But the
  5749. moments at which we thus grasp ourselves are rare, and that is just
  5750. why we are rarely free. The greater part of the time we live outside
  5751. ourselves, hardly perceiving anything of ourselves but our own ghost, a
  5752. colourless shadow which pure duration projects into homogeneous space.
  5753. Hence our life unfolds in space rather than in time; we live for the
  5754. external world rather than for ourselves; we speak rather than think;
  5755. we "are acted" rather than act ourselves. To act freely is to recover
  5756. possession of oneself, and to get back into pure duration.
  5757. [Sidenote: Kant clung to freedom, but put the self which is free
  5758. outside both space and time.]
  5759. Kant's great mistake was to take time as a homogeneous medium. He did
  5760. not notice that real duration is made up of moments inside one another,
  5761. and that when it seems to assume the form of a homogeneous whole, it
  5762. is because it gets expressed in space. Thus the very distinction which
  5763. he makes between space and time amounts at bottom to confusing time
  5764. with space, and the symbolical representation of the ego with the ego
  5765. itself. He thought that consciousness was incapable of perceiving
  5766. psychic states otherwise than by juxtaposition, forgetting that a
  5767. medium in which these states are set side by side and distinguished
  5768. from one another is of course space, and not duration. He was thereby
  5769. led to believe that the same states can recur in the depths of
  5770. consciousness, just as the same physical phenomena are repeated in
  5771. space; this at least is what he implicitly admitted when he ascribed to
  5772. the causal relation the same meaning and the same function in the inner
  5773. as in the outer world. Thus freedom was made into an incomprehensible
  5774. fact. And yet, owing to his unlimited though unconscious confidence
  5775. in this inner perception whose scope he tried to restrict, his belief
  5776. in freedom remained unshakable. He therefore raised it to the sphere
  5777. of noumena; and as he had confused duration with space, he made this
  5778. genuine free self, which is indeed outside space, into a self which is
  5779. supposed to be outside duration too, and therefore out of the reach
  5780. of our faculty of knowledge. But the truth is that we perceive this
  5781. self whenever, by a strenuous effort of reflection, we turn our eyes
  5782. from the shadow which follows us and retire into ourselves. Though we
  5783. generally live and act outside our own person, in space rather than
  5784. in duration, and though by this means we give a handle to the law of
  5785. causality, which binds the same effects to the same causes, we can
  5786. nevertheless always get back into pure duration, of which the moments
  5787. are internal and heterogeneous to one another, and in which a cause
  5788. cannot repeat its effect since it will never repeat itself.
  5789. [Sidenote: Kant regarded both space and time as homogeneous.]
  5790. In this very confusion of true duration with its symbol both the
  5791. strength and the weakness of Kantianism reside. Kant imagines on the
  5792. one side "things in themselves," and on the other a homogeneous Time
  5793. and Space, through which the "things in themselves," are refracted:
  5794. thus are supposed to arise on the one hand the phenomenal self--a self
  5795. which consciousness perceives--and, on the other, external objects.
  5796. Time and space on this view would not be any more in us than outside
  5797. us; the very distinction of outside and inside would be the work of
  5798. time and space. This doctrine has the advantage of providing our
  5799. empirical thought with a solid foundation, and of guaranteeing that
  5800. phenomena, as phenomena, are adequately knowable. Indeed, we might set
  5801. up these phenomena as absolute and do without the incomprehensible
  5802. "things in themselves," were it not that the Practical Reason, the
  5803. revealer of duty, came in, like the Platonic reminiscence, to warn
  5804. us that the "thing in itself" exists, invisible but present. The
  5805. controlling factor in the whole of this theory is the very sharp
  5806. distinction between the matter of consciousness and its form, between
  5807. the homogeneous and the heterogeneous, and this vital distinction would
  5808. probably never have been made unless time also had been regarded as a
  5809. medium indifferent to what fills it.
  5810. [Sidenote: But if time, as duration, were homogeneous, science could
  5811. deal with it.]
  5812. But if time, as immediate consciousness perceives it, were, like space,
  5813. a homogeneous medium, science would be able to deal with it, as it can
  5814. with space. Now we have tried to prove that duration, as duration, and
  5815. motion, as motion, elude the grasp of mathematics: of time everything
  5816. slips through its fingers but simultaneity, and of movement everything
  5817. but immobility. This is what the Kantians and even their opponents
  5818. do not seem to have perceived: in this so-called phenomenal world,
  5819. which, we are told, is a world cut out for scientific knowledge, all
  5820. the relations which cannot be translated into simultaneity, i.e. into
  5821. space, are scientifically unknowable.
  5822. [Sidenote: And freedom would be incomprehensible. Kant's solution.]
  5823. In the second place, in a duration assumed to be homogeneous, the
  5824. same states could occur over again, causality would imply necessary
  5825. determination, and all freedom would become incomprehensible. Such,
  5826. indeed, is the result to which the Critique of Pure Reason leads. But
  5827. instead of concluding from this that real duration is heterogeneous,
  5828. which, by clearing up the second difficulty, would have called his
  5829. attention to the first, Kant preferred to put freedom outside time and
  5830. to raise an impassable barrier between the world of phenomena, which
  5831. he hands over root and branch to our understanding, and the world of
  5832. things in themselves, which he forbids us to enter.
  5833. [Sidenote: How corrected by taking real duration into account.]
  5834. But perhaps this distinction is too sharply drawn and perhaps the
  5835. barrier is easier to cross than he supposed. For if perchance the
  5836. moments of real duration, perceived by an attentive consciousness,
  5837. permeated one another instead of lying side by side, and if these
  5838. moments formed in relation to one another a heterogeneity within which
  5839. the idea of necessary determination lost every shred of meaning, then
  5840. the self grasped by consciousness would be a free cause, we should have
  5841. absolute knowledge of ourselves, and, on the other hand, just because
  5842. this absolute constantly commingles with phenomena and, while filling
  5843. itself with them, permeates them, these phenomena themselves would not
  5844. be as amenable as is claimed to mathematical reasoning,
  5845. [Sidenote: With Kant, we assume a homogeneous space, the intuition of
  5846. which is peculiar to man and prepares the way for social life.]
  5847. So we have assumed the existence of a homogeneous Space and, with
  5848. Kant, distinguished this space from the matter which fills it.
  5849. With him we have admitted that homogeneous space is a "form of our
  5850. sensibility": and we understand by this simply that other minds, e.g.
  5851. those of animals, social life, although they perceive objects, do not
  5852. distinguish them so clearly either from one another or from themselves.
  5853. This intuition of a homogeneous medium, an intuition peculiar to man,
  5854. enables us to externalize our concepts in relation to one another,
  5855. reveals to us the objectivity of things, and thus, in two ways, on the
  5856. one hand by getting everything ready for language, and on the other by
  5857. showing us an external world, quite distinct from ourselves, in the
  5858. perception of which all minds have a common share, foreshadows and
  5859. prepares the way for social life.
  5860. [Sidenote: But if concrete duration is heterogeneous, the relation of
  5861. psychic state to act is unique and the act is rightly judged free.]
  5862. Over against this homogeneous space we have put the self as perceived
  5863. by an attentive consciousness, a living self, whose states, at once
  5864. undistinguished and unstable, cannot _be_ separated without changing
  5865. their nature, and cannot receive a fixed form or be expressed in
  5866. words without becoming public property. How could this self, which
  5867. distinguishes external objects so sharply and represents them so easily
  5868. by means of symbols, withstand the temptation to introduce the same
  5869. distinctions into its own life and to replace the interpenetration
  5870. of its psychic states, their wholly qualitative multiplicity, by a
  5871. numerical plurality of terms which are distinguished from one another,
  5872. set side by side, and expressed by means of words? In place of a
  5873. heterogeneous duration whose moments permeate one another, we thus
  5874. get a homogeneous time whose moments are strung on a spatial line. In
  5875. place of an inner life whose successive phases, each unique of its
  5876. kind, cannot be expressed in the fixed terms of language, we get a self
  5877. which can be artificially reconstructed, and simple psychic states
  5878. which can be added to and taken from one another just like the letters
  5879. of the alphabet in forming words. Now, this must not be thought to be
  5880. a mode of symbolical representation only, for immediate intuition and
  5881. discursive thought are one in concrete reality, and the very mechanism
  5882. by which we only meant at first to explain our conduct will end by
  5883. also controlling it. Our psychic states, separating then from each
  5884. other, will get solidified; between our ideas, thus crystallized, and
  5885. our external movements we shall witness permanent associations being
  5886. formed; and little by little, as our consciousness thus imitates the
  5887. process by which nervous matter procures reflex actions, automatism
  5888. will cover over freedom.[10] It is just at this point that the
  5889. associationists and the determinists come in on the one side, and the
  5890. Kantians on the other. As they look at only the commonest aspect of
  5891. our conscious life, they perceive clearly marked states, which can
  5892. recur in time like physical phenomena, and to which the law of causal
  5893. determination applies, if we wish, in the same sense as it does to
  5894. nature. As, on the other hand, the medium in which these psychic states
  5895. are set side by side exhibits parts external to one another, in which
  5896. the same facts seem capable of being repeated, they do not hesitate to
  5897. make time a homogeneous medium and treat it as space. Henceforth all
  5898. difference between duration and extensity, succession and simultaneity,
  5899. is abolished: the only thing left is to turn freedom out of doors,
  5900. or, if you cannot entirely throw off your traditional respect for it,
  5901. to escort it with all due ceremony up to the supratemporal domain of
  5902. "things in themselves," whose mysterious threshold your consciousness
  5903. cannot cross. But, in our view, there is a third course which might be
  5904. taken, namely, to carry ourselves back in thought to those moments of
  5905. our life when we made some serious decision, moments unique of their
  5906. kind, which will never be repeated--**any more than the past phases
  5907. in the history of a nation will ever come back again. We should see
  5908. that if these past states cannot be adequately expressed in words or
  5909. artificially reconstructed by a juxtaposition of simpler states, it is
  5910. because in their dynamic unity and wholly qualitative multiplicity they
  5911. are phases of our real and concrete duration, a heterogeneous duration
  5912. and a living one. We should see that, if our action was pronounced by
  5913. us to be free, it is because the relation of this action to the state
  5914. from which it issued could not be expressed by a law, this psychic
  5915. state being unique of its kind and unable ever to occur again. We
  5916. should see, finally, that the very idea of necessary determination here
  5917. loses every shred of meaning, that there cannot be any question either
  5918. of foreseeing the act before it is performed or of reasoning about the
  5919. possibility of the contrary action once the deed is done, for to have
  5920. all the conditions given is, in concrete duration, to place oneself
  5921. at the very moment of the act and not to foresee it. But we should
  5922. also understand the illusion which makes the one party think that they
  5923. are compelled to deny freedom, and the others that they must define
  5924. it. It is because the transition is made by imperceptible steps from
  5925. concrete duration, whose elements permeate one another, to symbolical
  5926. duration, whose moments are set side by side, and consequently from
  5927. free activity to conscious automatism. It is because, although we are
  5928. free whenever we are willing to get back into ourselves, it seldom
  5929. happens that we are willing. It is because, finally, even in the
  5930. cases where the action is freely performed, we cannot reason about it
  5931. without setting out its conditions externally to one another, therefore
  5932. in space and no longer in pure duration. The problem of freedom has
  5933. thus sprung from a misunderstanding: it has been to the moderns what
  5934. the paradoxes of the Eleatics were to the ancients, and, like these
  5935. paradoxes, it has its origin in the illusion through which we confuse
  5936. succession and simultaneity, duration and extensity, quality and
  5937. quantity.
  5938. [1] On this point see Lange, _History of Materialism,_ Vol. ii, Part ii.
  5939. [2] Cf. _Examination of Sir W. Hamilton's Philosophy._5th ed., (1878),
  5940. p. 583.
  5941. [3] _Ibid._ p. 585.
  5942. [4] _Ibid._ p. 585.
  5943. [5] _The Emotions and the Will,_ Chap. vi.
  5944. [6] Fouillée, _La Liberté et le Déterminisme._
  5945. [7] In Molière's comedy _Le Misanthrope, (Tr.)_.
  5946. [8] _Examination of Sir W. Hamilton's Philosophy._ 5th ed., (1878), p.
  5947. 580.
  5948. [9] _Ibid._ p. 583.
  5949. [10] of these voluntary acts which may be compared to reflex movements,
  5950. and he has restricted freedom to moments of crisis. But he does not
  5951. seem to have noticed that the process of our free activity goes
  5952. on, as it were, unknown to ourselves, in the obscure depths of our
  5953. consciousness at every moment of duration, that the very feeling of
  5954. duration comes from this source, and that without this heterogeneous
  5955. and continuous duration, in which our self evolves, there would be no
  5956. moral crisis. The study, even the close study, of a given free action
  5957. will thus not settle the problem of freedom. The whole series of our
  5958. heterogeneous states of consciousness must be taken into consideration.
  5959. In other words, it is in a close analysis of the idea of duration that
  5960. the key to the problem must be sought.
  5961. End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Time and Free Will, by Henri Bergson
  5962. *** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK TIME AND FREE WILL ***
  5963. ***** This file should be named 56852-0.txt or 56852-0.zip *****
  5964. This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
  5965. http://www.gutenberg.org/5/6/8/5/56852/
  5966. Produced by Clare Graham & Marc D'Hooghe at Free Literature
  5967. (Images generously made available by the Internet Archive)
  5968. Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will
  5969. be renamed.
  5970. Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright
  5971. law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works,
  5972. so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United
  5973. States without permission and without paying copyright
  5974. royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part
  5975. of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project
  5976. Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm
  5977. concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark,
  5978. and may not be used if you charge for the eBooks, unless you receive
  5979. specific permission. If you do not charge anything for copies of this
  5980. eBook, complying with the rules is very easy. You may use this eBook
  5981. for nearly any purpose such as creation of derivative works, reports,
  5982. performances and research. They may be modified and printed and given
  5983. away--you may do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks
  5984. not protected by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the
  5985. trademark license, especially commercial redistribution.
  5986. START: FULL LICENSE
  5987. THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
  5988. PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
  5989. To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
  5990. distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
  5991. (or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
  5992. Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full
  5993. Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at
  5994. www.gutenberg.org/license.
  5995. Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project
  5996. Gutenberg-tm electronic works
  5997. 1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
  5998. electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
  5999. and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
  6000. (trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
  6001. the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or
  6002. destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your
  6003. possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a
  6004. Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound
  6005. by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the
  6006. person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph
  6007. 1.E.8.
  6008. 1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
  6009. used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
  6010. agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
  6011. things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
  6012. even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
  6013. paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
  6014. Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this
  6015. agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm
  6016. electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below.
  6017. 1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the
  6018. Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection
  6019. of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual
  6020. works in the collection are in the public domain in the United
  6021. States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the
  6022. United States and you are located in the United States, we do not
  6023. claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing,
  6024. displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as
  6025. all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope
  6026. that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting
  6027. free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm
  6028. works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the
  6029. Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily
  6030. comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the
  6031. same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when
  6032. you share it without charge with others.
  6033. 1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
  6034. what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are
  6035. in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States,
  6036. check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this
  6037. agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing,
  6038. distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any
  6039. other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no
  6040. representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any
  6041. country outside the United States.
  6042. 1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
  6043. 1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other
  6044. immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear
  6045. prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work
  6046. on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the
  6047. phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed,
  6048. performed, viewed, copied or distributed:
  6049. This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
  6050. most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no
  6051. restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it
  6052. under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this
  6053. eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the
  6054. United States, you'll have to check the laws of the country where you
  6055. are located before using this ebook.
  6056. 1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is
  6057. derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not
  6058. contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the
  6059. copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in
  6060. the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are
  6061. redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project
  6062. Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply
  6063. either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or
  6064. obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm
  6065. trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
  6066. 1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
  6067. with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
  6068. must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any
  6069. additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms
  6070. will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works
  6071. posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the
  6072. beginning of this work.
  6073. 1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
  6074. License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
  6075. work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
  6076. 1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
  6077. electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
  6078. prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
  6079. active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
  6080. Gutenberg-tm License.
  6081. 1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
  6082. compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including
  6083. any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access
  6084. to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format
  6085. other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official
  6086. version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site
  6087. (www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense
  6088. to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means
  6089. of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain
  6090. Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the
  6091. full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
  6092. 1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
  6093. performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
  6094. unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
  6095. 1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
  6096. access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
  6097. provided that
  6098. * You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
  6099. the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
  6100. you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed
  6101. to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has
  6102. agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project
  6103. Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid
  6104. within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are
  6105. legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty
  6106. payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project
  6107. Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in
  6108. Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg
  6109. Literary Archive Foundation."
  6110. * You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
  6111. you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
  6112. does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
  6113. License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all
  6114. copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue
  6115. all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm
  6116. works.
  6117. * You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of
  6118. any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
  6119. electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
  6120. receipt of the work.
  6121. * You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
  6122. distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
  6123. 1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project
  6124. Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than
  6125. are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing
  6126. from both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and The
  6127. Project Gutenberg Trademark LLC, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm
  6128. trademark. Contact the Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
  6129. 1.F.
  6130. 1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
  6131. effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
  6132. works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project
  6133. Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm
  6134. electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may
  6135. contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate
  6136. or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
  6137. intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or
  6138. other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or
  6139. cannot be read by your equipment.
  6140. 1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
  6141. of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
  6142. Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
  6143. Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
  6144. Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
  6145. liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
  6146. fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
  6147. LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
  6148. PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
  6149. TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
  6150. LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
  6151. INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
  6152. DAMAGE.
  6153. 1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
  6154. defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
  6155. receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
  6156. written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
  6157. received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium
  6158. with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you
  6159. with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in
  6160. lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person
  6161. or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second
  6162. opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If
  6163. the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing
  6164. without further opportunities to fix the problem.
  6165. 1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
  6166. in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO
  6167. OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
  6168. LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
  6169. 1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
  6170. warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of
  6171. damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement
  6172. violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the
  6173. agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or
  6174. limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or
  6175. unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the
  6176. remaining provisions.
  6177. 1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
  6178. trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
  6179. providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in
  6180. accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the
  6181. production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm
  6182. electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses,
  6183. including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of
  6184. the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this
  6185. or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or
  6186. additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any
  6187. Defect you cause.
  6188. Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
  6189. Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
  6190. electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of
  6191. computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It
  6192. exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations
  6193. from people in all walks of life.
  6194. Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
  6195. assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
  6196. goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
  6197. remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
  6198. Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
  6199. and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future
  6200. generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary
  6201. Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see
  6202. Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at
  6203. www.gutenberg.org
  6204. Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
  6205. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
  6206. 501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
  6207. state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
  6208. Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
  6209. number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary
  6210. Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by
  6211. U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
  6212. The Foundation's principal office is in Fairbanks, Alaska, with the
  6213. mailing address: PO Box 750175, Fairbanks, AK 99775, but its
  6214. volunteers and employees are scattered throughout numerous
  6215. locations. Its business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, Salt
  6216. Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up to
  6217. date contact information can be found at the Foundation's web site and
  6218. official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
  6219. For additional contact information:
  6220. Dr. Gregory B. Newby
  6221. Chief Executive and Director
  6222. gbnewby@pglaf.org
  6223. Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
  6224. Literary Archive Foundation
  6225. Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
  6226. spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
  6227. increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
  6228. freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
  6229. array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
  6230. ($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
  6231. status with the IRS.
  6232. The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
  6233. charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
  6234. States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
  6235. considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
  6236. with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
  6237. where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND
  6238. DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular
  6239. state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate
  6240. While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
  6241. have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
  6242. against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
  6243. approach us with offers to donate.
  6244. International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
  6245. any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
  6246. outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
  6247. Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
  6248. methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
  6249. ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To
  6250. donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate
  6251. Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works.
  6252. Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project
  6253. Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be
  6254. freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and
  6255. distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of
  6256. volunteer support.
  6257. Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
  6258. editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in
  6259. the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not
  6260. necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper
  6261. edition.
  6262. Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search
  6263. facility: www.gutenberg.org
  6264. This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
  6265. including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
  6266. Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
  6267. subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.